Formation2018 EN

Energy Training France
Your development partner
Training
Catalogue 2018
schneider-electric.com/teaching-solutions
Your development partner
Our future will progressively

become increasingly electric
and digitally-orientated.
The demand for electricity will grow twice as fast as the demand
for energy.
Therefore, energy efficiency, renewable energies and digital
Rudi GOMBAULD technologies will represent the fundamental challenges faced by
Directeur players in the energy business.
Training plays a major role in supporting these changes. It
contributes to developing human capital by offering everyone the
best opportunities of adapting to tomorrow’s strategic challenges
and operational requirements.
Boosted by the contribution of our technical experts, our new
certification courses are a perfect example of our response to
these new professional expectations.
Digital transformation offers outstanding opportunities, but they
need to be explained and must be fully understood by decision-
makers and their employees.
Energy Training France targets all those involved: professional
people in industry, trainees, trainers and employees.
Our training courses focus on the following three major axes:
• knowledge of products, especially from a digital viewpoint,
• acquisition or reinforcement of installation and operating skills,
• proficiency in designing and specifying technical solutions with
high added value.
They are based on high-level quality standards such as ISO 9001
certification and Data-Dock referencing.
This new catalogue contains a vast selection of professional
training courses to match your requirements and objectives.
They respond to your specific constraints in terms of organisation
and availability of resources, by offering different means of
access: in-class sessions, with teaching materials that closely
match operational reality, as well as online sessions with the
possibility to interact remotely with participants and physical
equipment, to discover a unique training experience.
Schneider Electric's commitment is to provide support in dealing

with change to turn it into success.
Find a training course and register...................................................2
Training courses eligible for the CPF training scheme......................4
Procedures related to financial institutions.......................................5
An organization at your service.........................................................6
Your training path..............................................................................7
Our offers..........................................................................................8
Schneider Electric Training Certificates...........................................12
Career paths....................................................................................14
Introduction.................................................................................... A2 Safety
Overview of the training courses................................................... A4 and electrical
Electrical accreditations.................................................................. A6 accreditations
Professional training courses + electrical accreditations.............. A22
Electrical safety............................................................................ A25
ATEX certification......................................................................... A27
Overview of the training courses................................................... B2 Buildings

General knowledge......................................................................... B6
Residential, small and medium-sized businesses

Power current................................................................................. B9
Communication networks............................................................. B13
Smart buildings............................................................................. B14
Electric vehicles............................................................................ B21
Businesses................................................................................... B22
Service sector and industry

Power current............................................................................... B24
Communication networks............................................................. B42
Energy efficiency.......................................................................... B48
Smart buildings............................................................................. B56
Building management systems..................................................... B71
Renewable energies..................................................................... B74
Electric vehicles............................................................................ B78
Jobs.............................................................................................. B80
Overview of the training courses................................................... C2 Infrastructure

General knowledge......................................................................... C6
Transformers and substations........................................................ C8
Medium-voltage installations........................................................ C12
Medium-voltage switchgear.......................................................... C25
Medium-voltage distribution systems........................................... C39
Protective relays........................................................................... C44
Distributed control systems.......................................................... C55
Smart-grid..................................................................................... C62
Overview of the training courses................................................... D2 Industry

Smart industry................................................................................ D2
Industrial control........................................................................... D10
Machine safety............................................................................. D14
Variable speed drives and motion control..................................... D18
Industrial automation.................................................................... D51
Communications........................................................................... D86
Supervision................................................................................... D98
Processes................................................................................... D111
Power management................................................................... D122
Lean management...................................................................... D124
Reference index..............................................................................22
Find a training course
and register
In your catalogue
Career paths
Training courses designed
to make you progress in your
professional activity
u pages 12 to 21
Overview of the
training courses
A summarized view covering
each area
u at the beginning of each chapter
Index par référence
Référence
A5C15100
ACHATNRJ
ADMPD3
ADSPD3
ADVMA
Durée
1 jour
1 jour
3 jours
4 jours
3 jours
Prix
290 € HT
840 € HT
1645 € HT
2030 € HT
1645 € HT
Désignation
Installation électrique à puissance limitée (tarif bleu) - Norme NF C 100-15
Achat de l’énergie - Les offres de marché
Commande de mouvement haute performance,
Advanced machine PacDriveTM
Commande de mouvement haute performance
Advanced service PacDriveTM 3
Commande de mouvement haute performance
Advanced machine PacDriveTM M
Page
B11
B51
D47
D45
D43
Référence
CRL20
CSEVO
CSIA
CVC
CYBINDUS
CYBTER
DCCOUN
[nouveau]
[nouveau]
[nouveau]
Durée
3 jours
4 jours
3 jours
3 jours
3 jours
1 jour
1 jour
Prix
1650 € HT
1700 €HT
1700 €HT
1820 € HT
2500 € HT
750 € HT
530 € HT
Désignation
Réseaux locaux industriels
Construction de synoptiques - Système Foxboro EVO
Construction de synoptiques - Système Foxboro I/A Series
Gestion de la CVC (chauffage, ventilation, climatisation)
Cybersécurité des systèmes industriels
Cybersécurité dans les grands bâtiments tertiaires
Initiation - Découverte de la communication avec le logiciel Unity-Pro
Page
D87
D118
D119
B53
D94
B68
D59
Reference index
ADVSE 4 jours 2030 € HT Commande de mouvement haute performance D41 DCS1-03 3 jours 1730 € HT C56
Advanced service PacDriveTM M
A presentation in alphabetical
DCS2-03 5 jours 2340 € HT C57
AM570 4 jours 2060 € HT Maintien en condition opérationnelle (MCO) - Maintenance automate (PL-7Pro) D82
DCS06 3 jours 1720 € HT Calculateurs MiCOM C264/RTU, PACiS RABBIT - Connaissances générales C55
AM71N 2 jours 1260 € HT Maintien en condition opérationnelle (MCO) - Maintenance automate niveau 1 D84
DCS08 3 jours - Système PACiS - Exploitation C58
(anciennes gammes Série 7)
DCS09 5 jours - Système PACiS - Exploitation et maintenance C59
AM72N 2 jours 1260 € HT Maintien en condition opérationnelle (MCO) - Maintenance automate niveau 2 D85
(anciennes gammes Série 7) DCS10 10 jours - C60
AMCIP 3 jours 2510 € HT Criticité énergétique - Sûreté de fonctionnement (méthode AMDEC) B35 DCSOMA 1 jour 500 € HT Initiation - Découverte de l’environnement logiciel SoMachine D60
ANADI 1 jour - Interprétation des analyses de diélectrique liquide C11 DCUNY 1 jour 500 € HT Initiation - Découverte de l’environnement logiciel Unity-Pro D58
AP370 4 jours - D79 DECELEC 2 jours 830 € HT Découverte de l’électricité résidentielle B9
AP571 4 jours 2060 € HT D64 DEPAN 2 jours 960 € HT B32
order for the initiated

AP576 4 jours 2150 € HT D65 DEREFEI [nouveau] 3 jours 1500 € HT Référent énergie en industrie - Modules 1 et 2 B83
AP778 4 jours 2150 € HT Echange de données D88 DEVCO 1 jour 340 € HT Développement commercial B22
APETH 4 jours 2150 € HT Ethernet - Connaissances générales et programmation D90 DMTT 1 jour - Contrôleur départ moteur D13
APRES 5 jours 2660 € HT Ethernet - Architecture réseaux D92 DOALUR [nouveau] 1 jour 290 € HT Diagnostique électrique obligatoire (loi ALUR) B10
ARESP 3 jours 1140 € HT Assistant responsable d’affaire - Suivi et gestion de marchés B81 DTRFI 2 jours 996 € HT Détection - Technologie RFID D11
ATXAE 1,5 jour 565 € HT Atmosphères explosibles - Travaux et interventions élémentaires A28 DTSEC 3 jours - Dossier machine D16
ATXN0 1 jour 430 € HT Atmosphères explosibles - Intervention en zone ATEX hors produits certifiés A27 EAS02 [français] 4 jours 1930 € HT C40
ATXPA 4 jours 1425 € HT A29 EAS02EN [anglais] 4 jours 1930 € HT C40
AUDIT 2 jours 1000 € HT Audit énergétique des bâtiments B49 EAS03 [français] 3 jours 1630 € HT Protection des réseaux - Détecteurs et indicateurs de défauts Easergy T300 C41
AUSEC 3 jours 1820 € HT Automatisme de sécurité D17 EAS03EN [anglais] 3 jours 1630 € HT Protection des réseaux - Détecteurs et indicateurs de défauts Easergy T300 C41
B2 4 jours 1690 € HT Maintenance d’une installation électrique B33 EASP3 [nouveau] 3 jours 2050 € HT Easergy P3 C54
BACNETSE [nouveau] 2 jours 985 € HT Mise en œuvre d’un réseau BACnet B73 ECODIAL 2 jours 830 € HT Logiciel d’aide à la conception et au calcul - Ecodial B28
BAMPD3 5 jours 2450 € HT Commande de mouvement haute performance - Basic machine PacDriveTM 3 D46 ECOR 1 jour - Comportements éco-citoyens B52
u at the end of the catalogue

BASMA 5 jours 2445 € HT Commande de mouvement haute performance - Basic machine PacDriveTM M D42 ECOSX 1 jour 810 € HT B65
BASPD3 2 jours 1176 € HT Commande de mouvement haute performance - Basic service PacDriveTM 3 D44 EEARPT 7 jours 2600 € HT Certification efficacité énergétique active B15
BASSE 2 jours 1176 € HT Commande de mouvement haute performance D40 EFFEN 2 jours 1260 € HT Solutions de gestion du bâtiment B48
BATCO [nouveau] 2 jours 950 € HT Conception d’une solution pour bâtiment connecté B56 EMPT 3 jours 1670 € HT C8
CACTAB [nouveau] 2 jours 970 € HT B62 EPLIT 1 jour 550 € HT Recherche de défauts d’isolement en schéma IT B31
CALCBT 2 jours 990 € HT Dimensionnement d’une installation électrique B25 ERENO 2 jours 1100 € HT Connaissances générales B74
CANOP 2 jours - D97 ERGO - Ergonomie des interfaces homme-machines tactiles (IHM) D110
CAX57 3 jours - D79 ET340 2 jours - D97
CCPTL 5 jours - D79 ETHIP 3 jours 1890 € HT Ethernet - Communication CIP sur Ethernet D91
CEM 4 jours 2310 € HT Compatibilité électromagnétique (CEM) - Coexistence courants forts / faibles B37 EXII 3 jours 1720 € HT Exploitation d’une installation industrielle C20
CFIP 2 jours - Fipio et Fipway D97 EXIID 4 jours - C21
COMX [nouveau] 1 jour 530 € HT Tableau électrique communiquant - Concentrateur multi tableaux Com’X 510 B64 EXPBT 2 jours 1210 € HT Exploitation d’une installation électrique B30
CONCEPTDE 1 jour 420 € HT B29 FORBT 4 jours 2600 € HT Formation de formateurs en basse tension A18
COPEN 2 jours 1260 € HT CANopen sur automates Modicon D89 FORHT 2 jours 1750 € HT Formation de formateurs en haute tension A19
CPE 1 jour 1000 € HT Contrat de performance énergétique (CPE) B8 G1 4 jours 1480 € HT Bases de l’électricité B6
CPMA 1 jour - Installateurs électromécaniques D13 G2 4 jours 1610 € HT L’appareillage de distribution électrique B24
CRISIS [nouveau] 2 jours 1890 € HT Gestion de crise liée aux pannes électriques avec le simulateur C17 G3 4 jours 1680 € HT Conception d’une installation électrique BT - Norme NF C 100-15 B26
22 Life is On | Schneider Electric Catalogue Formation 2018 Catalogue Formation 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 23
With one of our advisors

0 825 012 999
customer contact centre
Service € 0.15 / minute + call charge
To register by letter or e-mail, please complete the

form and return it to one of the addresses below
u Last page of the catalogue
• Schneider Electric France Formation

Service ADV – Formation (3B) Formulaire d'inscription par courrier
Passeur d'ordre
Nom* ................................................................................ Prénom* .....................................................................................
35 rue Joseph Monier

Téléphone* ...................................................................... Télécopie ...................................................................................
E-mail* .............................................................................
N° de SIRET ..................................................................... N° de commande* ......................................................................
Raison social* ........................................................................................................................................................................
Adresse* ................................................................................................................................................................................
Code postal* .................................................................... Commune* ..................................................................................
CS30323
Facturation (si différente)
Raison social .........................................................................................................................................................................

N° de SIRET .....................................................................
Adresse .................................................................................................................................................................................
Code postal ..................................................................... Commune
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex

..........................................................................................
Inscrits 1 2 3 4
Stagiaires nom
prénom
e-mail
Formations réf.
lieu
date
prix HT
• fr-adv-inscriptions-formations@
total HT
Vos convocations vous seront envoyées trois semaines avant le début du stage.
Nom du signataire*........................................................... Fonction .......................................................................................
Date*.................................................................................
schneider-electric.com
Signature et cachet*
* Champs obligatoires Centre de formation déclaré sous le n81492 15 92 11°

Adresse d'expédition : voir page 2
Extrait des conditions générales de vente

Les prix de nos stages sont valables du 1er janvier 2018 au 31 décembre 2018 et figurent dans le présent catalogue.
Pour les particuliers, les paiements devront être effectués par chèque bancaire à la commande.
En cas d’intervention partielle ou totale d’un tiers payeur, nous vous prions de bien vouloir nous communiquer toutes les
précisions nécessaires avant le début de la formation.
Une facture vous sera envoyée à l’issue de la formation, accompagnée de la feuille de signature des participants.
Notre société se réserve la possibilité d’annuler ou de décaler le stage si les effectifs sont insuffisants pour permettre sa
conduite pédagogique, et informera alors l’entreprise dans les plus brefs délais.
Annulation et report : ils doivent impérativement nous parvenir par mail, fax, ou courrier, au plus tard 15 jours avant le début de
la formation. Passé ce délai, %50 du montant de la participation sera retenu à titre d’indemnité forfaitaire.
En cas d’abandon en cours de stage, sera facturable de plein droit le montant correspondant à la réalisation effective de la formation.
2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

On-line
schneider-electric.com/teaching-solution
Search engine
• A tool to cross-reference
multiple criteria
• Schedule of training courses
updated throughout the year.
Registration
• Online form
• Practical information
(site map, list of hotels,
restaurants, car parks, etc.)
Contact
information
• To develop a customised
training course.
• To request another date.
• For any practical or
technical questions.
Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 3

Training courses eligible for the
CPF training scheme
The DIF becomes the CPF
The CPF (Personal Training Account) replaces the DIF (Individual
Right to Training) from the 1st of January 2015 for employees in the
private sector, and from the 1st of January 2017 for civil servants.
Training hours acquired under the DIF scheme can still be used.
You can find your personal training account in your secure
personal space at:
www.moncompteformation.gouv.fr
Training courses eligible for the

CPF training scheme
Training courses that can be accepted under the CPF scheme are:
• courses to acquire common basic knowledge and skills,
• courses with a “VAE” prior learning recognition procedure, skills
assessment or business creation / takeover.
Eligible training courses are written in an inventory that is regularly
updated.
Training organisations
The law of March 5, 2014 has entrusted all funders of vocational
training(1) with the responsibility of monitoring and controlling the
quality of organisations whose training courses are covered by the
CPF scheme.
Therefore, they reference training organisations that comply with
the 6 quality criteria defined by the law. This list is called the
DataDock.
As of June 30, 2017, only organisations that are referenced by
accredited fund collecting and distributing agencies (OPCA) will
have their training actions supported by the funder.
In this context, Schneider Electric has been validated by the
OPCAs and is referenced in the DataDock.
Consequently, as a customer, you have the following guarantees:
• high quality training courses,
• support for direct funding by the OPCAs.
As the list of our training courses that are eligible to the CPF
scheme changes regularly, the list can be found on our website:
schneider-electric.fr/formation
(1) Funders are accredited fund collecting and distributing agencies

(OPCA -Organismes Paritaires Collecteurs Agréés).

Procedures related to financial institutions
Contact your OPCA

(Organisme Paritaire Collecteur Agréé -accredited fund collecting and distributing agency)
• In most cases, training funds are available to partially cover the cost of the training
course.
• Funding solutions vary from person to person depending on their status in the company.
• All funding requests must be forwarded to them before the start of the training course.
• The OPCAs also have a consulting and supporting role for companies in defining and
implementing their training projects. They can also offer technical support in setting up
and monitoring your files.
Before the training course

You make a funding request with OPCA that will analyse your request and
then issue a favourable or unfavourable opinion.
OPCA
1
Funding application (accredited Schneider Electric
+ detailed schedule fund France Formation
Company collecting Training Centre
and declared under the
2 distributing 2 number 11 92 15 81492
Funding confirmation Funding approval
agency)
After the training course

Your OPCA pays the training organisation upon receipt of the following
documents:
• training course agreement,
• attendance sheet,
• invoice.
OPCA
5 6
Claim for (accredited Invoice Schneider Electric
reimbursement of fund Training course agreement France Formation
Company ancillary costs collecting Attendance sheet Training Centre
and declared under the
6 distributing 4 number 11 92 15 81492
Reimbursement of Payment of
agency)
ancillary costs educational costs

An organisation at your service
Our trainers
The people who run our training sessions, in close and permanent
contact with the experts in our diverse business areas (electrical
distribution, building management, automation, etc.) provide
trainees with in-depth knowledge based on actual working
practices and based on the latest technological innovations.
Our approach
Transfer of experience is the fundamental key to developing
employee skills. This is strongly encouraged in our training
sessions, from trainer to trainees, and between trainees.
This approach incites your employees to become directly
operational and effective, while they expand their skillset.
Your customer area

at schneider-electric.fr
Your new "Customer area" has been designed to accompany you
on a day-to-day basis with access to:
• a range of resources related to your activity: prices and tools,
software, product catalogues, etc.
• news on Schneider Electric training in line with your requirements,
• a general dashboard of your "Digital Campus" to follow the
progress of your training path.
Through this, you can keep in touch and find all the news related to
your job.

Your training path
The Schneider Electric France "Energy Training" skills

training centre accompanies you throughout your
training path.
Before you register

"Energy Training France" proposes pre-qualification solutions
for every training course. Through this, you can quickly test
your knowledge and evaluate your requirements to select the
appropriate courses.
Once your registration has been confirmed, you will enjoy access
to a personalised training area: the "Digital Campus". This gives
you access to:
• possibly an e-learning course that is required to start your
training path,
• a forum where you can interact with experts from your business
sector,
• a personalised database that includes administrative items
(course followed, location, convocation and trainer), your profile,
course materials, real-time notifications, etc.
During your training

You will be welcomed at Schneider Electric’s headquarters in
Rueil-Malmaison or at one of our regional training centres.
We remain by your side as your business develops by offering
new technical solutions and an innovative approach to training: a
collaborative exchange space to create a network of opportunities.
We are continually seeking to improve the efficiency of your
learning, notably by providing innovative resources such as virtual
and/or augmented reality.
After your training

You will have access to course materials. You will also retain your
access to the "Digital Campus".
And to breathe life into the community and encourage former
trainees to help one another, we organise meetings throughout the
year, to which you will be invited.
As well as focusing on increasingly digital and connected
learning methods, we also focus on direct discussions between
professional people.

Our offers
Referenced courses
To satisfy universal requirements
In-class
In-class courses, which are available in our

centres, offer two main advantages:
• effective technical resources are provided
in rooms that are specially equipped with
equipment for hands-on exercises,
• inter-company training promoting
exchange of experience between
colleagues who share common objectives.

E-learning Digital Classroom
• E-learning, which is accessible 24 hours • Some of our programming courses can be accessed remotely.
a day, is an extremely flexible individual or Each trainee can attend and participate in a live course run by a
collective solution. trainer who is present on the Rueil-Malmaison platform. From their
• It also frees your employees from the PC, the trainee can take control of their model that is physically
disincentives associated with group located in Rueil-Malmaison.
learning (self-criticism, learning pace, etc.)
while making them the architects of their Trainer
own personal development.
1 remote-controlled model
for each learner
E-learning + in-class
Internet
• For some of our courses, trainees acquire

access rights to e-learning modules, in
addition to in-class training. These can be
accessed:
Up to 6 trainees,
-- before the course: to acquire the each located remotely,
prerequisites prior to the in-class training, in front of their PC
-- during the course: to benefit from group
interactivity, • Schneider Electric's new highly interactive teaching tools
-- after the course: for revision or to gain combine training and with the ability to quickly apply what has
been learnt.
further knowledge.
• Take full advantage of synchronous interactive sessions directly
• E-learning modules can be accessed
from your home with Schneider Electric’s educational models and
as many times as required for a one-year
tools live with a trainer.
period.
• If necessary, trainees can also be accompanied, within a defined
framework, by experts.

Our offers (continued)
Free online courses Certificate of

Energy University is the most accessible and educational achievement
appropriate information centre for professional people For non-certifying training courses,
in the energy sector Schneider Electric France Formation
offers consulting services to test
Learn without having to travel and validate knowledge acquired by
You no longer need to travel to learn about energy efficiency! your personnel.
The courses are available on line and free of charge through a
simple internet connection. • At the end of the course, individual
access to our e-learning platform is
Progress at your own pace provided.
Classes can be accessed 24 hours a day so you can learn at your • Trainees can then take a test in the form
own pace. of multiple-choice questions.
• If they pass, they receive a certificate of
Create your own study program educational achievement.
Energy University encompasses a wide range of energy

consuming systems in industrial or building sectors. Thousands of
users connect to further their knowledge in energy efficiency and
opt for the best solutions.
Worldwide recognition
Globally influential organisations and the world's leading
professional associations have endorsed Energy University as a
training partner.
Register now!
schneider-electric.fr/energy-university

Custom-built courses Skills audits
To provide your teams with courses To assess the ability of your teams to provide in-service
that are tailored to their specific support for your installation
requirements • Today, a growing number of companies have understood that
their operational teams are the most valuable assets when it comes
Other dates to making their processes efficient.
All training sessions programmed for the • However, regardless of how much talent and skills your operators
coming year are available on our site: possess, they can always progress further.
schneider-electric.fr/formation. • We want to help you make sure that each team can maximise the
value they add to your business.
If they do not suit the time constraints of
your teams, we can propose other dates. Assessment
• Our new skills audit, which is conducted by our trainers who
Other locations
specialise in performance throughout the world, assesses
Courses can be provided on your site to: individual skills and provides a clear and accurate picture of the
• avoid having to travel and to avoid losing skills and expertise of your personnel.
time, • Employees are assessed on theory and practice.
• match your installation and your • Following in-depth practical assessment, we provide you with:
business context. The practical part can -- a full report on the detailed results of each employee,
be conducted on our mobile teaching -- as well as a personalised training plan based on the needs of
equipment. each individual.
Other languages Follow-up

For your employees who do not speak • A follow-up assessment carried out a few weeks after the training
French, we can offer courses and course ensures that the predefined objectives have been achieved by
materials in other languages. each employee at their personal level, or by the team as a whole.
Adapted content
In order to satisfy to your teams' needs as
accurately as possible, course content can
be customised.
Training centre
Declared under the number 11 92 15 81492
Certified ISO 9001: 2008 Member of the

FIEEC quality charter

Schneider Electric France Training
Certificates
After completing one of the following training paths,

each trainee will receive a Training certificate:
Service sector communicating

switchboard specialist
SPANEL3200 page B60
++ OLCOM page B57
++ COMX page B64
KNX solutions expert

KNXC page B18
++ KNXAV page B19
++ HLYNK page B63
Building energy performance specialist

EFFEN page B48
++ CVC page B53
++ AUDIT page B49
++ DEREFEI page B83
++ MEVE page B50
MV installation designer
T3 page C13
++ T4 page C14
++ T5 page C15

Senior programmer on Modicon PLCs Smart industrial
Unity Pro on Modicon Premium automation operator
UNPP1 page D72 INDCON page D96
++ UNPP2 page D73 ++ MAINAP page D81
++ UNPP3 page D74 ++ SENCYB page D93
Unity Pro on Modicon M340

UP340 page D66
++ UH340 page D67
++ UNPP3 page D74 Smart industrial automation
integration consultant
INDCON page D96
Designer of advanced ++ UP580 page D68
automation architectures ++ SENCYB page D93
on Ethernet networks ++ ROUT page D95
APETH page D90 ETHIP page D91 ++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ APRES page D92 ++ APRES page D92
++ CYBINDUS page D94 ++ CYBINDUS page D94
Integrator specialized
in automation systems
Designer of complex machines with for the smart industry
SoMachine software INDCON page D96
SOMA1 page D52 SOMA1 page D52 SOMA1 page D52 ++ UP580 page D68
++ SOMA2 page D53 ++ SOMA2 page D53 ++ SOMA2 page D53 ++ CYBINDUS page D94
++ SOATV page D56 ++ SOLEX page D54 ++ SOLM78 page D55 ++ ROUT page D95
++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ DEREFEI page B83

Career paths
Examples
A few training courses designed to make you progress
in your professional activity are given below.
Electrical installer in the residential sector

Managing and Designing new Renovating
developing your installations existing installations
activity DECELEC page B9 DECELEC page B9
GERER page B23 Introduction to Introduction to
Administrative residential electricity residential electricity
management
HELEC page A9 HELEC page A9
DEVCO page B22 Low-voltage electrical Low-voltage electrical
Business accreditation accreditation
development
A5C15100 page B11 DOALUR page B10
Limited power Compulsory electric
electrical installation diagnostic survey
TAB20 page B14 NFCFA page B13

Smart electricity Control current
panels
Electrical installer in the service sector

Managing and Master KNX networks
developing your OMEGA page B17
activity
eConfigure KNX Lite
ARESP page B81
Project manager
assistant KNXC page B18
KNX system certification
RESPA page B82
Project manager KNXAV page B19
Advanced applications
RESPC page B80
Worksite manager HLYNK page B63
homeLYnk / spaceLYnk web server IP
controllers
Making technical Schneider Electric France
progress "KNX solutions expert" Training certificate
G1 page B6 issued at the end of this training path
Basics of electricity
Designing communicating switchboards
HELEC page A9
Low-voltage electrical SPANEL630 page B59
accreditation Communicating switchboards up to 630 A
TBVTJ page B12

OLCOM page B57
Monitored power
electrical installation Communication networks
VDICO page B44 HLYNK page B63

Copper wiring and homeLYnk / spaceLYnk web server IP
initiation in fibre controllers
optics

LV design engineer / technician MV Installer
Designing low-voltage installations Implementing medium-voltage installations
G3 page B26 OLFHT page C6
Designing low-voltage electrical Basics of MV electrical distribution
installations
SEHT page A10
ECODIAL page B28 LV and MV electrician accreditations
Design and computation assistance
software
PREGA page C7
High-power MV and LV switchgear
JTCER page B41
Power factor correction
IPSET page C26 HTAH2 page A23
Premset fixed secondary HTAH2 page C22
HARM page B38 distribution products
Harmonics Implementing MV / LV
substations
HARMAV page B39 MTZ page B61

Determining the size of anti-harmonic MasterPact MTZ
solutions
CEM page B37

Electromagnetic compatibility
Q3 page B34
Critical power
JTFDR page B40

Lightning protection
MV design engineer / technician

Designing medium-voltage installations
OLFHT page C6
Basics of MV electrical distribution
T2 page C12 SEPEX page C44 Mi134 page C48 NFCHT page C18 EASP3 page C54 VAMP page C39
Basics of Sepam relays, MiCOM Installations with MV Easergy P3 VAMP internal
1 to 50-kV 20 to 80 series Px20/40 series, supply (NF C 13-100) protective relays arc detectors
distribution basics of protection
SEPRO page C45 MICOMX•• page C49 PROC13100 page C19

Proficiency MiCOM Px20/30/40 Protection in
in Sepam series relays accordance with
20/40/50/60-series NF C 13-100
relays
T3 page C13
Determining the size of MV installations with HV supply (NF C 13-200)
T4 page C14 CEM page B37

Defining a protection plan Electromagnetic compatibility
HARM page B38
T5 page C15 Harmonics
Coordinating protective devices HARMAV page B39
Determining the size of anti-harmonic solutions
JTCER page B41
Schneider Electric France "MV installation
designer" Training Certificate issued at the
end of this training path

Career paths (continued)
Examples
Electrical installer in the industrial sector
Master LV installations Master MV installations
G1 page B6 G1 page B6
Basics of electricity Basics of electricity
SEBT page A8 SEHT page A10

LV electrician accreditations LV and MV electrician
accreditations
G2 page B24
Low voltage electrical distribution T2 page C12
switchgear Basics of 1 to 50-kV distribution
G3 page B26 T3 page C13 NFCHT page C18

Designing low-voltage electrical Determining the size of Designing installations with
installations MV installations with MV supply (NF C 13-100)
HV supply (NF C 13-200)
ECODIAL page B28
Design and computation assistance
software
HARM page B38

Harmonics
CEM page B37

Electromagnetic compatibility
Energy manager
Optimising energy consumption of low-voltage installations in the service sector or industry
RT012 page B7
Thermal regulations 2012
EFFEN page B48

Building management
solutions Schneider Electric France
"Building energy performance specialist"
Training Certificate issued at the end of this training path
CVC page B53
Building HVAC
management
AUDIT page B49

Energy audits of
commercial buildings
DEREFEI page B83

Industrial energy consultant
MEVE page B50 AMCIP page B35 ERENO page B74 ECOR page B52 ECOSX page B65
Measurement and Operating safety Renewable energies Eco-citizen Active
verification of energy (FMEA method) (general knowledge behaviour architecture for
performance applicable to global building
commercial buildings) management,
CPE page B8 EcoStruxure
Energy performance
contract

Medium voltage operation manager
Checking that a medium-voltage installation operates correctly
OLFHT page C6
T2 page C12
Basics of 1 to 50-kV distribution
T3 page C13 NFCHT page C18 SEHT page A10

Determining the size of MV Designing installations with MV LV and MV electrician accreditation
installations with HV supply (NF C supply (NF C 13-100)
13-200)
CEM page B37 PROC13100 page C19 EXII page C20

Electromagnetic compatibility Understanding protection in Operating MV industrial installations
HARM page B38 accordance with NF C 13-100
Harmonics EXPBT page B30
JTCER page B41 Operating LV installations (service sector/industry)
EPLIT page B31
Tracking insulation faults in IT earthing systems
LV installation maintenance technician Automated systems maintenance

Ensuring low-voltage installations operate correctly in technician
the service sector or industry Ensuring correct operation and maintaining
G3 page B26 performance of automated installations
Designing low-voltage electrical installations G1 page B6
EXPBT page B30
Operating installations VVI page D18
Basic knowledge of variable speed control
DEPAN page B32
Diagnosing malfunctions VDMHP page D30
Altivar 61 and 71 maintenance
JTQE page B36
Introduction to power quality LPEG2 page D63 HARM page B38
Programmed logic and Harmonics
Q3 page B34 CEM page B37 programmable logic CEM page B37
Critical power Electromagnetic controllers (PLCs) Electromagnetic
compatibility
compatibility
IFAI page D61 HARM page B38 MDCE page D80
Automated system Harmonics Machine maintenance
components JTCER page B41
Power factor MAINAP page D81
INIMA page D62 correction PLC maintenance with
Basics of efficient Unity-Pro
maintenance
VVCOM page D49
LPEG2 page D63 Integrating variable speed
Programmed logic and drives in communications
programmable logic networks
controllers (PLC)
VIJMA page D98
Maintenance with Magelis
and VijeoDesigner

Examples
Medium-voltagemaintenance Industrial communications networks
technician - level 1 maintenance technician
Ensuring availability of Setting up and organising data interchange in
medium-voltage installations industrial automation architectures
OLFHT page C6 G1 page B6
Basics of MV electrical distribution Basics of electricity
B2 page B33 TDR page D86

Electrical installation maintenance Data transmission
PREGA page C7 CRL20 page D87

High-power MV and LV switchgear Industrial local area networks
HTAMAIN page A22 AP778 page D88 APETH page D90 COPEN page D89
HTAMAIN page C23 Data General CANopen
MV maintenance and accreditations interchange knowledge and on Modicon
programming
Medium voltage maintenance technician - level 2

Ensuring availability of medium-voltage installations
OLFHT page C6
SEHT page A10

LV and MV electrician accreditations
B2 page B33
Electrical installation maintenance
PREGA page C7
EMPT page C8
MV/LV transformer substations
MPFBX page C31 MPXM6 page C29 MPFKT page C25 MPSET page C27 MEPIV page C34 MEPIF page C35 MEMC7 page C33
FBX switchgear SM6/RM6 Fluokit M24/M24+ Premset PIX with vacuum PIX with SF6 MCset with SF6
switchgear switchgear switchgear breaking breaking breaking
SEPEX page C44 EASP3 page C54 MICOMX20 page C49 Mi134 page C48 PROC13100 page C19
Sepam relays Protective relays MiCOM Px20 series relays basics of MV Understanding protection in
10 to 80 series Easergy P3 MICOMX30 page C51 protection accordance with NF C 13-100
MiCOM Px30 series relays
MICOMX40 page C50
MiCOM Px40 series relays

Automated installation operator
Managing an installation
G1 page B6
VVI page D18

Basic knowledge of variable speed control
VE•• page D26

Operation of Altivar 320, 61, 71, 630 or 930 variable speed drives
V••AP page D27

Application of Altivar 320, 61, 71, 630 or 930 variable speed drives
LPEG2 page D63

General knowledge: programmed logic and programmable logic
controllers
AP571 page D64 UNPP1 page D72 UP340 page D66

Basics of PL7-Pro on Basics of Unity-Pro on Basics of Unity-Pro
Modicon Premium Modicon Premium on Modicon M340 Schneider Electric France
"Senior programmer on Modicon PLCs"
Training Certificate issued at the end of one of these
AP576 page D65 UNPP2 page D73 UH340 page D67 two training paths
Mastery of PL7-Pro on Mastery of Unity-Pro Mastery of Unity-
Modicon Premium on Modicon Premium Pro on Modicon
M340
UNPP3 page D74 UNPP3 page D74

Unity-Pro Unity-Pro
Specialist Specialist
VIJDS page D99

Magelis and VijeoDesigner
VIJCT page D102

Vijeo Citect software
Complex machine designer

Design machines with SoMachine
SOMA1 page D52
SoMachine basics
Schneider Electric France
SOMA2 page D53 "Designer of complex machines with
SoMachine advanced SoMachine software"
Training Certificate issued at the end of
this training path
SOATV page D56 SOLEX page D54 SOLM78 page D55

SoMachine for SoMachine for axis SoMachine for axes
variable speed drive control with Sercos

Examples
Digital-axis machine designer Designer of special machines
Designing special machines with motion control Producing automated installations
G1 page B6 G1 page B6
Basics of electricity Basics of electricity
INMOT page D36 VEG2 page B19 INMOT page D36

Basics of axis control Variable speed Basics of axis control
control
LEX28/32 page D37
Motion control: Lexium 28 or Lexium 32 VE•• page D26 LEX28/32 page D37
Altivar variable Motion control: Lexium 28 or Lexium 32
speed drive
MAINAX page D39
Linear Motion maintenance
SMM page D14
LPEG2 page D63 Safety standards
General knowledge: programmed logic and
programmable logic controllers STEMA page D15
Sistema software
SOMA1 page D52
SoMachine basics LPEG2 page D63
General knowledge: programmed logic and programmable
SOMA2 page D53 SOLEX page D54 logic controllers
SoMachine advanced SoMachine for axis
control SOATV page D56 SOMA1 page D52 SOLEX page D54
SoMachine for SoMachine basics SoMachine for
SOLM78 page D55 variable speed axis control
drive
SoMachine for axes
with Sercos SOMA2 page D53 SOLM78 page D55
SoMachine SoMachine for
advanced axes with Sercos
Safety automation designer Designer-Administrator of

Producing a machine safety system Ethernet networks
G1 page B6 Producing and managing industrial automation
Basics of electricity architecture on Ethernet protocol
CRL20 page D87
SMM page D14 Industrial local area networks
Safety standards
APETH page D90 ETHIP page D91
STEMA page D15 Basics of Ethernet Ethernet TCP/IP
Sistema software
APRES page D92 APRES page D92
V320AP page D23 Ethernet architectures Ethernet architectures
Altivar 320 drive
CYBINDUS page D94 CYBINDUS page D94
AUSEC page D17 Cybersecurity in Cybersecurity in
Safety automation devices automation systems automation systems

"Designer of advanced automation architectures
on Ethernet networks"
Training Certificate issued at the end of one of these
two training paths

Foxboro I/A Series specialist Foxboro Evo specialist
Produce Foxboro I/A Series systems Producing Foxboro Evo systems
IACC page D113 IDE page D112
Integrated development environment Integrated development environment
PFSIA page D115 PFSEVO page D114

Configuration and programming Configuration and programming
TA page D116 TS page D117 CSIA page D119 TA page D116 TS page D117 CSEvo page D18
Basic Programmed Building mimic Basic Programmed Building mimic diagrams
algorithmic sequential diagrams algorithmic sequential
processing processing processing processing
Smart integration consultant Advanced smart integrator

Developing smart factory applications Designing and developing smart factory applications
INDCON page D96 INDCON page D96
Identify advancing areas for the industry of the future Identify advancing areas for the industry of the future
UP580 page D68 UP580 page D68

Programming and creating M580-based architectures Programming and creating M580-based architectures
SENCYB page D93 CYBINDUS page D94

Raising awareness on cybersecurity Cybersecurity in automated systems
ROUT page D95 ROUT page D95

Remote access control of industrial applications Remote access control of industrial applications
SP2014R2 page D104 SP2014R2 page D104

Programming the Wonderware platform, 1st level Programming the Wonderware platform, 1st level
DEREFEI page B83

"Smart industrial automation integration consultant"

"Integrator specialised in automation systems
for the smart industry”
Connected operator
Maintaining and upgrading applications in smart factories
INDCON page D96
Identify advancing areas for the industry of the future
MAINAP page D81 "Smart industrial automation operator"
Maintenance of Modicon PLCS using digital techniques
SENCYB page D93

Raising awareness on cybersecurity
TPM page D126

Providing equipment availability

New version of the training course
Live work on batteries TSTBAT
page A17
Schneider Electric Training has

2 centres approved by the ORG TST
(organization for live electrical work)
to provide training courses
on storage batteries
Safety
and electrical
accreditations
Introduction ............................................................................ A2
Overview of the training courses ........................................... A4
Electrician accreditations........................................................ A6
Professional training courses + electrical accreditations..... A22
Electrical safety..................................................................... A25
ATEX certification.................................................................. A27
Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric A1

Introduction
Electrician accreditations
We are in the best position

to train your teams
As a member of the As an electrical equipment manufacturer
UTE AFNOR U21 commission Schneider Electric designs and manufactures
Our "electrician accreditation" training manager most types of devices worked on by your teams.
is a member of the AFNOR commission, tasked With our full knowledge of the products, we are
with monitoring and updating the NF C18-510 able to
standard. assess all situations liable to be hazardous or
This means that the training courses are risky (switching, installation conditions, etc.).
prepared with a thorough knowledge of all the
issues covered by the standard. With our equipment expertise, electrical
installation know-how and our knowledge of the
As a manufacturer that develops new standards, we can provide the best answers
technologies to field concerns and if required, go beyond
Technologies and installations are becoming current legislation requirements.
increasingly complex and often include several The practical exercises and concrete case
power sources, which can lead to new risks studies are developed and analysed so that
(photovoltaic, batteries, generators, etc.). course participants can quickly learn and adopt
Through our mastery of these technologies, we the appropriate actions.
can work effectively on preventing these risks.
We put our trainees

in the best conditions for learning
Teaching tools Courses tailored to match your situations
Schneider Electric is a manufacturer of If your needs go beyond the courses listed in
tutorial models. In particular, they are used by the catalogue, we can devise and build courses
the national education system as part of the to match your specific applications (laboratory
Curricula that lead to job qualifications in the tests, operations on photovoltaic or wind turbine
electricity sector. installations).
Our trainers can provide these tools in the labs
or directly on your sites. Assistance in defining requirements
Our expert can go to your sites to help you to
Concrete installations define the accreditation levels that are best
Our training labs are equipped with low and suited to your requirements and to organize the
medium voltage installations for trainees to get training required to achieve these levels.
practice in real-life situations.
Learners can work on authentic installations,
simulate potential risks and benefit from all
the lockout facilities provided in real operating
conditions.
A2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Safety We adapt our courses
requirement
for LV and HV to meet your expectations
electrical
operations Fully revamped courses An everyday tool
Following the implementation of the new The course material given to each trainee
regulations, we have used our wealth of field is nothing other than the electrical safety
feedback to rethink all of the "electrician requirements booklet used by Schneider
accreditation" courses. Electric personnel. While adding supplementary
The theoretical part has been fully revised and safety instructions and instructions that apply
designed differently in order to make the basic specifically to your applications, you can
concepts of the NF C18-510 standard easier to validate and use the booklet for your personnel.
grasp and learn.
Risk analysis, a key point in the new regulations, Clear-cut guidelines
is developed in a specific chapter and reviewed Training stems from guidelines given in this
at each accreditation level. document. It includes many explanations and
comprehensive coverage of situations that
cause electrical risks. Back on the job after
training, your personnel will be able to quickly
apply the safety rules covered in the course.
Electrician accreditation levels

Voltage range Type of operation Work qualification or attributes
B low non-electrical 0 operator + L electric vehicles and machines
voltage work or job site manager
LV electrical 1 operator + V work carried out in vicinity
< 1000 V work 2 work manager T live work
N live cleaning work
L electric vehicles and machines
basic S replacement -
operations and connections
(up to 32 A)
general R maintenance + L electric vehicles and machines
operations and troubleshooting
(up to 63 A)
lockout/tagout C lockout/tagout manager + L electric vehicles and machines
specific E + measuring, testing,
operations verification and/or switching
photovoltaic P -
operations
H high non-electrical 0 operator + V work carried out in vicinity
voltage work or work manager
electrical 1 operator + V work carried out in vicinity
MV work 2 work manager T live work
from 1 to
50 kV N live cleaning work
lockout/tagout C lockout/tagout manager -
HV > 50 kV specific E + measuring, testing,
operations verification and/or switching

Overview of the training courses
Safety
Topics Courses
Electrician Standard non-electrical operations

accreditations accreditations
basic operations limited to 32 A
general operations, low voltage

work and lockout/tagout
[new]
low voltage
and MV
work and lockout/tagout MV
HV
Accreditations laboratory and test platform work and

in specific environments specific operations
electric machines and vehicles
industrial automation
Live work on batteries specifically for "installations” [new version]
Trainer training for low voltage

for high voltage
Choice of accreditations management of electrician accreditations of personnel

and courses
European accreditations
Professional MV maintenance training

training courses + accreditation
+ MV/LV substation implementation
electrical + accreditation
accreditations
HV operating training
+ accreditation
Electrical safety Verification of electrical risk test
prevention knowledge
in-class + test
ATEX certification Explosive atmospheres operations in ATEX

areas excluding certified
products
basic work and operations
design, development and
maintenance

Levels achieved at the end of the course Initial training Retraining Page
and comments
LV MV HV ref. duration ref. duration
B0 H0 (V) H0 (V) SENE 1.5 days SENER 1 day A6
BS, BE (switching - - SEBS 2 days SEBSR 1.5 days A7

limited to 32 A)
B1(V), B2(V), BC H0 (V) - SEBT 3 days SEBTR 1.5 days A8
BR, BE (testing,
measuring)
B1(V), B2(V), BC H0 - HELEC e-learning - - A9
BR, BE testing + in-class
B1(V), B2(V), BC H1 (V), H2 (V) - SEHT 4 days SEHTR 2 days A10
BR, BE (testing, HC, HE (switching,
measuring) testing)
- H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, HE - SEHTA 2 days - - A11
(switching, testing)
- - H1 (V), H2 (V) HTBHE 3 days - - A12
HC, HE (switching)
B1(V), B2(V), BC H1 (V), H2 (V) H1 (V), H2 (V) - - HTBHER 3 days A13
BR, BE (testing, HC, HE (switching, HC, HE (switching)
measuring) testing)
B1(V), B2(V), BC - - SELAB 3 days SELAR 1.5 days A14
BR, BE (testing,
measuring)
B1L, B2L (V), BRL, - - SEVE 3 days - - A15
BCL
B1(V), B2(V), BC - - SESAI 3 days SESAIR 1.5 days A16
BR, BE (testing,
measuring)
B1T, B2T - - TSTBAT 3 days TSTBAR 2 days A17
trainer training - - FORBT 4 days - - A18

- trainer training - FORHT 2 days - - A19
training of supervisors in charge of selecting courses and SEEDH 0.5 days - - A20
electrician accreditations
to be defined to suit your requirements SECEI - - A21
- H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, HE - HTAMAIN 3 days + - - A22

(switching) e-learning
- - H1 (V), H2 (V) HTAH2 4 days + - - A23
e-learning
- HC, HE (switching) HC, HE (switching) HTBCEX 4 days - A24
STEST on-line test - - A25
S1001 e-learning - - A26

+ on-line test
level 0 operator ATXN0 1 day A27
level 1E and 1M operators ATXAE 1.5 days - - A28

level 2E and 2M authorized persons ATXPA 4 days - - A29

Non-electrical operations
SENE
Designated Duration Price Type Breakdown
accreditation
B0 1.5 days € 410 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
H0 (V) (10 h 30) Discount rates from 30% practical
3 trainees work
SENER [retraining]
Designated Duration Price Type Breakdown
accreditation
B0 1 day € 315 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
H0 (V) (7 h) Discount rates from 3 30% practical
trainees work
Objectives
• Attain B0 and H0 (V) electrical qualification Course content
levels. Theoretical knowledge:
• the basics of the regulations,
Designated skills • identification of the electrical risks on an installation,
• Know how to work in safety when carrying • basic electrical concepts,
out non-electrical operations in an electrical • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
environment in accordance with standard • operation managers and decision-makers,
NF C 18-510. • observance of safety instructions,
• accreditation,
Intended audience • the work manager and job site manager,
• Persons called upon to perform non-electrical • risk analysis,
operations in environments with electrical risks. • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
• non-electrical work,
Prior knowledge • marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
• For the initial training - none. • report on completed operations,
• For retraining - have proof of same-level initial • portable electrical equipment,
training. • handling equipment and tools in the environment,
• safety equipment,
• what to do in case of accidents or fire.
Practical exercises:
• preparing a non-electrical operation in an electrical environment.
Training course validation

• Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
• A “post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels.
• A safety requirement booklet.
• A blank accreditation certificate.
Dates, locations and registration > On-line > By phone

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sene 0.825.012.999
• Customized training courses can be organized Service € 0.15 / minute + call charge
(other dates, locations, languages, adapted content).
CPF codes
For training courses that are eligible for the
French personal training account (CPF) scheme.

Basic operations limited to 32 A
low voltage
SEBS
Accreditation Duration Price Type Breakdown
BS, 2 days € 665 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BE switching (< 32 A) (14 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
same session: please contact us. work
SEBSR [retraining]
BS, 1.5 days € 410 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BE switching (< 32 A) (10 h 30) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
Objectives
• Attain electrical accreditation levels: BS, Course content
BE switching (< 32 A). Theoretical knowledge:
Designated skills • identification of the electrical risks on an installation,
• Know how to safely carry out basic operations • basic electrical concepts,
on de-energized equipment < 32 A (such as • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
replacing fuses, switches, sockets or lights), in • operation managers and decision-makers,
accordance with standard NF C 18-510. • observance of safety instructions,
• accreditation,
Intended audience • basic servicing manager,
• Non-electricians called upon to perform basic • switching manager limited to 32 A,
operations. • risk analysis to perform a basic operation,
• behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
Prior knowledge • checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
None. • safety equipment,
• basic operations on teaching equipment.
Application equipment
• Models with equipment and/or low voltage switchboards.

• Practical exercises.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sebs 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General operations, work and lockout/tagout
for low voltage
SEBT
B1(V), B2(V), BC 3 days € 850 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BR, BE (testing, (21 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
measuring) same session: please contact us. work
H0(V)
SEBTR [retraining]
B1(V), B2(V), BC 1.5 days € 640 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BR, BE (testing, (10 h 30) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
measuring) same session: please contact us. work
H0(V)
Objectives
• Attain electrician accreditation levels: B2(V), Course content
BC, BR, BE and H0(V). Theoretical knowledge:
Designated skills • identifying electrical risks,
• Safely perform all low-voltage operations • switchgear,
(general operations, work, lockout/tagout, • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
measuring, testing, verification and switching) • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
in accordance with standard NF C 18-510. • observance of safety instructions,
• electrical accreditation,
Intended audience • performing a risk analysis for the various operations,
• Electrician operating on low voltage • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
equipment. • lockout/tagout preparation and implementation for low voltage work,
• preparing and conducting work,
Prior knowledge • preparing and performing general low voltage operations,
• For the initial training: • preparing and performing specific operations, testing, measuring and
--know the basics of electricity, switching,
--or have working experience, • writing up specific documents covering the operations,
--or have taken the following course: • checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
G1 page B6 • implementing protective and safety equipment,
• For retraining - have proof of same-level initial • marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
training. • what to do in case of accidents or fire.
Curriculum • operations on electrical cabinets and teaching equipment.
Career path including this course Application equipment
(pages 14 to 21) • Educational models and low voltage switchboard.
Documents supplied
• A “post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels,

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

for low voltage
HELEC [new]
Designated accreditation Duration Price Type In-class breakdown
B1(V), B2(V), BC E-learning € 310 ex- E-learning + in-class 20% classes
BR, BE testing followed by VAT 80% practical work
H0 1 day
in class (7 h)
Objectives
This combined training course (e-learning + in-class) takes into
• Attain electrician accreditation levels B1(V),
account all the requirements described in standard NF C 18-510
B2(V), BC, BE testing and H0, for the residential
appendix D1.3 FOAD (open distance learning).
sector and small businesses.
Designated skills The e-learning module can be used as many times as required for a
• Safely perform low-voltage operations (general 6-month period.
operations, work, lockout/tagout and testing) in
accordance with standard NF C 18-510.
Course content
Intended audience • identifying electrical risks,
• Electrical personnel who work on low voltage • switchgear,
electrical installations. • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
Prior knowledge • performing risk analysis for the various operations,
• Know some of the basics of electricity or have • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
taken the following course: • preparing and implementing lockout/tagout, work, general operations
G1 page B6 and specific operations such as testing,
• writing up specific documents covering the operations,
• implementing protective and safety equipment,
• marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
Curriculum Theoretical part addressed by e-learning:
Career path including this course • after each module, knowledge acquisition is validated via a
(pages 14 to 21) questionnaire to then lead on to the next module,
Electrical installer in the residential sector • the complete distance learning course is validated via a final
questionnaire to then move on to the in-class session.
Practical part performed with the trainer present (available for a
minimum of 6 people):
• simulation of real-life situations and practical exercises,
• overall assessment.
• Individual ID to log in to the e-learning module.
• Low voltage educational modules.
Theoretical course validation

• The entire e-learning course must be completed.
• At least 75% of correct answers at the e-learning completion exam
(multiple-choice questions) grants access to the in-class part.
Practical course validation

• The trainer validates that all operations are carried out in
accordance with the regulations.
Documents supplied
• A post-training assessment containing the attained accreditation
levels.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-helec 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

for low and medium voltage
SEHT
• LV: B1(V), B2(V), BC, BR, 4 days € 1090 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BE (testing, measuring) (28 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
• MV: H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, same session: please contact us. work
HE (switching, testing)
SEHTR [retraining]
• LV: B1(V), B2(V), BC, BR, 2 days € 710 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
BE (testing, measuring) (14 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
• MV: H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, same session: please contact us. work
HE (switching, testing)
Objectives
• Attain electrician accreditation levels B2(V), Course content
BC, BR, BE, H2(V), HC and HE. Theoretical knowledge:
• Safely perform all low and medium voltage • low and medium voltage switchgear,
operations (general operations, work, lockout/ • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
tagout, measuring, testing, verification and • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
switching) in accordance with standard • observance of safety instructions and electrical accreditation,
NF C 18-510. • performing a risk analysis for the various operations,
• behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
Intended audience • lockout/tagout preparation and implementation for low and medium
• Electricians working on low and medium voltage work,
voltage equipment. • preparing and conducting MV/LV work,
• preparing and performing general low voltage operations,
Prior knowledge • preparing and performing specific operations, testing, measuring and
• For the initial training: switching,
--know the basics of electricity, • writing up specific documents covering the operations,
--or have working experience, • checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
--or have taken the following course: • implementing protective and safety equipment,
G1 page B6 • marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
PREGA page C7 • MV/LV technology and schematic diagrams,
• For retraining - have proof of same-level initial • locking in MV/LV substations,
training. • examples of work,
• operations on electrical cabinets and teaching equipment.
Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21) • Educational model and low voltage switchboard.
• MV/LV substation simulating an installation: medium-voltage cubicles,
MV Installer
MV/LV transformers, equipped with locking facilities.
Medium voltage operation manager • Practical exercises.
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
technician Documents supplied


• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sebt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Work and lockout/tagout
for medium voltage
SEHTA
MV: H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, 2 days € 710 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
HE (switching, testing) (14 h) 30% practical
work
Objectives
Complementary to low voltage accreditation course for acquisition
• Attain electrician accreditation levels H2 (V),
of MV accreditation.
HC, HE.
Designated skills Course content

• Safely perform all medium voltage operations Theoretical knowledge:
(work, lockout/tagout, measuring and testing) in • the basics of the regulations,
accordance with standard NF C 18-510. • identifying electrical risks,
• medium voltage switchgear,
Intended audience • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures)
• Electricians working on low and medium • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
voltage equipment. • observance of safety instructions,
Prerequisites • performing a risk analysis for the various operations,
Already have low voltage accreditation • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
• lockout/tagout preparation and implementation for low and medium
Prior knowledge voltage work,
• For the initial training: • preparing and conducting MV work,
--know the basics of low and medium voltage • preparing and performing specific operations, testing, measuring and
electricity, switching,
--or have working experience, • writing up specific documents covering the operations,
--or have taken the following courses: • checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
PREGA page C7 • implementing protective and safety equipment,
• For retraining, please refer to: • marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
SEHTR page A10 • MV/LV technology and schematic diagrams,
• MV/LV locking and interlocking,
• examples of work,
• operations on MV distribution substation.
• MV/LV substation simulating an installation: medium-voltage cubicles,
MV/LV transformers, equipped with locking facilities.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sehta 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

for high voltage HV from 50 to 400 KV
HTBHE
Designated accreditation Duration Price Type Breakdown
HV: H1(V), H2(V), HC, HE (switching) 3 days € 910 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
(21 h) 30% practical
work
Objectives
• Attain a post-training assessment for the Course content
following HV accreditation levels: H1(V), H2(V), Theoretical knowledge:
HC, HE (switching). • UTE C 18-510-1, DO RTE or NF C 18-510 regulations and the
requirements of the electrical operator,
Designated skills • types of operations (lockout/tagout, work, testing), accreditations,
• Safely perform high-voltage work or lockout/ parties involved,
tagout operations in accordance with standard • review of the responsibilities as work manager,
NF C 18‑510. • organizing a job site and managing the various operators,
• choosing PPE and collective protection equipment and tools,
Prior knowledge • access procedures and related documents,
• Have at least a B1 and H1 MV accreditation.
• risk prevention (preliminary inspection) and safety instructions,
• Know the basics of HV electricity or have
(earthing, warning flags, collective equipment, etc.),
working experience and have taken the following
• responsibility (legal concepts and job site safety).
course:
SEHT page A10
• preliminary inspection and risk assessment,
• information for operators and checking they have understood via a
Intended audience
read-back message,
• Electricians performing electrical work in HV
• preparing an operation and earthing.
structures or installations.
• defining and implementing collective equipment.
• marking the area of work and operator safety.
In partnership with:
• performing an operation for work.
• Teaching documentation.
• 63KV source substation.

• Simulation of real-life situations on a job site.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htbhe 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

for LV, MV and HV from 1 to 400 KV
HTBHER [retraining]
• LV: B1(V), B2(V), BC, BR, BE (testing, measuring) 3 days € 910 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
• MV: H1 (V), H2 (V), HC, HE (switching, testing) (21 h) 30% practical
• HV: H1(V), H2(V), HC, HE (switching) work
Objectives
• Know the safety rules to perform MV and HV • This 3-day retraining course covers all low, medium and high voltage
electrical operations (retraining version). accreditations.

• Safely perform all of the following operations in • For the LV and MV part, please refer to:
accordance with standard NF C 18‑510: SEHTR page A10
--for LV and MV: general operations, work,
lockout/tagout, measuring, testing, verifications • For the HV part, please refer to:
and switching to attain electrician accreditation
HTBHE page A12
levels B2(V), BC, BR, BE, H2(V), HC and HE
--for HV: work and lockout/tagout to attain
electrician accreditation levels H2(V) and HC.
Prior knowledge
• be able to justify taking an initial training
course of the same level covering LV, MV
and HV.
Intended audience
• Electricians performing electrical work in LV,
MV and HV structures or installations.
In partnership with:
Practical exercises in real-life conditions

in a teaching source substation powered
by 63-kV HV.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htbher 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Laboratory and test platform
work and operations
SELAB
BR, BE (testing, measuring) (21 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
SELAR [retraining]
BR, BE (testing, measuring) (10 h 30) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
Objectives
BC, BR and BE. • the basics of the regulations,
• identifying electrical risks in test laboratories and platforms,
Designated skills • the different electrical or non-electrical operations applied to test
• Safely perform all low-voltage operations installations,
(general operations, work, measuring and • measuring instruments and accessories: multimeter, clamp-on
testing) in laboratories or test platforms, in meter, oscilloscope, earth connection and link, test accessories and
accordance with standard NF C18-510. connectors (clips and leads),
• electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
Intended audience • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
• Electrician working or carrying out tests in low • observance of safety instructions,
voltage laboratories or test platforms. • electrical accreditation,
• performing a suitable risk analysis for testing,
Prior knowledge • testing and measuring:
• For the initial training --access, monitoring and inspection procedures,
--know some of the basics of electricity, --testing for experimental purposes,
--or have working experience, --testing with a standalone source,
--or have taken the following course: --conditions to conduct tests and measurements,
G1 page B6 • specific tests (power current, dielectric, measuring with
• For the retraining course: have proof of thermocouples),
equivalent-level initial training. • troubleshooting electronic boards,
• checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
• Model with equipment, electronic boards and oscilloscope.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-selab 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Work and operations electric
machines and vehicles
SEVE
B1L, B2L (V), BRL, BCL 3 days € 850 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
work
Objectives Course conducted in your company or on one of our Schneider Electric

• Attain electrician accreditation levels B1L,
training sites.
B2L(V), BRL and BCL.
Course content
Designated skills • the basics of the regulations,
• Safely perform all low-voltage operations
• the electric vehicle,
(general operations, work, measuring and
• identifying electrical risks,
testing) on electric vehicles and machines (cars,
• switchgear,
forklift trucks, etc.), in accordance with standard
• electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
NF C 18-550.
• chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
Intended audience • observance of safety instructions,
• Electricians working on electric vehicles. • electrical accreditation adapted to electric vehicles,
• performing a risk analysis for the various operations,
Prior knowledge • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
• Know some of the basics of electricity on • lockout/tagout preparation and implementation for low voltage work,
electric vehicles, or have working experience. • preparing and conducting work,
• preparing and performing specific operations, testing, measuring and
switching,
• operations on batteries,
• checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
• On your vehicles
• Option of supplying an electric vehicle

• Simulation of real-life situations on an electric vehicle.
Documents supplied
• Course documents.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-seve 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Work and operations on
industrial automation systems
SESAI
BR, BE (testing, measuring) (21 h) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
SESAIR [retraining]
BR, BE (testing, measuring) (10 h 30) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the 30% practical
Objectives
B2(V), BC, BR, BE (testing and measuring). Theoretical knowledge:
• the basics of low and very low voltage regulations,
• Safely perform all low-voltage operations • switchgear,
(general operations, work, lockout/tagout, • electrical environment (physical approach and procedures),
measuring, testing and switching) on automation • chains of responsibility and decision-making chains,
and/or speed control systems, in accordance • observance of safety instructions,
with standard NF C 18-510. • electrical accreditation,
• performing a risk analysis for the various operations,
Intended audience • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
• Automation specialists and electricians • lockout/tagout preparation and implementation for low voltage work,
working on industrial PLCs or variable speed • preparing and conducting work on automation systems and variable
drives. speed drives,
Prior knowledge • preparing and performing specific operations, testing, measuring and
• Know some of the basics of electricity and switching,
automation, or have working experience, or have • writing up specific documents covering the operations,
taken one of the following courses: • checking and implementing personal protective equipment,
VVI page D18 • implementing protective and safety equipment,
IFAI page D61 • marking and surveillance of the area of operations,
Practical implementation
• Automation and/or speed control model.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sesai 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Live work on batteries
specifically for "installations”
TSTBAT [new version]

B1T, B2T 3 days € 1310 ex-VAT In-class 50% classes
work
TSTBAR [retraining] [new version]

B1T, B2T 2 days € 880 ex-VAT In-class 50% classes
work
Objectives
Our courses are developed on the basis of standards NF C 18-505-1
• Attain electrician accreditation levels B1T
(general requirements) and NF C 18-505-2-3 (special requirements for
and/or B2T.
operations on stationary batteries) that define all the processes and
Designated skills procedures to perform live work on stationary batteries in installations.
• Perform live work on stationary storage They do not take into account live work on "structures" that must be
batteries (inverters, chargers, etc.) in performed by centres approved by the CTST (live working committee).
installations in accordance with standards
NF C 18‑505-1 and NF C 18‑505-2-3.
Course content
Theoretical knowledge:
Intended audience • review of standards NF C 18-510, NF C 18-505-1 and
• Personnel called upon to install or replace NF C 18-505-2-3,
storage batteries. • protective tools and equipment,
• specific battery requirements,
Prerequisites • general information on procedures,
• By letter of undertaking from the employer: • choosing and preparing personal protective equipment and specific
--be at least 18 years old, tools and equipment,
--have accreditation (B1V or B2V) or have taken • implementing operating procedures,
the following course: • identifying specific risks related to batteries,
SEBT page A8 • presentation of the different battery types,
--have followed initial or on-going training • observance of safety instructions,
in electrical engineering or have taken the • behaviour to adopt in accordance with the situation,
following course: • preparing and conducting live work,
G2 page B24
• marking and surveillance of the area of operations.
--know how to take measurements using a
multimeter, Practical exercises imposed by the standards:
--know how to tighten to a specific torque value. • installing a new storage battery,
--have at least six months of working experience • replacement or maintenance of a storage battery,
in de-energized electrical work. • connecting a string of storage batteries in parallel,
• cleaning operation for storage batteries.
• For the retraining course: have proof of
equivalent-level initial training.
• Battery charger and cabinet, battery training bench.
The centres in Saint Priest (69) and Rueil-
Malmaison (92) are approved by the ORG TST Training course validation
(organization for live electrical work) to provide • Assessments by a questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
training courses on "live work on batteries” in • Simulation of real-life situations on different operating procedures.
installations.
Documents supplied
• A “post-training assessment”.
• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tstbat 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Trainer training
for low voltage
FORBT
Duration Price Type Breakdown Complementary offer
4 days € 2600 ex- In-class 80% classes Teaching assistance in running your first
(28 h) VAT 20% practical training course (run jointly with a trainer from
work Schneider Electric France Formation)
Objectives
These two courses cover all requirements in standard NF C 18-510.
• Give training courses for electrician
The course material you receive will enable you to give your own
accreditation in accordance with French
training courses in your company in alignment with the legislation,
regulations.
to reduce the number of electrical accidents.
Designated skills
Course content
accreditation in accordance with standard Regulations.
NF C 18-510. Electrical hazards.
Electrical hazard analysis and prevention.
Intended audience
• Persons called upon to train personnel in LV Standard NF C 18-510.
electrical safety. Means of prevention and protection.
Different electrician accreditations.
Prior knowledge
• For the initial training All operations in different electrical environments.
--know enough of the basics of electricity for What to do in case of accidents or fire.
teaching purposes, Practical exercises for trainees.
--have working experience (at least 3 years) on
the electrical equipment covered by the training Verification of acquisition of theory and practice.
course,
--have pedagogical skills,
• Habilis model and low voltage switchboards.
--have low voltage accreditation B2V-BC-BR, or
have taken the following course: Equipment supplied
SEBT page A8 • USB flash drive containing course material and official texts (please
note: the standard is not provided).

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-forbt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Trainer training
for medium voltage
FORHT
Duration Price Type Breakdown Complementary offer
2 days € 1750 ex- In-class 80% classes Teaching assistance in running your first
(14 h) VAT 20% practical training course (run jointly with a trainer from
work Schneider Electric France Formation)
Objectives
These two courses cover all requirements in standard NF C 18-510.
It is the follow-up to the FORBT course on the medium voltage
accreditation in accordance with French
part.
supplementary medium voltage regulations.

• Give training courses covering medium Review of the regulations.
voltages for electrician accreditation in Review of different electrician accreditations.
accordance with standard NF C 18-510. Analysis and prevention of MV electrical hazards.
Intended audience Standard NF C 18-510.
• Persons called upon to train personnel in LV Means of prevention and protection.
and MV electrical safety. Examples of schematic diagrams.
Prior knowledge Medium voltage equipment.
• Know enough of the basics of electricity for Locking and interlocking.
teaching purposes. Practical exercises for trainees.
• Have working experience (at least 3 years) on
the electrical equipment covered by the training Verification of acquisition of theory and practice.
course.
• Have pedagogical skills.
• Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE (personal
• Have low voltage accreditation B2V-BC-BR and
protective equipment):
medium voltage accreditation H2 HC, or have
--substations equipped with different medium voltage cubicles,
taken the following course:
--MV/LV transformers,
SEHT page A10 --main low voltage switchboard.
• and have taken the following course:
SEBT page A8 Equipment supplied
• USB flash drive containing course material and official texts (please
note: the standard is not provided).

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-forht 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Choice of accreditations and courses
Supervising personnel
SEEDH
Duration Price Type Breakdown
0.5 days € 440 ex-VAT In-class 100% classes
(3 h 30) Discount rates from 3 trainees in the same
session: please contact us
Objectives
• Know how to fill out an accreditation and select Course content
the training course. Prevent electricity-related accidents:
• causes and consequences of accidents,
Designated skills • how to avoid risks.
• Define the required accreditation levels for Knowing each person’s obligations and responsibilities:
employees • employer obligations, labour code, decrees and standards,
• Select the most suitable training course for the • responsibility for risks,
required accreditation levels and the tasks to be • use of various documents.
performed.
• Fill out the accreditation with knowledge of the Selecting and issuing accreditation:
regulatory requirements (standard NF C 18-510, • definition and structure of symbols,
labour code, etc.). • persons concerned, tasks to be performed,
• condition for issuing, duration, maintaining and revision,
Intended audience • electrical utility rooms, voltage levels,
• Employers or managers who issue electrician • definition of operations:
accreditation or who choose and register • work in lockout/tagout conditions, work in the vicinity, and live
personnel for safety training courses. electrical work,
• operations, troubleshooting, connections, measuring, testing, etc.
Prior knowledge • PPE (personal protective equipment), safety equipment.
• None. Organizing operations:
• decision-making chain.
Filling out the accreditation:
• using the form.
Choosing the right training course:
• accreditation training must suit each person’s requirements. This
course will improve your understanding and enable you optimize the
choice of training for your employees.
Documents supplied
• Course material.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-seedh 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

European accreditations EN 50110-1
SECEI
1 to 3 days depending on In-class or teleconference to be defined to suit your
(7 h to 21 h) duration requirements
Objectives
• Know the European safety rules to carry out Course content
electrical operations. Theoretical part:
• general information on the European standard,
Designated knowledge • review of electrical engineering,
• Know the electrical safety rules according • electrical risks and arc flash,
to European standards EN 50110-1 (common • areas and boundaries in electrical environments,
core: all electrical safety requirements common • general principles and responsibility levels,
to EU countries) and EN 50110-2 (standard • operating procedures,
that gives equivalences between the common • de-energized work,
standard and country-specific standards, where • work in the vicinity,
applicable). • maintenance procedures,
• atmospheric conditions,
Intended audience • electrical fires and accidents.
• Personnel who perform operations on or in the
Hands-on part:
vicinity of electrical
• to be defined to suit your requirements.
• installations in European countries
(CENELEC members) or any countries Training course validation
• that apply standard EN 50110-1. • Certificate given at the end of the course.
Prior knowledge
• Know some of the basics of low and medium
voltage electricity, or have working experience.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-secei 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Professional training courses + electrical accreditations
MV maintenance + accreditation
HTAMAIN
MV: H1 (V), H2 (V), 4 days € 1790 ex-VAT E-learning + in-class 70% classes
HC, HE (switching) (14 h) 30% practical
work
Objectives
Level 1 maintenance training on medium-voltage equipment and
dedicated accreditation.
H2 (V), HC, HE (switching).
• Perform AFNOR standard Level I maintenance Course content
operations.
E-learning module included can be used as many times as required
Designated skills for a 1-year period
• Preparing and implementing lockout/tagout. OLFHT page C6
• Writing up a lockout/tagout certificate.
• Perform switching operations on MV/LV
substations.
• the basics of NF C18-510 regulations,
• Carry out a risk analysis.
• role, responsibilities and various accreditation levels: lockout/tagout
• Know the operating procedures for level I
manager, work manager,
maintenance operations.
• identifying electrical risks and means of prevention,
• Perform emergency troubleshooting operations
• knowledge of mandatory access documents,
(fault detectors, fuses, etc.).
• electrical phenomena,
• Safely perform all medium-voltage operations
in accordance with standard NF C 18-510. Practical exercises:
• reading MV substation schematic diagrams,
Intended audience • writing up an operations sheet for lockout/tagout,
• MV work managers and maintenance • performing and releasing an MV/LV lockout/tagout,
technicians. • earthing and measuring,
• replacing MV fuses,
Prerequisites • tightening and level checks,
• Already have low voltage accreditation or have • troubleshooting or replacing fault detectors,
taken the following course: • level 1 inspection and maintenance of MV cubicles and LV feeders,
SEBT page A8 • identifying assembly errors and their consequences,
• ventilation problems.
Prior knowledge
• Know some of the basics of low and medium- Application equipment
voltage electricity, or have working experience, • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE (personal
or have taken the following courses: protective equipment):
--MV cubicles,
G1 page B6 --MV/LV transformer,
PREGA page C7 --withdrawable main LV circuit breaker.

• Simulation of real-life situations.
Curriculum • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Career path including this course
(pages 14 to 21) Documents supplied
• Course materials.
Level 1 medium voltage maintenance • A “Post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels,
technician • Safety requirement booklet,
• Blank accreditation certificate.
• Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htamain 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Work
Implementation of an MV/LV substation + accreditation
HTAH2
MV: H1 (V), H2 (V) 4 days € 1640 ex-VAT E-learning + in-class 50% classes
(14 h) 30% exercises
20% practical
work
Objectives
• Attain electrician accreditation levels H1 (V), Course content
H2 (V). E-learning module included can be used as many times as required
• Safely install and replace an MV/LV substation for a 1-year period
(standard NF C 13-100). OLFHT page C6
Designated skills • The basics of NF C18-510 regulations.
• Know the rules for installing MV and LV • Role, responsibilities and various accreditation levels: work manager.
equipment. • Identifying electrical risks and means of prevention.
• Safely perform all operations in accordance • Knowledge of mandatory access documents.
with standard NF C 18-510. • Main LV circuit breaker.
• Define the components of an MV transformer • Review of cubicle layouts.
substation with LV metering. • Cubicle layout rules.
• The various MV structures.
Intended audience
• The different types of prefabricated substation.
• Installers or specifiers who want to break into
• Switchgear functions, interlocking and connectors.
the market of MV installations with LV metering.
• Reading MV substation schematic diagrams.
Prerequisites • Practical implementation.
• Already have low voltage accreditation or have
• Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE (personal
SEBT page A8 protective equipment):
--MV cubicles,
Prior knowledge --MV/LV transformer,
• Master the design of an LV electrical --withdrawable main LV circuit breaker.
installation or have taken one of the following
courses: Training course validation
TBVTJ page B12 • Simulation of real-life situations.
• Skills assessment questionnaire.
PREGA page C7
Documents supplied
• A “Post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels,
Curriculum
• Safety requirement booklet,
Can be studied in greater depth • Blank accreditation certificate.
EMPT page C8 • Post-course qualification certificate.
EXII page C20
MPXM6 page C29
(pages 14 to 21)
MV Installer

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htah2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lockout/tagout and switching
HV/MV operation + accreditation
HTBCEX
• MV: HC, HE (switching) 4 days € 1250 ex-VAT In-class 70% classes
• HV: HC, HE (switching) (14 h) 30% practical
work
Objectives
Training in operating an HV substation or installation and
• Know the safety rules to be an electrical
dedicated accreditation.
operating manager and attain electrical
accreditation levels HC and HE (switching). Course content
Designated skills Theoretical knowledge:
• Safely operate an HV/MV substation or • structure of substations, components,
installation in accordance with standard • operation of the various substation equipment,
NF C 18-510. • protective devices and equipment,
• Understand what to do in the event of an • regulations: NF C 18-510, operating and access procedures, etc.
incident (analysis, location and prioritization). • operating diagrams and documents, safety procedures and
instructions.
Intended audience Practical exercises:
• Operation manager, process manager, lockout/ • preparing a job site and writing the access authorization,
tagout or work manager. • lockout/tagout certificate, preparing and implementing lockout/tagout
or deliberate switching,
Prerequisites • switching operations on different equipment,
• Have at least an H1 (MV) accreditation or have • indication and alarm processing,
taken the following courses: • Earthing and short-circuiting.
SEHT page A10
Prior knowledge • HV/MV substation simulating an installation: high-voltage equipment
• Have theoretical knowledge of low and high and transformers.
voltage electricity and practical experience on
equipment. Training course validation
In partnership with: • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htbcex 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Electrical safety
Prevention of electrical risks
Verification of knowledge
STEST20, STEST50, STEST100

40 minutes 20 licences: € 300 ex-VAT On-line test 100% test
Test can be repeated as many times as required for 50 licences: € 600 ex-VAT
a 1-year period. 100 licences: € 1000 ex-VAT
Objectives
• The NF C 18-510 standard stipulates that accreditation must be
• Assess your knowledge of the basics of
examined at least once a year, without indicating how this is to be done.
electrical safety.
• The test is used to verify each staff member’s fundamental knowledge
Intended audience of electrical risk prevention.
• Personnel who work in environments with
electrical risks.
Test content
• Team managers whose personnel work in Know and understand electrical risks.
contact with electrical risks. Risk prevention:
Occupational health and safety experts, safety • wearing protective equipment,
managers, etc. • hazardous situations,
• using suitable tools.
Prior knowledge
Securing an electrical structure:
• Have an electrical accreditation.
• lockout/tagout,
• releasing lockout/tagout.
Test format
• 40 multiple-choice questions.
• Personal access to test via secured Internet platform.
• test may be taken several times by the same person,
• 5 languages available: French, English, Spanish, German and
Chinese.
• for managers:
--results are displayed,
--traceability of the time spent training.
• Options for large groups:
--additional languages available: Portuguese, Indonesian, Polish,
Swedish (other languages on request),
--test validation level can be adapted (version with 13 disqualification
questions),
--personalized managerial support for monitoring.
Caution: the test does not replace electrical accreditation courses
and retraining courses.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-stest20 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Electrical safety
Prevention of electrical risks
Self-training + verification of knowledge
S1001
4 h + 40 minutes € 250 ex-VAT E-learning + on-line test 80% self-training
E-learning module and test can be repeated as 20% test
many times as required for a 1-year period.
Objectives
• The NF C 18-510 standard stipulates that accreditation must be
• Have a minimum knowledge of common
examined at least once a year, without indicating how this is to be done.
international rules regarding electrical risk
• The self-training course allows personnel to review and develop their
prevention.
knowledge of electrical risk prevention. When ready, they can take the
Designated knowledge (course) assessment test.
• Understand electrical risks. • The test is used to verify an employee’s knowledge on the basics of
• Protect yourself against risks. electrical risk prevention.
• Secure an electrical structure.
Course and test content
Objectives (test) Know and understand electrical risks.
• Assess electrical safety knowledge. Risk prevention:
• wearing protective equipment,
Intended audience • hazardous situations,
• Personnel who work in environments with • using suitable tools.
electrical risks.
• Team managers whose personnel work in Securing an electrical structure:
contact with electrical risks. • lockout/tagout,
Occupational health and safety experts, safety • releasing lockout/tagout.
managers, etc.
Course format
Prior knowledge • Self-training with, for each topic:
• Have an electrical accreditation. --an interactive presentation,
--application exercises,
--practice questions for the test,
--printable fact sheet.
• 5 languages available: French, English, Spanish, German and
Chinese.
Test format
• Same as STEST on left-hand page.
• Options for large groups:
--modules can be adapted to your requirements (customization of
questions, photos, graphic line with your logo),
--additional languages available: Portuguese, Indonesian, Polish,
Swedish (other language on request),
--test validation level can be adapted (version with 13 disqualification
questions),
--personalized support for managers (registration, monitoring, reports
provided in accordance with the structure of your company),
--project support for international groups.
Caution: neither the test nor the course replace electrical
accreditation courses and retraining courses.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-s1001 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ATEX certification
Explosive atmospheres
Operations in ATEX area excluding certified products
ATXN0
level 0 operator 1 day € 430 ex-VAT In-class 80% classes
(7 h) 20% practical
work
Objectives
• Attain a level 0 INERIS certificate. Course content
ATEX regulatory context
Designated skills • What Directive 1999/92/EC of the 16/12/1999 imposes.
• Be familiar with risk analysis for ATEX explosive • What Directive 2014/34/EC imposes.
atmospheres. General ATEX information: explosion awareness
• Adapt your behaviour and work practices to • What is an ATEX area?
the ATEX environment. • When can you be in the presence of an ATEX area?
• Recognize an area and equipment with ATEX • How can an ATEX area explode?
markings. • What are the most dangerous flammable substances?
• Adopt the safety regulations that apply in ATEX • Characteristics of gases, vapours, mists and dust with regard to the
areas. risk of explosion: EMI, IEMS, LIE, LSE and TAI.
• Potential ignition sources on sites.
Intended audience • How to avoid the explosion of an ATEX area.
• Personnel called upon to work in areas where
there is a risk of explosion, but without actually Particularities of static electricity
working on equipment covered by ATEX • Electrification phenomena.
regulations. • Charge accumulation and dissipation.
• People who perform cleaning and unloading • Electrostatic discharge.
operations, machine operators, material Technical and organizational measures
handlers, maintenance staff, pipe fitters and • What the markings mean: ATEX panel, ATEX areas.
welders, insulators, scaffolders, etc. • Identifying ATEX equipment with the letters "Ex".
• Concepts of the different markings.
Prior knowledge • What I must do in an ATEX area:
• None. --instructions,
--vehicle access,
--specific procedures: work permit, prevention plan, fire permit,
emergency and/or warning procedure, etc.
• What I must not do in an ATEX area:
--risks of accidental shocks: sparks, deterioration of ATEX equipment
(loss of characteristics),
--restarting vehicles in the event of a gas cloud.
Rules for operating and working in ATEX areas
• General rules.
• Hand tools: non-sparkling tools (bronze, etc.).
• Using electrical tools in explosive areas: electric screwdrivers, angle
grinders, multimeters, etc.
• Electrostatic risk: electrical continuity braids for pipes, earthing, etc.
• Using job reflex cards.

• Simulation of real-life situations on the site.
Documents supplied
• Assessment certificate valid for 3 years.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-atxn0 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ATEX certification
Basic work and operations
ATXAE
Level 1E and 1M operator 1.5 days € 565 ex-VAT In-class 80% classes
issuance of an INERIS certificate (10 h 30) 20% practical
work
Objectives
• Attain a level 1E and 1M INERIS certificate. Course content
General information on ATEX areas:
Designated skills • gas and dust.
• Work safely on electrical and mechanical What is an ATEX area?
installations in explosive environments • characteristic magnitudes,
(supervised by a person with ATEX level 2). • sources of ignition,
• explosion mechanism.
Intended audience
• Electricians or mechanics called upon to work Regulatory context:
on ATEX-certified equipment supervised by level • industrial hazard,
2E and 2M authorized persons. • requirements of directive 1999/92/EC,
• requirements of directive 94/9/EC.
Prior knowledge Electrical and mechanical protection modes:
• Know some of the basics of electricity or have • electrical protection modes: d, e, i, p,
taken the following course: • mechanical protection modes: fr, c, b, k.
G2 page B24 Main rules on the design, development and maintenance of electrical
and mechanical installations in ATEX areas.
Selecting and implementing cables:
• earthing screens and sheathes.
Inspecting and maintaining electrical installations.
General rules for the maintenance of non-electrical equipment.
Work and operations in ATEX areas.
Equipment marking.
Practical applications.

Documents supplied
• course materials,
• INERIS certificate valid for 3 years.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-atxae 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ATEX certification
Design, development and maintenance
ATXPA
Level 2E and 2M authorized person 4 days € 1425 ex-VAT In-class 80% classes
issuance of an INERIS certificate (28 h) 20% practical work
Objectives
• Attain a level 2E and 2M INERIS certificate. Course content
Regulatory context (general information and industrial risks)
Designated skills General information on gas and dust ATEX areas:
• Welcome, train and supervise operators • definition of an ATEX area,
operating in ATEX areas. • characteristic magnitudes related to the risk of explosion,
• Ensure that operating and implementation • sources of ignition,
rules for the design/engineering, development or • electrostatic phenomenon.
maintenance of an installation are observed.
• Guarantee the choice of tools and equipment Regulations applicable to users:
used during development or maintenance. • requirements of European directive 1999/92/EC,
• Ensure traceability of operations. • technical and organizational measures.
Regulations on devices used in ATEX areas:
Intended audience • requirements of European directive 94/9/EC,
• Managers (HSE, security, maintenance or • equipment categories and documents related to the directive.
operation, etc.) and work managers. Area classification principles.
Prior knowledge Design, development and maintenance rules in ATEX areas:
• Know the basics of electrical distribution and • selecting cables for areas 0, 1, 2 and exception to the rule for 1000 V,
know LV switchgear, or have taken the following • implementing cables: laying mode, connection to equipment, earthing
course: screens and sheathes.
G2 page B24 The different standardized electrical protection modes:
• the rules applicable to equipment installed in gas ATEX areas: d, e, p,
i, n,
• the rules applicable to equipment installed in dust ATEX areas: tD, pD,
iaD, maD.
Inspecting and maintaining electrical installations:
• protection rules and modes d, e, i, p.
Useful standards.
Ignition mechanisms for non-electrical equipment.
General rules for the design of non-electrical equipment.
Presentation of non-electrical protection modes:
• rules applicable to equipment: fr, d, c, b, k.
Adequacy of existing non-electrical equipment and areas.
Equipment markings and interpretation.
Operating and working in ATEX areas:
• troubleshooting rules and procedures,
• tools and equipment used for operations.
The ATEX ISM (installation, service and maintenance) certification
reference documents.

Documents supplied
• INERIS certificate valid for 3 years.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-atxpa 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

7 training courses for the residential sector, and small and
medium-sized businesses
pages B14 to B20
18 training courses for the service sector and industry

pages B56 to B73
For all professional activities,

make the most of smart buildings.
Buildings
Overview of the training courses................................. B2
General knowledge...................................................... B6
Residential, small and medium-sized businesses
- Power current............................................................. B9
- Communications networks....................................... B13
- Smart buildings........................................................ B14
- Electric vehicles....................................................... B21
- Jobs.......................................................................... B22
Service sector and industry
- Power current........................................................... B24
- Communication networks......................................... B42
- Energy efficiency..................................................... B48
- Smart buildings........................................................ B56
- Building management systems................................ B71
- Renewable energies................................................ B74
- Businesses............................................................... B80
Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric B1

Buildings
Topics Courses
General Basics of electricity

knowledge Thermal regulations RT2012
Energy performance contract (EPC)
Residential, Power current Introduction to residential electricity
small and Compulsory electrical diagnostic survey (ALUR law) [new]
medium-sized
businesses limited power electrical installation (blue tariff) - Standard NF C 15-100
monitored power electrical installation (yellow tariff) - Standard NF C 15-100
Communication Low current - Standard NF C 15-100

networks
Smart Smart electricity panels
buildings Active energy efficiency certification
Communicating Designing and building switchboards [new]
switchboards up to 160 A
KNX system Implementing a simple KNX application [new]
with eConfigure KNX Lite
Certification
SmartStruxure Building resource management
Lite system
Electric Charging stations ZE Ready 1.4 and [new]
vehicles EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P1)
Jobs Business development
Administrative management
Service sector Power current Low voltage electrical distribution switchgear
and industry Determining the size of low-voltage electrical installations
Low-voltage electrical installation design - Standard NF C 15-100

Designing installations with an IT earthing system
Design and computation assistance software - Ecodial
Design and costing software for switchboards up to 3200 A - Rapsodie
Operating an electrical installation
Diagnosis of electrical malfunctions
Maintaining an electrical installation
Critical Technical solutions for low-voltage installations
power Operating safety (FMEA method)
Power Introduction
quality Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Harmonics Technical solutions
Determining the size of an
anti-harmonic solution through
calculation
B2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Areas covered Courses Duration Page
design implementation operation maintenance management / ref.
retail
G1 4 days B6
■ RT012 2 days B7
■ EPC 1 day B8
■ ■ DECELEC 2 days B9
■ ■ DOALUR 1 day B10
■ ■ A5C15100 1 day B11
■ TBVTJ 2 days + B12
e-learning
■ ■ NFCFA 1 day B13
■ ■ ■ TAB20 1 day B14

■ ■ ■ ■ EEARPT 7 days B15
■ ■ SPANEL160 1 day B16
■ ■ OMEGA 1 day B17
■ ■ ■ KNXC 5 days B18

■ ■ ■ KNXAV 3 days B19
■ ■ SMTLT 2 days B20
■ ■ IRVEP1 1 day B21
■ DEVCO 1 day B22

■ GERER 1 day B23
■ ■ G2 4 days B24
■ CALCBT 2 days + B25
e-learning
■ G3 4 days B26
■ ITCONCEPT 2 days B27
■ ECODIAL 2 days B28
■ CONCEPTDE 1 day B29
■ EXPBT 2 days B30
■ EPLIT 1 day B31
■ DEPAN 2 days B32
■ B2 4 days B33
■ ■ Q3 3 days B34
■ ■ AMCIP 3 days B35
■ ■ JTQE 1 day B36
■ ■ ■ ■ CEM 4 days B37
■ ■ ■ ■ HARM 3 days B38
■ HARMAV 3 days B39
■ ■ ■ ■ JTFDR 1 day B40

■ ■ ■ ■ JTCER 1 day B41

Buildings
Topics Courses
Service sector Communication Design and engineering of communicating infrastructures

and industry networks Advanced solutions for VDI wiring infrastructures
(continued)
Copper wiring and initiation in fibre optics
Fibre optic cabling
Software Use
to manage Administration
communication
networks Reporting
Orgabat Certification
Energy Building management solutions
efficiency Building energy audits
Measurement and verification of building energy performance
Energy purchasing - Market offers
Eco-citizen behaviour
HVAC (heating, ventilation, air conditioning) management
Variable speed drives to manage HVAC flows - Altivar 212
HVAC work package programming and commissioning software - SoHVAC
Smart Designing solutions for smart buildings [new]
buildings Basics of communications
Basics of the cloud
communicating Designing and building switchboards up to 630 A
switchboards Designing and building switchboards up to 3200 A
MasterPact MTZ installation and setup
Setup and acceptance of a communicating switchboard
with EcoReach
homeLYnk and spaceLYnk systems - Web server IP controllers
COM’X 510 multi-switchboard hub
EcoStruxure system
Active architecture active for global building management
Implementing power monitoring systems [new]
Managing Sustainable Development Strategies with [new]
Resource Advisor
Cybersecurity in large service sector buildings [new]
Gilif system - Occupancy measurement and analysis
Stibil system - Energy and comfort management
Building StruxureWare Development of Building Management Systems
management Building Operation Operating Building Management Systems
systems system
Implementing a BACnet network [new]
Renewable General knowledge
energies photovoltaic Introduction
installation Total or partial sale
Consumption of self-produced energy
Electric Charging ZE Ready 1.4 and [new]
vehicle infrastructures EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P2) [new]
Jobs Worksite manager
Project manager assistant
Project manager
Industrial energy consultant [new]

retail
■ IRBCA 2 days B42
■ IRBCB 2 days B43
■ ■ VDICO 1 day B44
■ INOPT 1 day B45
■ ORGBU 3 days B46
■ ■ ORGBA 3 days
■ ■ ORGBR 5 days B47
■ ■ ■ ORGBC 5 days
■ EFFEN 2 days B48
■ ■ AUDIT 2 days B49
■ ■ MEVE 2 days B50
■ ACHATNRJ 1 day B51
■ ECOR 1 day B52
■ ■ CVC 3 days B53
■ ■ ■ VEM212 2 days B54
■ ■ HVAC 2 days B55
■ ■ BATCO 2 days B56
OLCOM e-learning B57
OLCLOUD e-learning B58
■ ■ SPANEL630 2 days B59
■ ■ SPANEL3200 2 days B60
■ ■ ■ MTZ 2 days B61
■ CACTAB 2 days B62
■ ■ HLYNK 2 days B63

■ COMX 1 day B64
■ ECOSX 1 day B65
■ ■ ■ ■ PME 4 days B66

■ RESSADV 2 days B67
■ ■ ■ ■ CYBTER 1 day B68

■ GILIF 3 days B69
■ ■ STIBIL 3 days B70
■ ■ SBODEV 4 days B71
■ SBOEXP 2 days B72
■ ■ ■ ■ BACNETSE 2 days B73
■ ERENO 2 days B74
■ OLPV e-learning B75
■ ■ ■ ■ INSPV 3 days B76
■ ■ ■ ■ PVAC 3 days B77
■ IRVEP2 2 days B78
■ ■ ■ IRVEP2AV 3 days B79
■ RESPC 3 days B80
■ ARESP 3 days B81
■ RESPA 3 days B82
■ ■ ■ DEREFEI 3 days B83

General knowledge
G1
4 days € 1480 In-class 60% classes
(28 h) ex-VAT 40% practical work
Objectives
• Master the basic principles of electricity. Course content
Discovery of electricity based on simple rules:
Designated skills • approach to the subject,
• Understand the risks of electric current. • Ohm’s law,
• Discover the measuring instruments, • power concepts,
equipment and switchgear in electrical • direct current and alternating current,
installations. • principles of electromagnetism.
• Measure current, voltage and power. Simple measuring instruments:
• Understand basic electrical diagrams. • using a multimeter as a voltmeter, ammeter and ohmmeter.
Intended audience Description of electrical circuit structure and components:
• Personnel entering the world of electricity in • generators,
areas covering LV or MV design or operation. • loads,
• conductors,
Prior knowledge • switchgear (circuit breakers, fuses, switches, contactors, etc.),
• None. • symbols used in circuit diagrams.
Risks of electrical current and related protection:
• earth electrode,
• protective circuit,
• insulation fault analysis,
Curriculum
• earth leakage protection.
Can be studied in greater depth
Case study:
G2 page B24 • household electrical installations.
Career path including this course • Multimeters.
(pages 14 to 21) • Operating models (components of electrical circuits and switchgear).
Electrical installer in the service sector • Demonstration models.
Electrical installer in the industrial sector Training course validation
Automated systems maintenance • Simulation of real-life situations using educational models.
technician
Documents supplied
Industrial communications networks
maintenance technician • Post-course qualification certificate.
Digital-axis machine designer
Designer of special machines
Safety automation designers

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-g1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge
Thermal regulations RT 2012
RT012
Duration Price Type Breakdown Area covered
2 days € 1130 In-class 70% classes Design
(14 h) ex-VAT 30% interactive Implementation
exercises Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Recommend solutions to optimize energy Web training account
consumption. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• It provides access to the following for one year and can be renewed:
Designated skills --interactive multimedia course material and updates,
• Know the thermal regulations. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Know which solutions to implement in order to
attain the energy performance levels required Course content
by RT 2012. Energy stakes:
• energy & environmental issues,
Intended audience • legislative measures.
• Managers, designers, operators and service Performance objectives:
providers. • main principles of RT 2012,
• performance requirements,
Prior knowledge
• resource requirements.
Know the basics of electricity or have taken the
following course: Impact of the RT regulations on energy uses:
• residential building:
G1 page B6
--heating,
--summer comfort,
Curriculum --lighting,
--domestic hot water,
Can be studied in greater depth --insulation,
EFFEN page B48 --metering,
AUDIT page B49 --renewable energies,
• service sector buildings:
--heating and summer comfort,
Career path including this course --lighting,
(pages 14 to 21) --metering.
Energy manager Case study:
• implementation of solutions to optimize energy consumption.

• Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-rt012 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge
Energy performance contract (EPC)
EPC
1 day € 1000 In-class 70% classes Design
exercises Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know how to implement energy efficiency Web training account
performance contracts. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Understand the technical and legal framework --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
of EPCs.
• Know the technical solutions. Course content
Introduction to EPCs:
Intended audience • schemes and provisions,
• Managers, designers, operators and service • financial instruments.
providers. Legal instruments:
• partnership agreements,
Prior knowledge
• definition of project owner assistance,
• Have taken the following course:
• service level,
EFFEN page B48 • remuneration and compensation,
• award procedures.
Curriculum Operating conditions:
• physical exogenous variables,
Can be studied in greater depth • building surface area and factual terms of use,
MEVE page B50 • user behaviour.
AUDIT page B49 EPC actions:
• improving building thermal performance,
Career path including this course • improving equipment energy efficiency,
(pages 14 to 21) • etc.
Case study:
Energy manager
• each item of information covered in the course is illustrated by a
concrete solution implemented by Schneider Electric.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-cpe 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Power current
Introduction to residential electricity
DECELEC
2 days € 830 ex-VAT In-class 50% classes Design
(14 h) 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know residential electrical installations to Course content
assist professionals who work on electrical Electrical circuits, from power source to loads:
installations. • the different functions:
--isolating circuits,
Designated skills --protection for circuits and people,
• Understand the language of the electricity --control,
trade. • the different switchgear:
• Comply with electrical distribution obligations --role and operation,
in France. --schematic diagram,
• Interpret a residential electrical diagram and --implementation principle.
select the most suitable offer. Electricity distribution in France:
• structure and organization of the electricity distribution network,
Intended audience
• regulatory standards and texts.
• Employee of independent electrician.
Graphic representation of the installation:
Prior knowledge • symbols and conventions,
• None. • roles and utilities of different schematic diagrams,
• link between diagrammatic representation and implementation.
Defining a component:
Curriculum
• selection criteria,
Can be studied in greater depth • available documentary structure,
DEVCO page B22 • configuration tools.
Implementing an electrical installation:
Career path including this course • safe working,
(pages 14 to 21) • replacing existing switchgear,
• adding functions to an existing electrical installation,
Electrical installer in the residential sector • producing an electrical installation from a schematic diagram.

• Simulation of real-life situations using educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-decelec 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Compulsory electrical diagnostic survey (ALUR law)
DOALUR [new]
1 day € 290 ex-VAT In-class 80% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Apply the regulations covering rental of Course content
existing homes for which the electrical Regulations covering the rental of existing homes:
installation is more than 15 years old. • obligation to carry out a survey of the electrical installation,
• equivalences with a Consuel certificate,
Designated skills • similarities and differences with the sale of a home.
• Identify safety defects to be corrected in the Responsibility of those involved:
context making residential premises safe. • combined responsibility: occupant / lessor / electrical installer,
• Formalize them in a report. • safety / conformity,
• compensatory measures.
Intended audience
• Electrical installer. Theoretical aspects of making a home safe during rental and writing up a
report
Prior knowledge • Minimum requirements:
• Know the basic rules of electrical installations --Main Control and Protection Device (AGCP),
in domestic accommodation, or have taken the --earth leakage protection at the origin of the installation with sensitivity
following course: to match the earthing conditions,
DECELEC page B9 --circuit protection devices to match the cross-section of conductors,
--compliance with the rules in bathrooms, equipotential bonding / safety
areas
--elimination of all risks of direct contact with live parts, equipment that
Curriculum is obsolete, deteriorated or unsuitable for use
Can be studied in greater depth --conductors protected by ducts, mouldings or skirting
• Specific cases
A5C15100 page B11
CONSUEL compliance certificate
NFCFA page B13 • When should a certificate of conformity be filed?
IRVEP1 page B21 • Which certificate of conformity? For which installation?
• How is it filled out? Using it for "safety".
Career path including this course Training course validation

(pages 14 to 21) • Skills assessment questionnaire.
Electrical installer in the residential sector Documents supplied
In partnership with

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-doalure 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Limited power electrical installation (blue tariff)
Standard NF C 15-100
A5C15100
(7 h) 20% exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and develop a residential electrical Course content
installation. Standard NF C 15-100 and its changes
• Review of standard NF C 15-100 of December 2002.
Designated skills • The 2005 update.
• Apply standard NF C 15-100 for the design of • Amendment A5 of 2015:
electrical installations for residential buildings. --revision of part 7-701 - rooms containing a bath or shower
• Identify the normative evolutions (amendment (washrooms),
A5) and their impacts on the design and --title 10 - low-voltage electrical installations in residential buildings
development of electrical installations. (cancels and replaces parts 7-771 and 7-772 of NF C 15-100 of
December 2002 and of its update of June 2005,
Intended audience --10.1 - low-voltage electrical installations in the interior parts of
Electrical installers. accommodation and private sections located in shared areas,
--10.2 - Low-voltage electrical installations in shared areas of residential
Prior knowledge apartment buildings,
• Know the basic rules of electrical installations --title 11 - communication network installations in residential buildings.
in domestic accommodation, or have taken the • Technical interpretations.
following course: • Charging infrastructures for electric vehicles: UTEC 15-722 guide.
DECELEC page B9 • Certificate of conformity:
--when to file a certificate of conformity,
--which certificate of conformity? for which installation?
--how is it filled out?
Curriculum Training course validation
Can be studied in greater depth • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
NFCFA page B13 Documents supplied
DOALUR page B10 • Course materials.
IRVEP1 page B21 • Post-course qualification certificate.
In partnership with
(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-a5c15100 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Monitored-power electrical installation (yellow tariff)
TBVTJ
2 days € 800 ex-VAT E-learning + in-class 70% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design an electrical installation rated up to Course content
250 kVA in compliance with the standards and The e-learning module can be used as many times as required for a
that complies with specific technical constraints. 1-year period.
Designated skills Connecting to the energy provider’s power grid:

• Define the size of the different components • 36 and 250-kVA power supply,
in a monitored power installation (yellow tariff) • differences with the “blue tariff”,
in accordance with standard NF C 15-100 and • connection devices,
UTE addenda. • administrative procedures.
• Control and master changes to an installation. Protection of electrical installations and people:
• Prepare detailed design data files for • earthing systems,
installations. • determining cable cross-sections,
• short-circuit current and voltage drop concepts,
Intended audience • determining switchgear characteristics.
• Electrical installers.
Considering customer requirements:
Prior knowledge • load survey,
• Know and understand low-voltage switchgear. • producing single-line diagrams.
• Know how to design a residential electrical Structuring the main LV switchboard and sub-distribution boards:
installation or have taken the following course: • incomer,
A5C15100 page B11 • lightning protection,
• feeder protection,
• cascading and discrimination.
Power availability:
Curriculum • "normal/backup" power supply,
Can be studied in greater depth • power factor correction,
G3 page B26 • harmonics and power system disturbances.
ECODIAL page B28 Training course validation
VIDCO page B44 • Skills assessment questionnaire.
HTAH2 page C22 Documents supplied
Career path including this course • Post-course qualification certificate.
(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tbvtj 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Communications networks
Low current
NFCFA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and develop a residential multimedia Course content
installation. Family multimedia uses:
• possible applications,
Designated skills • determining the size of the network.
• Comply with minimum standard requirements. Restrictions related to standards:
• Define user requirements. • the minimum imposed by standard NF C 15-100.
• Propose suitable network architecture.
Selecting products:
Intended audience • grade 1 and grade 3,
• Electrical installers. • communications box,
• cables,
Prior knowledge • RJ45 connectors.
• Know some of the basics of electricity, or have Implementation:
taken the following course: • basic rules,
DECELEC page B9 • tips and tricks of the wiring trade,
• application exercises:
--wiring a Lexcom Home box,
--continuity testing.
Curriculum
Can be studied in greater depth Training course validation
A5C15100 page B11 • Skills assessment questionnaire.
TAB20 page B14
Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-nfcfa 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Smart buildings
Smart electricity panels
TAB20
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Enhance your sales proposals by meeting new Course content
habitat requirements. Update on the normative, technological and economic environment of
today's electrician:
Designated skills • RT2012 requirements,
• Understand new habitat requirements and • NF C 15-100 requirements (including communications networks),
those of occupants. • developments and trends in the residential market.
• Help and support your customers in selecting Low-current housing network:
new smart housing solutions. • for which theoretical requirements and actual uses,
• Implement electrical panel communications • very high-speed broadband: an immediate reality or in the very near
(IP). future,
• prewired vs Wi-Fi.
Intended audience
• Electrical installers. Smart electricity panels:
• what to measure, what to meter?
Prior knowledge • services provided by the remote connection:
• Know how to implement electrical installations --power consumption monitoring,
in residential environments. --alerts,
--commands.
Network concepts:
Curriculum • definition of communication protocols,
Can be studied in greater depth • addressing principle (IP and MAC),
DEVCO page B22 • network, sub-network, mask and gateway concepts,
• modems and routing,
IRVEP1 page B21
• network security and Firewalls,
• domain names.
Career path including this course Operations:
(pages 14 to 21) • configuring a Wiser IP module.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tab20 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Active energy efficiency certification
EEARPT
(49 h) ex-VAT 40% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design, implement and maintain an active Course content
energy efficiency solution in a residential Advising your customer on the active energy efficiency solution to be
environment. implemented:
• analysing the customer’s requirements,
Designated skills • selecting and proposing the optimum solution covering technical and
• Advise your customer (occupant of a economic constraints.
residential or small business building) on Implementing the energy efficiency solution:
the active energy efficiency solution to be • installing, setting up and commissioning the Wiser system,
implemented. • KNX bus operating and implementing principle,
• Install, set up and commission the chosen • KNX protocol communications principle,
solution. • functions of the main components,
• Diagnose and maintain the installed energy • installing and getting started with the major features of ETS5,
efficiency solution. • implementing KNX control solutions to manage heating,
• implementing presence detection solutions and KNX scenarios to
Intended audience
manage lighting,
Electrical installers.
• implementing centralization, zoning and management of
Prior knowledge • openings in accordance with weather data,
• Have good knowledge of electricity • local or remote control of the above features via screen,
distribution. • tablet or smartphone (InSideControl).
Maintaining the implemented energy efficiency installation:
• preventive maintenance of installed equipment,
• diagnosing the system if a failure occurs,
• actions to make the installation compliant and operational.
Assessment / certification
• The acquired skills will be assessed throughout the course via case
studies and scenarios.
• If these assessments are successfully completed, Schneider Electric
will issue an eligibility notice.
The candidate's admission and certification will be issued
retrospectively at a national jury supervised by the FIEEC
(Federation of Electrical, Electronic and Communication
Industries).

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-eearpt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communicating switchboards
Designing and building switchboards up to 160 A
SPANEL160 [new]
(7 h) 50% case studies and Implementation
practical work Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimize and implement a communicating Course content
switchboard up to 160 A. • The options of optimising switchboards up to 630 A (including
cascading and discrimination rules) by using all available solutions for
Designated skills the small commercial buildings market.
• Optimise switchboard design for small service • Configuring a service sector switchboard using Ecoreal630.
sector buildings. • Using Ecoreal630 to convert a switchboard into a communicating
• Enhance your proposal by integrating metering switchboard.
and communications, based on your • Connecting and setting up switchboard communications.
end-customer’s values. • Additional operating options that operators can use to maximise
• Implement simple communications electrical energy availability.
(SmartLink Elec).
Intended audience • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge and regular
Electrical installers. simulation of real-life situations through setup exercises on tutorial
models.
Prior knowledge
• Master "power current” electrical installations. Documents supplied
• Take regular actions in small service sector • Course materials.
buildings (blue or yellow tariff). • Post-course qualification certificate.
Curriculum
OMEGA page B17
TBVTJ page B12
IRVEP1 page B21

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-spanel160 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Implementing a simple KNX application
with eConfigure KNX Lite
OMEGA [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define and implement a KNX communicating Course content
system to control buildings. Accessing the KNX system through the simplified configuration system
proposed by eConfigure KNX Lite:
Designated skills • defining components in a simple KNX configuration,
• Implement a simple KNX system to manage • KNX bus implementation principles and connecting participants,
spaces. • programming each participant using eConfigure KNX Lite.
• Connect an IP controller for complete local or Controlling the installation remotely or locally with:
remote building control. • U Motion 7-Inch screen
• homeLYnk logic controller: exercise in setting up this gateway using
Intended audience widgets created with eConfigure KNX Lite.
Electrical installers.
Prior knowledge • Theoretical and practical exercises simulating real-life situations.
• Master power current and low current
electrical installations for small commercial Documents supplied
buildings. • Course materials.
Curriculum
A5C15100 page B11
NFCFA page B13
IRVEP1 page B21

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-omega 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

KNX system
KNX certification
KNXC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Pass the KNX certification exam. Course content
Principles and advantages of a bus solution.
Designated skills KNX bus:
• Acquire the knowledge to develop simple technology, topology, telegrams, components (principles
solutions with the KNX system using the and functions).
ETS5 software tool.
Installation rules.
Intended audience Presentation of the ETS5 universal configuration tool.
Installers, engineering design offices, operation Designing and commissioning a KNX installation project (including
managers, technical departments or staff application exercises with lighting and shutter type input/output products).
members of distributors specializing in control
current. Testing and diagnostics.
Creating an installation with line couplers.
Prior knowledge Operations on models during training.
• Have good knowledge of electrical installations
in buildings, as well as the basics of using PCs Application equipment
and Windows operating systems. • ETS5 software.
• Bus pushbutton, binary input.
• Switching and variable control actuators.
• Display screen.
• Bus and line couplers.
Curriculum
Can be studied in greater depth KNX theoretical and practical certification exam
KNXAV page B19 • Passing the certifying exam (multiple-choice questions) gives the right
to use the KNX logo on your communication media and to become a
HLYNK page B63 KNX Partner (www.knx.org).
• On the last day, the Friday of each session, trainees take the official
Career path including this course exam in the training course location.
(pages 14 to 21)
Schneider Electric "Expert solutions KNX"

certificate issued at the end of the following
training path:
KNXC page B18
KNXAV page B19
HLYNK page B63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-knxc 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

KNX system
KNXAV
3 days € 1210 E-learning or 40% classes Design
(21 h) ex-VAT Digital classroom 60% practical work Implementation
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master advanced KNX system functions to Course content
manage technical equipment. Review of operating and implementation principles for simple KNX
installations.
Designated skills Heating control:
• Define and implement KNX heating control • specificities of different types of electric heating (floor and radiator)
solutions. and air conditioning,
• Implement KNX solutions to manage shutters. • implementing KNX control solutions for heating control.
• Master lighting automation options.
• Manage these devices via touchscreen. Lighting control:
• presence detection,
Intended audience • lighting scenarios.
Installers, engineering design offices, operation Roller shutter/blind management:
managers, technical departments or staff • centralization / zoning,
members of distributors specializing in control • management according to weather data.
current.
Prior knowledge • DALI gateway.
• Be KNX Partner-certified through the following • 7-inch screen.
course: • Control logic and actuator module.
KNXC page B18 • Presence detector with brightness control.
• KNX thermostats.
• Weather station.

Curriculum • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge and regular
Can be studied in greater depth simulation of real-life situations through setup exercises on tutorial
HLYNK page B63 models.
Documents supplied
Career path including this course • Course materials.
(pages 14 to 21) • Post-course qualification certificate.

training path:
KNXC page B18
KNXAV page B19
HLYNK page B63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-knxav 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

SmartStruxure Lite (SSL) system
Building resource management
SMTLT
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define and implement an SSL communicating Web training account
system to control buildings. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Define a solution based on SSL technology. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Install and wire up equipment.
• Configure the software environment. Course content
• Program a dedicated application. Presentation of the offering:
• control devices (GW, MPM, SEC TE, etc.),
Intended audience • controllers (SE 8300),
Installers, integrators and users. • management modules,
• I/O modules,
Prior knowledge • others.
• Have good knowledge of control systems, or
Network architecture:
know basic concepts of automation.
• network configuration,
• multi-network configuration.
Communication protocols:
• IP/Ethernet,
• CANbus,
• Zigbee,
• EnOcean.
Implementation:
• connections,
• configuring the Building Expert environment,
• communication tests.
Programming language:
• LUA graphic,
• LUA script,
• functional blocks.
Functions:
• PID control,
• scheduling,
• archiving,
• surveillance.

• Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge, and regular
simulation of real-life situations through application exercises on
educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-smtlt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Electric vehicles
Charging stations for electric vehicles
ZE Ready 1.4 and EV Ready 1.4 qualifications (level P1)
IRVEP1 [new]
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Satisfy the training component of the IRVE P1 Course content
qualification of decree n° 2017-26. User requirements:
• characteristics of electric vehicles,
Designated skills • typical uses for electric vehicles and energy requirements,
• Design, develop and implement simple • charging access.
charging infrastructures (without any Designing a simple charging infrastructure:
specific configuration for communications or • specific safety requirements for charging infrastructures for electric
supervision), in accordance with EV Ready 1.4 vehicles,
and ZE Ready 1.4 requirements. • normative framework,
• requirements of protocol ZE Ready 1.4,
Intended audience
• the offer available,
• satisfying customer requirements.
Prior knowledge Implementing a simple charging infrastructure:
• Master the design and calculation of electrical • analysis of connection diagrams,
installations. • standard installation connection,
• commissioning in accordance with the ZE Ready protocol,
• installation qualification.
Curriculum
IRVEP2 page B78
IRVEP2AV page B79 educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-irvep1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Jobs
Business development
DEVCO
1 day € 340 ex-VAT in-class 70% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Develop your turnover. Course content
An active sales approach:
Designated skills • efficient customer targeting,
• Understand customers’ latent needs in the • sales prospecting tools and impacts,
residential and small buildings market to • different customer profiles (characteristics, lifestyle, etc.),
improve sales. • analysis of requirements.
• Be proactive and stand out from the An attractive sales offer:
competition in order to master the essential • the different parts of a quotation and their roles,
commercial component of the electrical installer • enhancing sales proposals,
trade. • best practices.
Intended audience Steps in making sales:
• Electrical installers in the residential sector. • submitting the sales proposal,
• convincing through usage values,
Prior knowledge • dismissing objections,
• Have experience in direct relations with the • using norms and standards.
particular customer group. Exchange of experience.
• And have taken the following course:
Expertise and interpersonal skills for effective word-of-mouth.
DECELEC page B9
• Exercises simulating real-life situations.
Curriculum Documents supplied
Can be studied in greater depth • Course materials.
NFCFA page B13
A5C15100 page B11
GERER page B23

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-devco 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses - Jobs
Administrative management
GERER
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Ensure your electrical installation company’s Course content
long-term existence through efficient Management of the company’s profit and loss account:
management and by sharing experience. • cash position and cash flows,
• break-even point.
Designated skills Sales proposals:
• Avoiding the main pitfalls of company • mandatory provisions,
management. • selling price breakdown:
• Control its development. --integrating operating expenses,
• Organize its business. --calculating the break-even point,
--defining mark-up,
Intended audience • pricing,
• Electrical installers in the residential sector.
• building computerized tools to manage mark-up and discount.
Training path Purchasing:
Prior knowledge • relations with your suppliers,
None. • financial terms,
• payment times,
• delivery times.
Organizing business:
Curriculum • service proposal,
Can be studied in greater depth • setting up the schedule,
NFCFA page B13 • kitting out the company:
--choosing investments,
A5C15100 page B11 --equipment depreciation,
DEVCO page B22 • adjusting the company to fit the business.
Invoicing:
• organizing invoicing,
• following up payments,
(pages 14 to 21)
• managing past due receivables.
• Exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-gerer 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Power current
Electrical distribution switchgear
G2
(28 h) ex-VAT 30% exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Effectively identify electrical installations and Course content
their components. Service sector and industrial low-voltage electrical distribution switchgear:
• functions:
Designated skills --isolation,
• Know how to situate switchgear functions in --control,
electrical diagrams. --protection.
• Understand the data plates of the various • characteristics and technology,
devices in electrical installations. • transformers,
• Recommend solutions to protect people and • backup power supplies.
equipment against electric shocks. Loads and load protection:
• lighting,
Intended audience • electric motors,
• Personnel who design, operate or maintain
• capacitor banks,
electrical installations.
• introduction to harmonics.
Training path Reading and analysing circuit diagrams.
Prior knowledge Protecting equipment and persons against electrical contact:
Know some of the basics of electricity, or have • TT, TN and IT earthing systems,
taken the following course: • protection against direct contact,
G1 page B6 • fault currents in TT (earthed neutral) systems,
• determination, characteristics and technology of residual current
devices.
Application exercises related to the different sections:
• transformers,
Curriculum • capacitors,
Can be studied in greater depth • cables,
• protection of persons.
G3 page B26
Career path including this course • Skills assessment questionnaire.
(pages 14 to 21)
Documents supplied
Electrical installer in the industrial sector • Course materials.

CPF codes

Determining the size of electrical installations
CALCBT
2 days € 990 ex-VAT E-learning + in-class 70% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine the size of a low-voltage electrical Course content
installation. The 60-minute e-learning module can be used as many times as
required for a 1-year period.
Designated skills
• Analyse and use the items in the standard The components of the technical data file:
required to design low-voltage electrical • definition and legal obligations, normative recommendations,
installations. • particularities of certain electrical installations,
• Produce design calculation notes. • focus on design calculation notes.
• Select suitable protection systems. Calculating the cross-section of conductors:
• considering parameters and coefficients in accordance with
Intended audience
NF C 15-100 and UTE 15-105,
• checking voltage drops,
• Engineering design offices.
• determining the cross-section of the neutral line.
Prior knowledge Protection of electrical installations:
• Master the basics of electrical distribution and • calculating short-circuit currents,
know how to carry out a load survey, or have • determining the thermal stresses on wiring systems,
taken the following course: • optimising the switchboard costs through cascading,
TBVTJ page B12 • discrimination of protective devices.
Protection of persons:
• earthing systems,
Curriculum • calculating the cross-section of the protective conductor,
Can be studied in greater depth • protection against direct and indirect contact.
ECODIAL page B28 Selecting protective devices:
• main device,
• group incomer protection and feeder protection,
• determining the setting values of electronic control units.

• Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-calcbt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Low-voltage electrical installation design
G3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design low-voltage electrical installations. Course content
Electrical power distribution:
Designated skills • external influences,
• Determine the size of low-voltage electrical • 20-kV distribution incoming supply modes,
installations in accordance with standard • components of MV/LV substation earth electrodes.
NF C 15-100 and addenda Load survey:
(UTE C 15-103/105/107) • power absorbed by loads (motors, heating, lighting, etc.),
• Manage installation modifications. • taking harmonics into consideration in the load survey,
• Prepare detailed design data files for • producing single-line diagrams,
installations (single-line diagrams, design notes, • improving the power factor,
cable schedules, switchgear BOMs, • calculation and location of capacitor banks,
and discrimination). • calculating power consumption, selecting sources, rates.
Intended audience Cable duct and cable cross-sections:
• Persons who design, operate or maintain • low-voltage switchgear functions,
electrical installations. • control and protection of induction motors (type 1, 2 coordination and
starting classes),
Prior knowledge • external influences and factors according to NF C 15-100 and
• Know the basics of electrical distribution and UTE 15-105,
know LV switchgear, or have taken one of the • cable ducts or prefabricated trunking,
following courses: • voltage drops during motor starting,
G2 page B24 • cross-section of neutral conductor according to NF C 15-100.
TBVTJ page B12 Protection of installations against overcurrent:
• short-circuit current,
• impedance according to UTE C 15-105,
Curriculum • circuit breaker breaking capacity,
• thermal stresses on cables and circuit breakers,
• discrimination and cascading,
ECODIAL page B28 • tripping curves.
HARM page B38 Protection of persons against indirect and direct contact:
CEM page B37 • protection by residual current devices
--classes AC, A and B,
--types S, Si and SiE,
Career path including this course • equipotential bonding and earthing,
(pages 14 to 21) • protective conductor and bonding cross-section,
LV design engineer / technician • protection against direct and indirect contact,
• TT, TN and IT earthing systems,
Electrical installer in the industrial sector • checking protection of persons.
LV installation maintenance technician Training course validation
Documents supplied

CPF codes

Designing installations with an IT earthing system
ITCONCEPT
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design installations with an IT earthing system Course content
(unearthed neutral). Review of the design rules for low-voltage installations:
• protection of equipment and people,
Designated skills • electrical conduits and ducts,
• Master the specific features of IT earthing • earthing systems and protective measures.
systems (including loads with DC components). Benefits of installations with an IT earthing system:
• Select the optimum insulation monitoring • the specific interests of the IT earthing system depending on the
solution to facilitate network operation. applications (industry, infrastructure, rail networks, tunnels, hospitals, oil
production operations, marine, etc. ),
Intended audience
• IT earthing system operation: study of the equivalent circuit diagram
• Persons who design, operate or maintain
of a network with an isolated or impedance-earthed neutral system,
• limitations and precautions for using the IT earthing system.
Prior knowledge Creating and designing an IT (unearthed neutral) installation:
• Master the basics of electrical distribution and • networks (impedance and capacitance),
know LV switchgear, or have taken one of the • architectures based on the different types of loads (evolution of loads
following courses: with a DC component),
CALCBT page B62 • fault current flow,
• protection of persons in IT earthing systems,
• calculating fault currents and contact voltage in single-source
networks (transformer, protective devices, cables, loads, etc.) and
multi-source networks (coupling and management of PIM injection) on
the first fault,
• analysis of the double insulation fault,
• voltage surges, limiters and impedance,
• evaluating insulation resistance and capacitance of installations, and
their influences,
• specific features to be taken into account (protective earth and
functional earth, wide area networks, influence of network capacitance,
ATEX environment, etc.).
The insulation monitor offering on the market:
• characteristics and selection in accordance with the operator’s
requirements,
• defining threshold values,
• specific applications (variable speed drives, etc.) and installation
rules.

• Simulation of real-life situations using educational models. Skills
assessment questionnaire.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-itconcept 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Design and computation assistance software
Ecodial
ECODIAL
2 days € 830 ex-VAT E-learning 60% classes Design
(14 h) or Digital classroom 40% practical work Implementation
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master Ecodial to optimize LV electrical Course content
installation designs. Review of the design rules for low-voltage electrical installations:
• load survey,
Designated skills • cable ducts and cables,
• Determine the size low-voltage electrical • protection of installations,
installation components using all Ecodial • protection of persons.
functions. Getting started with the software:
• Master the advanced functions of Ecodial to • main features of Ecodial,
optimize LV electrical installations. • design methodology,
• producing single-line diagrams,
Intended audience
• importing and exporting data,
• managing operating modes.
• Engineering design offices.
• Distributors. Optimisation:
• defining the best technical choice to be implemented,
Prior knowledge • harmonising protective devices,
• Master the design and calculations of low- • checking protection discrimination,
voltage electrical installations, or have taken the • optimising the design by cascading,
following course: • determining the size of cables subjected to harmonic currents,
G3 page B26 • checking switchboard requirements.

Curriculum • Application exercises on software.
Career path including this course Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21) • Course materials.
LV design engineer / technician • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ecodial 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Design and costing software for switchboards up to 3200 A
Rapsodie
CONCEPTDE
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master Rapsodie to optimise the design of LV Course content
switchboards up to 3200 A. Review of switchboard design rules:
• architecture of low voltage switchboards,
Designated skills • service indexes,
• Design and cost low-voltage switchboards • formats,
up to 3200 A using Rapsodie 3200 software. • products and services available:
• Gain speed in using the software and be --System G and System P,
capable of optimising quotations. --power switchgear, cascading and discrimination,
--communications,
Intended audience --distribution and coordination of the distribution block and devices,
• Panel builders. • thermal management of switchboards,
• Electrical installers. • determining busbar sizes.
Training path Getting started with the software:
• design in automatic and semi-automatic modes,
Prior knowledge • manual mode selection expertise,
• Master the basics of electrical switchboard • front panel and costing.
design.
• Theoretical simulation of real-life situations and application exercises
on software.
G3 page B26 • Post-course qualification certificate.
ECODIAL page B28

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-conceptde 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Operating an electrical installation
EXPBT
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Maintain your LV electrical installation in Course content
operational conditions. Circuit breakers:
• technologies and their specificities,
Designated skills • reading and using tripping curves,
• Understand electrical protective device • standard settings,
tripping phenomena and efficiently provide • discrimination and cascading principles,
corrective solutions. • unwanted tripping assumptions,
• Use the different circuit breaker, residual • harmonics and their effects on protective devices.
current device and continuous insulation monitor Earth leakage protection:
technologies. • different types and technologies,
• Reduce fault-finding times and optimize the • vertical and horizontal discrimination concepts,
continuity of service of installations based on • unwanted tripping assumptions,
the earthing system. • correct operating test.
Intended audience The different earthing systems:
• Persons who install, operate or maintain • TT earthing system: fault analysis, protection of persons, rules on
low-voltage electrical installations. replacing protective devices,
• TNC and TNS earthing systems: fault analysis, protection of persons
Training path and rules on replacing and setting protective devices,
Prior knowledge • IT earthing systems: fault analysis, protection of persons, rules on
• Know the basics of electrical distribution. replacing and setting protective devices, role of permanent insulation
• Know LV switchgear or have taken the following monitors (PIM) and operating thresholds.
course: Permanent insulation monitors:
G2 page B24 • different types and technologies,
• operating principle,
• what the monitors actually detect and measure,
• correct operating test.

Curriculum • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
EPLIT page B31 Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)
LV installation maintenance technician

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-expbt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

EPLIT
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Provide electrical energy availability in Course content
IT earthing systems. IT earthing system:
• networks (impedance and capacitance),
Designated skills • fault current flow,
• Understand the IT earthing system. • presentation of the PIM (permanent insulation monitor).
• Identify and locate insulation faults. Permanent insulation monitors:
• installation and operating principles,
Intended audience • adjustments and settings,
Electrical installers, Engineering design offices,
• reading and interpreting messages.
maintenance departments.
Manual tracking:
Training path • principle,
Prior knowledge • tools (generator, mobile receiver, clamp) and how to use them,
Master the basics of electrical operation, or • tracking method.
have taken the following course: Automatic tracking:
EXPBT page B30 • principle,
• Vigilohm System equipment: adjustments, settings, reading and
interpreting messages from insulation monitors and fault locators,
Curriculum • tracking and installation repair methodology.
B2 page B33 • Simulation of real-life situations on educational models.
Documents supplied
Career path including this course • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-eplit 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Diagnosis of malfunctions
DEPAN
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master actions to be implemented after an Course content
electrical fault to quickly and safely re-energize. Low voltage electrical distribution switchgear:
• functions,
Designated skills • characteristics and technologies.
• Identify low-voltage electrical fault(s) causing a Reference standards and legislation:
loss of power according to the earthing system. • regulatory texts,
• Isolate fault(s) and quickly and safely • standard NF C 15-100,
re-energize. • standard NF C 18-510,
• other standards, regulations and rules on use.
Intended audience
• Persons who operate or maintain low voltage Reading and analysing circuit diagrams.
electrical installations. Examination of the different earthing systems:
• TT,
Prior knowledge • TNC and TNS,
• Know some of the basics of electricity, or have • IT.
Troubleshooting methodology:
G1 page B6 • identifying possible causes of power loss,
• in-depth analysis of electrical faults: different tripping possibilities,
• fault isolation,
Curriculum • conditions for restoring installation operation.
Can be studied in greater depth Replacing devices:
EXPBT page B30 • selection criteria to be followed.
B2 page B33 Application equipment
• Low-voltage switchboards.
(pages 14 to 21) • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
LV installation maintenance technician • Practical exercises on educational model.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-depan 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Maintaining an electrical installation
B2
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Ensure your electrical energy remains available Course content
through preventive maintenance. Characteristics and functions of LV circuit breakers:
• data marked on circuit breakers (data plates, trip unit and device),
Designated skills • consequences of harmonics on installations.
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II Circuit breaker tripping principles:
maintenance operations. • the different technologies.
• Adjust and set the different types of trip units.
Characteristics and performance of the ranges of LV circuit breakers:
Intended audience • Multi 9 / Acti 9,
• Persons who operate or maintain low-voltage • Compact NS / NSX / C / CM,
electrical installations. • Masterpact M / NT / NW / MTZ.
Adjusting and setting trip units:
Prior knowledge • tripping curves,
• Know some of the basics of low-voltage • TM thermomagnetic trip units,
electrical distribution, or have taken the following • ST and STR control units,
course: • Micrologic control units.
G2 page B24 Main AFNOR Level II replacement and adaptation operations:
• operating, servicing, replacement and adaptation operations on
different ranges of circuit breakers,
• racking-in / racking-out operations,
• adding electrical auxiliaries (MN, MX, XF), electric drive mechanism,
Curriculum auxiliary contacts, etc.
(pages 14 to 21) Application equipment
Level 1 and 2 medium-voltage • Circuit breakers:
--Multi 9 / Acti 9,
maintenance technician --Compact NS / NSX,
--Masterpact M / NT / NW / MTZ.

• Simulation of real-life situations and theoretical skills assessment
questionnaire.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-b2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Critical power
Technical solutions for low-voltage installations
Q3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Guarantee continuity of service of critical Web training account
installations. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Specify equipment to ensure electrical energy --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
availability.
• Determine the size of replacement sources Course content
(inverters and generators). Elements that contribute to installation safety:
• Consider the various disturbances in the • electrical power quality,
design of LV electrical installations. • introduction to operating safety concepts,
• network architecture,
Intended audience • source transfer switches.
• Personnel who design or operate electrical Auxiliary power sources:
installations. • operation of static uninterruptible power supplies (static UPSs),
• selecting static UPSs,
Training path
• operation of dynamic uninterruptible power supplies (dynamic UPSs),
Prior knowledge • electrical characteristics of generators,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution, • power factor correction,
or have taken the following course: • analysis of an installation backed up by a generating set and inverter,
G3 page B26 • operating principle and selecting variable speed drives for
asynchronous motors.
Electromagnetic disturbances, filtering and safety of installations:
• origin of harmonics on the network and their effects on switchgear,
• harmonic filtering mechanisms,
Curriculum • origin of high-frequency disturbances,
Can be studied in greater depth • EMC wiring rules,
AMCIP page B35 • installing surge arresters in LV switchboards.
STABRES page C16 Training course validation
• Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)
LV design engineer / technician • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-q3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Critical power
Operating safety (FMEA method)
AMCIP
(21 h) ex-VAT Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Guarantee operating safety of electrical Web training account
infrastructures. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Conduct an electrical distribution failure --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
analysis using the FMEA method.
• Recommend the most suitable solutions to Course content
provide operating safety. Introduction to operating safety:
• basics,
Intended audience • safety parameters and indicators used,
• Decision-makers, supervisory staff and • the steps of an FMEA.
technicians called upon to implement secure Guide to conducting a Preliminary Risk Assessment (PRA):
energy methodologies in hospitals. • how to conduct a preliminary risk assessment,
• Personnel who take part in preparing electrical • definition of undesired events.
installation specifications.
Guide to conducting an FMEA applied to electrical installations:
Prior knowledge • summary and implementation of action plans,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution, • specific points and hints on conducting an FMEA.
or have taken the following course: Specific FMEA grid for electrical installations:
G3 page B26 • failure mode analysis,
• Common Mode failure analysis.
Standards and technical points related to hospitals.
Can be studied in greater depth • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
Q3 page B34 Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)
Energy manager

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-amcip 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Introduction to power quality
JTQE
(7 h) 30% interactive exercises Implementation
30% practical work Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Effectively identify disturbances that affect Web training account
voltage quality. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Diagnose the different types of disturbance in --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
electrical distribution.
Course content
Intended audience Analysis of standard EN50160:
• Managers, designers or operators of electrical • definition of voltage characteristics,
installations. • review of the main requirements.
Introduction to power factor correction:
Prior knowledge
• understanding and measuring the phenomenon,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution,
• introduction to existing solutions.
or have taken the following course:
Introduction to harmonic disturbance:
G3 page B26
• understanding and measuring the phenomenon,
• introduction to existing solutions.
Introduction to HF disturbance:
Curriculum • understanding the phenomenon,
Can be studied in greater depth • introduction to existing solutions.
HARM page B38 Training course validation
CEM page B37 • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
JTCER page B41 Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtqe 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Coexistence of power and control current
CEM
(28 h) ex-VAT 30% interactive exercises Implementation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Make power and control current coexist in an Web training account
electrical installation. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Identify high-frequency disturbances. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Implement suitable solutions.
Course content
Intended audience This training course covers all the normative and regulatory
• Personnel who design or operate electrical requirements related to high-frequency (HF) disturbances, in order to
installations or control current installations. address the following points.
HF disturbance generators:
Prior knowledge • in the residential sector,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution, • in the service sector,
or have taken the following course: • in the industrial sector.
G3 page B26 Interference generated:
• on sensitive equipment,
• on electrical distribution.
HF disturbance propagation modes:
Curriculum • conducted disturbances,
• radiated disturbances,
Can be studied in greater depth • induced disturbances,
HARM page B38 • lightning.
Career path including this course Measuring and viewing HF disturbances:
(pages 14 to 21) • tracking method,
LV design engineer / technician • using a spectrum analyser, antennas, etc.
Consideration of HF disturbances in designing the size of installations:
MV design engineer / technician • earthing system,
Electrical installer in the industrial sector • electrical protection devices.
Selecting solutions:
• implementation rules,
LV installation maintenance technician • dedicated solutions: shielding, filter, etc.
Automated systems maintenance Case studies.
technician Application equipment

• Disturbance generators.
• Spectrum analysers and digital oscilloscope.
• Switchboard.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-cem 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Harmonics
Technical solutions
HARM
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master the actions to be implemented in Web training account
disturbed environments. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Identify harmonic disturbances. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Implement suitable solutions.
Course content
Intended audience This training course covers all the normative and regulatory
• Managers, designers or operators of electrical requirements related to harmonic disturbances. The course addresses
installations. the following points.
Harmonic disturbance generators:
Prior knowledge • in the residential sector,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution, • in the service sector,
or have taken the following course: • in the industrial sector.
G3 page B26 Interference generated:
• on equipment,
• on electrical distribution.
Curriculum Measuring and analysing power system pollution:
• using a TRMS multimeter,
Can be studied in greater depth • interpreting indicators.
CEM page B37 Consideration of harmonics in designing the size of installations:
JTCER page B41 • earthing system,
• electrical protection devices,
• cable cross-sections,
Career path including this course • selecting equipment: transformers and capacitors.
(pages 14 to 21)
Defining solutions:
LV design engineer / technician • passive filters,
MV design engineer / technician • active filters,
• hybrid filters,
Electrical installer in the industrial sector • sine wave sampling,
Medium voltage operation manager • wiring rules.
Case studies.
Automated systems maintenance Application equipment
• Harmonics analyser.
technician • Passive and active filters.
• HarmoCEM instructional model.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-harm 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Harmonics
Designing a harmonic filter
HARMAV
(21 h) ex-VAT Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine the size of an anti-harmonics Web training account
solution through calculation. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Determine the size of an anti-harmonic choke. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Determine the size of a passive filter.
• Determine the size of an active filter. Course content
• As a prerequisite, the HARM course must have been taken to make it
Intended audience easier to follow the HARMAV course.
• Engineering design offices. • This course is intended for engineering design offices that want to
acquire a calculation method to determine the size of anti-harmonic
Prior knowledge solutions.
• Have taken the following course: Harmonic modelling of the network:
HARM page B38 • non-linear load,
• linear load,
• source,
Curriculum • impedance.
Career path including this course Superposition theorem:
(pages 14 to 21) • phase expansion.
LV design engineer / technician Influence of impedance.
MV design engineer / technician Harmonic calculation method:
• determining harmonics from the manufacturer data.
Characteristics of tank circuits:
• definition of the amplification factor,
• definition of resonance range,
• determining network behaviour.
Compensation with anti-harmonic choke:
• resonant frequency calculation,
• anti-resonance frequency calculation,
• determining capacitor size,
• determining choke size.
Determining passive filter size:
• characteristics,
• Q factor,
• bandwidth,
• thermal resistance.
Determining active filter size.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-harmav 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

JTFDR
(7 h) 30% case studies Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Ensure the switchboard is protected against Web training account
lightning. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Define and implement lightning protection in --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
Course content
Intended audience Lightning:
• Personnel who design or operate electrical • description of phenomenon,
installations or control current installations. • monitoring networks,
• characteristics of lightning current,
Prior knowledge • adverse consequences.
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution,
Normative and regulatory context:
• lightning risk analysis,
G3 page B26 • building protection.
Surge arrester technology:
• surge arrester characteristics,
• selection assistance,
Curriculum • disconnect device.
Can be studied in greater depth Installation rules:
• network architecture,
CEM page B37 • wiring.
Case study:
Career path including this course • installation examples,
(pages 14 to 21) • application exercises.
LV design engineer / technician
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtfdr 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

JTCER
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Correct the power factor in installations. Web training account
• The course begins by opening a web training account.
Designated skills • It provides access to the following for one year and can be renewed:
• Determine the size of a capacitor bank in --interactive multimedia course material and updates,
disturbed environments. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Implement and provide maintenance.
Course content
Intended audience This training course covers all the technical requirements related to
• Managers, designers or operators of electrical power factor correction, in order to address the following points.
installations. Reactive energy:
• definition of usefulness,
Prior knowledge • relationship between cos j and power factor.
Have good knowledge of electrical distribution,
Advantages of power factor correction:
• lower electricity bills,
G3 page B26 • optimised electrical distribution.
Determining the size of capacitor banks:
• type of compensation: fixed or automatic,
Curriculum • compensation modes: overall, by sector, individual,
• analysis of varmeter relays,
Can be studied in greater depth • capacitor technology.
HARM page B38 Definition of interference in disturbed environments:
• sensitivity to harmonics,
Career path including this course • analysis of capacitor resonances (overload).
(pages 14 to 21) Protection of capacitors:
LV design engineer / technician • anti-harmonic chokes,
• filters.
MV design engineer / technician Implementation:
Medium voltage operation manager • wiring,
• protection.
Maintenance:
• preventive actions,
• curative actions.
• Instructional model, reactive energy case.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtcer 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Communication networks
Design and engineering of communicating infrastructures
IRBCA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Give all the keys to provide project owners Course content
with advice, expertise and decision-making Normative environment:
components to optimize information system • applicable standards,
architecture. • transmission performance,
• EMC rules,
Designated skills • datacentres and standards.
• Know the technological, normative and Technological environment:
economic environment of communication • basics of different network architectures,
networks. • current technologies and expected developments.
• Take into consideration current and future user
requirements. Design and engineering rules:
• environmental impact of the chosen solution,
Intended audience • operating constraints,
Architects or general contractors involved in • scalability of solutions.
the design of service sector and/or industrial Solution selection criteria:
buildings. • considering TCO (total cost of ownership),
• satisfying customer requirements,
Prior knowledge • scalability and sustainability,
Master the basics of wiring architectures. • environmental impact,
• market trends.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-irbca 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Advanced solutions for VDI wiring infrastructures
IRBCB
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design efficient and scalable communication Course content
infrastructures. Normative environment:
• applicable standards,
Designated skills • transmission performance,
• Know the technological, normative and • EMC rules,
economic environment of communication • datacentres and standards.
networks. Technological environment:
• Determine the size of copper and • basics of different network architectures,
optical infrastructures to satisfy expressed • current technologies and expected developments.
requirements.
Design and engineering rules:
Intended audience • determining network size,
Personnel who work in technical design offices • availability and safety,
and who are in charge of “control current” work • operating constraints,
packages. • scalability and sustainability of the solutions,
• Bâti-Rési Suite configuration software.
Prior knowledge Different product solutions:
Master the basics of wiring architectures. • copper solutions,
• optical solutions,
• prefabrication,
• market trends.
Implementation rules:
• obligations and best practices,
• marking method,
• decrypting technical acceptance reports.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-irbcb 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Copper wiring and initiation in fibre optics
VDICO
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Acquire the theoretical knowledge and Course content
techniques required to implement efficient and Data transmission techniques.
scalable VDI networks. Copper and optical standards.
Designated skills Types of architecture: horizontal and vertical wiring.
• Design VDI networks autonomously with the Hardware technologies.
Actassi offering. Specific features of computer wiring according to building topology and
• Know the principles of optical transmission architecture.
and how it is implemented.
Technological trends (POE, POE+, IP convergence, etc.) and the future.
• Produce and interpret a technical acceptance
report. Global solution with the Actassi offering.
Creating a permanent link with the S-One connector.
Intended audience
Electrical installers. Application equipment
• Schneider Electric Actassi and S-One connector.
Prior knowledge
Have good knowledge of electrical installations Training course validation
in buildings. • Theoretical and practical exercises simulating real-life situations.
INOPT page B45 • Post-course qualification certificate.

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vdico 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Fibre optic cabling
INOPT
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement fibre optic communications Course content
networks. Structure types:
• tight-buffered,
Designated skills • loose-tube.
• Acquire basic theoretical knowledge and Transmission characteristics.
techniques to implement fibre optic VDI
networks according to the latest developments Light sources.
in standards. Attenuation.
• Take measurements and know how to interpret Optical fibre types:
certification tests. • OM2, OM3,and OM4,
• OS2.
Intended audience
Electrical installers, technical users or worksite Connector types:
managers. • ST,
• SC,
Prior knowledge • LC.
Know how to install copper wiring networks or Standards.
have taken the following course: Reflectometry measurements.
VDICO page B44 Implementing connectors:
• cold-sealing,
• crimping.

• Theoretical and practical exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-inopt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Software to manage communication networks
Orgabat
ORGBU
3 days Please In-class 50% classes Design
(21 h) contact us 50% exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know how to use the OrgaBat Vnet software.
Use
Designated skills
• Master all software features. Course content
• User interface.
Prior knowledge • Sheets.
Have good knowledge of networks and • Getting started with Orgabat Vnet.
computer wiring. • Creating infrastructures.
• Keyboard and mouse commands.
• CAD.
• Using work orders.
• Creating a connection chain.
• Managing sections.

• Continuous questioning on theoretical and practical knowledge.
Documents supplied
ORGBA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know how to administer the OrgaBat Vnet
software.
Administration
• Installation and database.
• Understand database organization.
• Extraction and printing.
• Write scripts.
• Integrating elements.
• Configure advanced functions.
• Scripts and running scripts in batch mode.
Prior knowledge • SQL.
Have used Orgabat Vnet for at least 3 months or • Files and Exe.
have taken the following course: • Advanced functions.
• Control files.
ORGBU page B46 • Sheet and database matching.
• Management of rights.

Documents supplied

ORGBR
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know how to create reports. Reporting
Designated skills
• Use different data formats for effective
Course content
• Databases.
reporting.
• SQL.
Prior knowledge • XML.
Know some of the concepts of SQL or have • User interface.
ORGBA page B46 • Continuous questioning on theoretical and practical knowledge.
Documents supplied
ORGBC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Obtain OrgaBat Vnet certification. Certification
Designated skills
• Create objects, new reports, etc.
Course content
• SQL.
Prior knowledge • XML.
Have taken the following courses: • Reporting.
• Creating objects.
ORGBA page B46 • Scripts for marked elements.
++ ORGBR page B47 • CAD.
• Passing certification.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-orgbu 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Energy efficiency
Building management solutions
EFFEN
exercises Operation
20% on-site visit Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Guarantee energy performance of buildings in Web training account
the service sector. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Define the regulatory constraints. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Define the optimum level of comfort.
• Analyse consumption. Course content
• Select the most appropriate optimisation Building energy efficiency:
solution. • definition of energy efficiency,
• Assess the return on investment. • identifying the required services.
Energy efficiency and comfort:
Intended audience • definition of the optimal heating and air-conditioning setting,
• Managers, designers, operators and service • definition of regulatory ventilation rate,
providers. • definition of the required level of illumination,
• optimisation of space,
Prior knowledge
• continuity of service,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution
• operating safety,
or have taken the following courses:
• etc.
G3 page B26
Global energy management (water, gas and electricity):
AUDIT page B49 • measurement, metering, monitoring and supervision,
• definition of influencing factors,
• identifying relevant energy performance indicators,
Curriculum • analysing energy consumption.
Can be studied in greater depth Technical Efficiency Solutions and associated ROI:
CPE page B8 • heating,
DEREFEI page B83 • ventilation,
• air conditioning,
ACHATNRJ page B51 • lighting,
• specific electricity.
Career path including this course Building control solutions:
(pages 14 to 21) • building management systems,
Energy manager • impact of automation on energy savings,
• complementarity between building and energy management systems.
Case study:
• technical visit of the world’s first ISO 50 001-certified building,
SchneiderElectric"Buildingenergyperformance • analysis of the implemented solutions.
specialist" certificate issued at the end of the Measurement of the achieved savings.
following training path:
EFFEN page B48 Training course validation
++ CVC page B53
++ AUDIT page B49 Documents supplied
++ DEREFEI page B83 • Post-course qualification certificate.
++ MEVE page B50

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-effen 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Building energy audits
AUDIT
exercises Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Conduct an energy audit. Web training account
• Define the requirements of the DDADUE law. --interactive multimedia course material and updates,
• Analyse energy requirements. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Produce an energy consumption map.
• Identify optimisation actions. Course content
• Estimate the return on investment. Regulatory context:
• obligation for businesses to carry out an energy audit,
Intended audience • normative framework.
• Managers, designers, operators and service Methodology:
providers. • definition of the site layout plan,
• description of "utilities" installations,
Prior knowledge
• collection and analysis of electricity contracts and bills,
• Have taken one of the following courses:
• conducting the site walk-through,
EFFEN page B48 • analysis of the existing means of metering and measuring energy,
DEREFEI page B83 • implementing an additional measurement campaign.
Analysis of the collected data:
• producing an energy balance,
• measuring the load factor.
Curriculum
Advising the project owner:
Can be studied in greater depth • assessing potential energy savings,
CPE page B8 • identifying relevant energy performance indicators,
MEVE page B50 • recommending optimisation solutions with optimal ROI.
Energy audit report:
• summary of the obtained results.
(pages 14 to 21) Training course validation
Energy manager • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
SchneiderElectric"Buildingenergyperformance
specialist" certificate issued at the end of the
EFFEN page B48
++ CVC page B53
++ AUDIT page B49
++ DEREFEI page B83
++ MEVE page B50

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-audit 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Measurement and verification of building energy performance
MEVE
exercises Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Produce a plan to measure and verify building Web training account
energy performance. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Implement a metering plan. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Define the measuring instruments.
• Identify factors that influence building energy Course content
consumption. Metrology:
• Assess building energy performance such that • review of the basics,
it is verifiable and indisputable. • definition of measurement,
• definition of accuracy,
Intended audience • definition of calibration.
• Managers, designers, operators and service Metering plan:
providers. • definition of uses,
• instrumentation,
Prior knowledge
• implementation,
• maintenance.
EFFEN page B48
Measurement and verification protocol:
AUDIT page B49 • principles,
• methodology,
• options,
Curriculum • modelling,
Can be studied in greater depth • data collection.
CPE page B8 Energy management system:
• collecting and analysing data,
Career path including this course • selecting relevant energy performance indicators,
(pages 14 to 21) • supervision system.
Energy manager Training course validation
Documents supplied
SchneiderElectric"Buildingenergyperformance • Course materials.
specialist" certificate issued at the end of the • Post-course qualification certificate.
EFFEN page B48
++ CVC page B53
++ AUDIT page B49
++ DEREFEI page B83
++ MEVE page B50

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-meve 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Energy purchasing
Market offering
ACHATNRJ
(7 h) 30% interactive Implementation
exercises Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Identify the most suitable energy supply offer Web training account
to meet your gas and electricity requirements. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Master the mechanisms of the energy market. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Know the offers available on the market.
• Select the most suitable contract. Course content
Electricity and gas networks:
Intended audience • stakeholders,
• Energy managers and energy purchasers. • infrastructures,
• value chains.
Prior knowledge
Energy bill components:
• single contracts, CART (electricity transmission system access
EFFEN page B48 contract) and CARD (electricity distribution system access contract),
• binomial structure,
• price of energy,
• taxes and other contributions.
Curriculum Opening up of the energy market:
Can be studied in greater depth • market trends,
CPE page B8 • end of regulated tariffs (TRV),
• regulated access to incumbent nuclear electricity (ARENH).
Market offers:
• indexed offer,
• fixed rate offer,
• dual energy offer,
• related services.
Selection methodology:
• risk analysis,
• budget optimisation.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-achatnrj 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Eco-citizen behaviour
ECOR
1 day Please In-class 30% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Encourage employees to behave as Web training account
eco-citizens. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Proactively encourage users to adopt an --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
eco-responsible approach.
Course content
Intended audience Climate and energy challenges:
• All building users. • raising awareness on the different issues.
Energy efficiency:
Note: at least 6 participants. • introduction to energy saving principles.
Eco-citizen behaviour:
Curriculum • discovery of concrete day-to-day actions,
Career path including this course • presentation of the methods to encourage changes of behaviour.
(pages 14 to 21)
Energy manager • Activity games.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ecor 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

HVAC (heating, ventilation, air conditioning) management
CVC
exercises Operation
20% on-site visit Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimise HVAC management. Web training account
• Define the regulatory constraints. --interactive multimedia course material and updates,
• Define the optimum level of comfort. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Analyse consumption.
• Select the optimisation solution. Course content
• Assess the return on investment. Building energy efficiency:
• definition of energy efficiency,
Intended audience • identifying the required services in buildings.
Managers, designers, operators Regulatory constraints:
or service providers. • thermal regulations,
• health regulations,
Prior knowledge
• labour code,
• Have good knowledge of electrical distribution
• standards covering the company’s business activities.
or have taken the following courses:
Definition of thermal and hygienic comfort:
G3 page B26
• settings,
EFFEN page B48 • indicators,
• ideal set-points.
Curriculum Review of the basics:
• basic principles,
Can be studied in greater depth • description of an HVAC system with AHU.
DEREFEI page B83 Recommended solutions:
• drive mechanism,
Career path including this course • variable speed control,
(pages 14 to 21) • BMS and impact of automation on energy savings.
Energy manager Speed controller settings for the HVAC application:
• definition of key parameters,
• drive controller configuration.
Practical work:
SchneiderElectric"Buildingenergyperformance • application subject: HVAC in hospital environments,
specialist" certificate issued at the end of the • analysing constraints and requirements,
following training path: • defining solutions.
EFFEN page B48 Case study:
• technical visit of the world’s first ISO 50 001-certified building,
++ CVC page B53 • analysis of the on-site HVAC system,
++ AUDIT page B49 • analysis of the implemented solutions,
++ DEREFEI page B83 • measurement of the achieved savings.
++ MEVE page B50 Training course validation
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sene 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Variable speed drives to manage HVAC flows
Altivar 212
VEM212
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement and operate a dedicated drive on Course content
HVAC service sector networks. Review of asynchronous variable speed control:
• asynchronous motor principle,
Designated skills • machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking) for
• Install and optimally operate a variable speed applications that include fluids,
drive designed specifically for fluid management • variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants).
applications in service sector buildings (HVAC). General presentation of variable speed drives:
• advantages of the Altivar 212,
Intended audience
• wiring and implementation,
Personnel called upon to commission Altivar 212
• control via integrated terminal,
variable speed drives or to diagnose faults on
• description of the standard product,
installations that include Altivar 212 drives.
• input-output characteristics and configuration options,
Prior knowledge • presentation of the accessories.
• Know the concepts of mechanics and Integrated functions:
components of variable speed drives (rectifiers • variable speed drive features to suit your applications,
and inverters) or have taken the following • details of the functions (principle and setup).
course: Maintenance diagnostics:
VVI page D18 • data transmitted by the variable speed drive,
• interpreting displayed values.
Operations:
• simple commissioning, factory settings, monitoring, set-point
switching, faster-slower, etc.
• introduction to PC software (principle, description, setup, specific
features of the Altivar 212), etc.
• Altivar 212 demonstration case with motor and control terminal.

• Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge and regular
simulation of real-life situations through programming and tests based
on concrete specifications.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vem212 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

HVAC work package programming and commissioning
software
SoHVAC
HVAC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program M171 controllers for HVAC Course content
(Ventilation, Heating and Air-Conditioning) Presentation of the equipment:
systems • controller,
• Altivar 212 HVAC drive,
Designated skills • input/output extensions.
• Transcribe an HVAC automation requirement SoMachine HVAC software:
into an executable program on a programmable • project creation and structure,
logic controller (PLC). • project ergonomics,
• tools.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to develop machine Managing variables:
application programs (for heating, ventilation, • data types,
refrigeration or air conditioning systems) and • use and definition of standard and structured variables.
who wish to become autonomous in setting up Creating an application:
and maintaining the process. • operation and setting up of tasks,
• programming in CFC language,
Prior knowledge • programming the HMI,
• Know the principles of programmed logic or • how to debug your application.
have taken the following course:
Programming communications:
LPEG2 page D63 • ModBus communications,
• BACnet communications,
• Ethernet communications.
• All components of a ventilation machine with, in particular:
--an M171 controller,
--an Altivar 212 drive with motor,
--an HMI to control the machine and adjust parameters.

simulation of real-life situations through programming and tests based
on concrete specifications.
Documents supplied
ATV 212 drive • Course materials.
SoHVAC

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-hvac 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Smart buildings
Designing solutions for smart buildings
BATCO [new]
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design a smart building that satisfies the Course content
requirements and user values of its occupants • Using concrete examples, participants will understand the usage
and operators. valuesof different types of users.
• An in-depth presentation of the offers, solutions and services at your
Designated skills disposal (characteristics, ranges, value proposals, targeted market,
• Take into account the usage values of etc.) will then allow you to solve exercises to design architectures for
smart buildings for investors, managers and smart building solutions.
occupants. • Based on specifications that correspond to a typical building,
• Define and promote architectural proposals for exercises covering configuration, optimisation and quantification will be
smart buildings that satisfy these customer user carried out to assess the acquired skills.
values. • Finally, a range of options offered by the connectivity of commercial
• Optimise and cost these configurations. buildings to optimise how they operate will be addressed by handling
associated services.
Intended audience
• Engineering design offices, electrical installers Training course validation
and maintenance staff. • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge.
• Simulation of real-life situations through handling exercises on PCs.
Prior knowledge
• Master power and control current electrical Documents supplied
installations in service sector buildings, or have • Course materials.
taken the following course: • Post-course qualification certificate.
G3 page B26
Curriculum
SPANEL630 page B59
++ KNXC page B18
++ KNXAV page B19
++ HLYNK page B63
++ COMX page B64

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-batco 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Basics of communications
OLCOM
60 minutes. € 80 ex-VAT E-learning 80% self-training
20% exercises
Objectives
• Propose the communications solution that is Course content
best suited to the context. The e-learning module can be used as many times as required for a
1-year period.
Designated skills This module is systematically included in the following course:
• Identify the specific features of the various CRL20 page D87
communication protocols.
Intended audience Communication network stakes.

• Personnel who design or implement electrical Terminology used.
installations and energy management or energy OSI model.
efficiency solutions. Communication protocols and typical applications:
Prior knowledge • Modbus,
None. • Profibus,
• CANopen,
• ASi,
• Ethernet,
Curriculum • Zigbee,
Can be studied in greater depth • GSM,
• ADSL,
SPANEL630 page B59 • Wi-Fi.
SPANEL3200 page B60 Selection criteria used to specify the network architecture.
Network interfaces.
Career path including this course Schneider Electric Solutions.
(pages 14 to 21) Costs of implementation / use.
Schneider Electric "Service sector

communicating switchboard specialist”
training path:
SPANEL630 page B59
++ OLCOM page B57
++ HLYNK page B63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-olcom 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Basics of the cloud
OLCLOUD
30 minutes € 80 ex-VAT E-learning 50% self-training
50% exercises
Objectives
• Promote Schneider Electric SaaS services via Course content
the cloud. The e-learning module can be used as many times as required for a
1-year period.
Designated skills
• Simply and clearly explain the concept, The cloud:
operation and benefits of the cloud. • definition and stakes,
• advantages,
Intended audience • analysis of the risk of data loss,
• Engineering design offices. • computer security management system.
• Installers.
Cloud technologies:
• Panel builders.
• overview,
• Operators.
• equipment chain,
• Service providers.
• pooling, virtualization and redundancy.
Prior knowledge The different types of offer:
None. • Iaas,
• Paas,
• Saas.
Curriculum
Can be studied in greater depth Format
• Self-training with, for each topic:
MEVE page B50
--a learning module,
--training questions,
--validation via a mini-test.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-olcloud 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

SPANEL630
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and build communicating switchboards Course content
up to 630 A. Market trends with concrete examples:
• RT2012,
Designated skills • NOME law (end of “yellow” and “green” tariffs in France),
• Identify the advantages of communicating • DDADUE law.
switchboards to simplify operation. Principle of connected switchboards:
• Select relevant products to create • benefits and objectives.
communicating switchboards.
• Implement, set up and test communications Features and implementation of products:
of components in switchboards (up to 630 A) • switchboard incomer:
to remotely display information (e-mail, curves, --Compact NSX Micrologic E or power meter,
etc.). --surge arrester,
• switchboard outgoing feeders:
Intended audience --PowerTag meters,
• Personnel who design or implement electrical --status indication,
installations. --actuators,
• communications and display:
Prior knowledge --IFE interface for Compact NSX,
• Have good knowledge of service sector --Smartlink SiD, SiB,
electrical distribution, --FDM128 touchscreen + iPad,
or have taken the following course: --ComX510 concentrator,
TBVTJ page B12 • Modbus RS485 network:
--physical devices,
• And master the basics of communications or
--protocol,
have taken the following e-learning module:
--addressing,
OLCOM page B57 • Ethernet network:
--switchboard connection to VDI patch panel,
Curriculum --physical devices,
Can be studied in greater depth --addressing (DHCP, IPV4 address, IPV6 address),
SPANEL3200 page B60 --DPWS mode.
Features highlighted for end-user customers:
HLYNK page B63
• E-mail forwarding triggered by technical alarms (Smartlink Si),
• Creation of dashboards on energy consumption, etc. (ComX510).
Career path including this course Using Smartphone and tablet applications:
(pages 14 to 21) • EnerlinX: promotional tool,
Electrical installer in the service sector • Network Explorer by Schneider Electric: direct access to Web pages.
Settingupcommunicationsandsupervisionof communicatingswitchboard
components.
Schneider Electric "Service sector Training course validation

communicating switchboard specialist” • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge and regular
certificate issued at the end of the following simulation of real-life situations through setup exercises on tutorial
training path: models.
SPANEL630 page B59 Documents supplied
++ OLCOM page B57 • Course materials.
++ HLYNK page B63

CPF codes

SPANEL3200
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and build communicating switchboards Course content
up to 3200 A. Market trends (RT2012, NOME and DDADUE laws).
Principle of connected switchboards: benefits and objectives.
Designated skills
• Identify the advantages of communicating Features and implementation of products in main LV switchboards:
switchboards to simplify operation. • incomer:
• Select relevant products to create --Compact NS or Masterpact MTZ,
communicating switchboards. --surge arrester (and permanent insulation monitor when applicable).
• Implement, set up and test communications • feeders: Compact NSX,
of components in switchboards (up to 3200 A) • communications and display:
to remotely display information (e-mail, curves, --IFE interface for Compact,
etc.). --FDM128 touchscreen + iPad,
--ComX510 concentrator.
Intended audience Features and implementation of products in distribution boards:
• Personnel who design or implement electrical • feeders:
installations. --PowerTag meters,
--status indication,
Prior knowledge --actuators,
• Have good knowledge of service sector • communications and display:
electrical distribution, or have taken the following --Smartlink SiD, SiB,
course: --FDM128 touchscreen + iPad.
G3 page B26 Overall communication architecture for the installation:
• Master the basics of communications, or have • Smartlink Ethernet, IFE, ComX510,
taken the following e-learning module: • interconnection with BMS.
OLCOM page B57 Testing and preparation of the acceptance file.
Features highlighted for end-user customers:
Curriculum • e-mail forwarding triggered by technical alarms (Smartlink Si and IFE),
• creation of dashboards on energy consumption, etc. (ComX510),
Can be studied in greater depth • TVD system for interconnection with BMS.
HLYNK page B63 Using smartphone and tablet applications:
MEVE page B50 • EnerlinX: promotional tool,
• Network Explorer by Schneider Electric: direct access to Web pages.
Settingupcommunicationsandsupervisionof communicatingswitchboard
components.
communicating switchboard specialist” Training course validation
certificate issued at the end of the following • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge and regular
training path: simulation of real-life situations through setup exercises on tutorial
models.
SPANEL630 page B59
++ OLCOM page B57 Documents supplied
++ HLYNK page B63 • Course materials.

CPF codes

MasterPact MTZ installation and setup
MTZ [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define, implement and operate Masterpact Course content
MTZ DefiningtheMasterpactMTZconfiguration thatmatches yourrequirements:
• the offer available,
Designated skills • control units and digital modules,
• Choose the Masterpact MTZ configuration that • communication architecture solutions,
matches your requirements. • configuration software.
• Implement, set up and carry out technical Configuring and setting up Masterpact MTZ:
acceptance of an installation with Masterpact • getting started with Ecoreach,
MTZ. • setting threshold values,
• Process data from Masterpact MTZ. • setting up communications,
• updating the firmware.
Intended audience
• Electrical installers. Operating Masterpact MTZ:
• Panel builder workshop manager. • diagnosing a malfunction,
• principles of cyber-security,
Prior knowledge • processing information from Masterpact MTZ.
• Proficient at implementing electrical
switchboards up to 1600 A. Training course validation
Curriculum
MV Installer

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mtz 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Setup and acceptance of a communicating switchboard
with EcoReach
CACTAB
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Certify switchboard communications and Course content
ensure that Compact adaptation procedures are This course is only one step in the "Compact Adaptation Centre”
complied with. certification process; it does not guarantee certification alone.
Designated skills Compact adaptation:

• Apply fitting and setup procedures for • Compact, PAR0 and PAR1 adaptation procedure,
Compact NSX and NS devices. • key points of adaptation,
• Define, implement, set up and conduct • fitting and removal,
technical acceptance of communicating • mechanical tests,
switchboards up to 3200 A. • electrical tests.
Communicating switchboards:
Intended audience
• benefits of communicating switchboards,
• Panel builder workshop manager.
• the offers available: definition of the optimum solution to propose to
Training path your customer,
• communication connections in switchboards: EMC precautions, rules,
Prior knowledge etc.,
• Proficient at implementing electrical • meter implementation principle,
switchboards up to 1600 A. • setting up communications and setting devices using Ecoreach,
• testing and carrying out technical acceptance of switchboard.
communications.
• Main LV switchboard equipped with Masterpact MTZ Compact NSX
FDM128 display, modular switchgear and Smartlink communications,
PowerTag and COM’X 510 meters.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-cactab 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

homeLYnk and spaceLYnk systems
Web server IP controllers
HLYNK
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Locally or remotely control building functions. Course content
Logic controller solution:
Designated skills • features, connection, and communication options.
• Be capable of building customizable display Basic functions:
interfaces using IP controllers in a KNX, Modbus • importing ETS objects,
or EnOcean ecosystem. • file transfer concepts,
• saving and restoring homeLYnk or spaceLYnk files,
Intended audience
• structure display,
Electrical installers, home automation specialists
• creating levels of buildings, plans, backgrounds, widgets, etc.
and building control integrators.
• importing graphic objects,
Prior knowledge • creating commands,
• Be KNX-certified and know the principles of • scheduling,
Modbus protocol (serial RTU and TCP/IP). • managing curves,
• access via tablets and smartphones.
Advanced functions:
• introduction to scripts and the LUA language,
Curriculum • different function codes,
Career path including this course • using scripts for Modbus protocol (TCP and RS485).
(pages 14 to 21) Multi-controller architecture:
Electrical installer in the service sector • KNX data interchange between homeLYnk or spaceLYnk controllers.
Providing data for remote processing.
Other services:
Web services, BACnet server, RS232 and USB link, EnOcean.
communicating switchboard specialist” Training course validation
certificate issued at the end of the following • Application exercises on computer and educational models.
training path:
SPANEL630 page B59 Documents supplied
OLCOM page B57 • Post-course qualification certificate.
HLYNK page B63

training path:
KNXC page B18
KNXAV page B19
HLYNK page B63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-hlynk 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communicating switchboard
Com'X 510 multi-switchboard hub
COMX
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimize maintenance and energy control of Course content
connected buildings. Metering and measuring:
• presentation of the metering solutions, their role and how metering is
Designated skills carried out,
• Define the magnitudes to be measured or • measuring solutions,
metered based on requirements. • RT 2012 obligations,
• Set up and operate the COM'X 510 energy • analysis of the collected data.
server. COM’X 510:
• Analyse collected data. • automatic detection of connected Modbus devices,
• cloud connectivity,
Intended audience
• real-time data display,
• Managers, designers, operators or service
• dashboards for log reports,
providers.
• supported transfer protocols: HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SMTP with proxy
Prior knowledge management,
• Have good knowledge of energy management. • data recording,
• exporting data with native connection to Schneider Electric service
platforms and with .csv file for other database servers,
• Modbus TCP to Modbus RTU or Modbus ASCII gateway feature,
Curriculum • configuration via internal web pages,
• local backup of configuration settings.

Schneider Electric "Service sector • Application exercises on computer and educational models.
communicating switchboard specialist”
Documents supplied
training path:
SPANEL630 page B59
++ OLCOM page B57
++ HLYNK page B63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-comx 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

EcoStruxure system
Active architecture for global building management
ECOSX
(7 h) 20% site visit Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design intelligent building architecture. Web training account
• Know the advantages of global building --interactive multimedia course material and updates,
management. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Define intelligent architecture.
• Identify the tools to implement intelligent Course content
architecture. Energy stakes:
• energy and environmental issues,
Intended audience • government measures,
Managers, designers, operators and service • normative context.
providers. Description of the EcoStruxure architecture:
• integration of IoT (internet of things),
Prior knowledge
• information feedback (Edge Control),
• services and applications for users.
EFFEN page B48
• Le Hive, Schneider Electric’s head office, is the first
Curriculum ISO 50 001-certified building in France. Each item of information
Can be studied in greater depth covered during the course is illustrated by a concrete solution
DEREFEI page B83 implemented in the building:
--solutions used,
--results obtained.
Energy manager • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ecosx 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Implementing power monitoring systems
StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert software
PME [new]
20% case studies Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Commission a power monitoring system based Course content
on the PME solution. Equipment:
• architecture.
Designated skills Interface:
• Design architecture to match requirements. • wiring and setting up communicating devices,
• Connect devices to the PME system and • configuring communications.
organize them.
• Set up measuring stations. Creating an application:
• Configure the software interface. • presentation of the StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert software,
• connection,
Intended audience • alarm,
• Engineers or technicians involved in installing, • notification,
commissioning, maintaining or operating a • graphic interface (curves, dashboard, etc.),
power monitoring system. • logging,
• archiving,
Prior knowledge • restoring,
• Know the basics of network communications. • maintenance.
• Master the Windows environment.
• Instructional model.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pme 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Managing Sustainable Development Strategies
with Resource Advisor
RESSADV [new]
2 days Please E-learning 70% classes Design
(14 h) contact us + in-class 30% case studies and Implementation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement the company's sustainable Course content
development strategy and manage the • Know the regulatory context applied to companies with more than
company's energy performance. 250 employees in terms of sustainable development and energy
performance.
Designated skills • Implement an effective sustainable development policy:
• Satisfy the requirements of ISO 14001 and --consideration of ISO14001 and ISO50 001 requirements,
ISO 5001. --definition of relevant performance indicators.
• Collect relevant data • Define suitable Resource Advisor architecture:
• Produce suitable performance indicators. --determining the size of the information collection system and
• Prepare reports according to best practices. integrating it,
--definition of the features,
Intended audience --presentation of the interface.
• Person in charge of the company’s sustainable • Using all Resource Advisor features:
development approach. --analysing performance,
--managing carbon emissions,
Prior knowledge --optimising the energy supply,
• Know the basics of the sustainable --management projects,
development approach or have taken the --Risk Management
following course: --etc.
DEREFEI page B83 • Communicating and encouraging stakeholders to commit: produce
reports according to best practices.
• Digital training media.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ressadv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Cybersecurity in large service sector buildings
CYBTER [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Incorporate cybersecurity criteria into special Course content
technical specifications and make connected • Analysing cybersecurity risks:
buildings secure. --methodology.
• Know ANSI standards that cover cybersecurity.
Designated skills • Implementing a security policy:
• Identify the risks and vulnerabilities of --examples of vulnerable architectures,
communicating systems and solutions. --examples of secure architectures.
• Know, understand and explain ANSI standards. • Know the principles of network security:
• Define cyber-secure connected building --DMZ.
architectures. • Defining security components:
--component hardening,
Intended audience --partitioning technologies.
• Engineering design offices, electrical installers,
general contractors, promoters and end-users. Training course validation
• Profile: engineers, project leaders, managers, • Regular questioning on theoretical knowledge.
technical directors.
Documents supplied
Prior knowledge • Course materials.
• Have good knowledge of computer networks. • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-cybter 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Gilif system
Occupancy measurement and analysis
GILIF
(21 h) contact us 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimize the occupancy of premises using the Course content
Gilif solution. User interface:
• opening a project,
Designated skills • navigation,
• Learn the terminology used in Gilif. • graphic interface and window,
• Know how to use the Gilif software to create • library,
reports and dashboards. • menu layout.
Terminology:
Intended audience • definitions,
Property management staff called upon to use
• concept.
data from Gilif software.
Reports:
Prior knowledge • creation,
Have good knowledge of space-management. • modification,
• saving,
• reading.
Dashboard:
• creation,
• report attachment.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-gilif 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Stibil system
Energy and comfort management in service sector buildings
STIBIL
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimize energy and comfort management Course content
using Stibil solutions. Installing the application.
Navigation and concept:
Designated skills • opening a project,
• Know how to incorporate equipment in the • navigation,
Stibil Config software. • graphic interface,
• graphic window,
Intended audience
• geographic explorer,
Personnel responsible for integrating the Stibil
• current explorer,
solution.
• library,
Prior knowledge • description of the sheets,
Know LNS and have good knowledge of • element object sheet,
comfort management (control, lighting, blinds • element sheet.
and terminal regulation). Automatic equipment integration from drawings:
• validating drawings in Autocad,
• updating the macro to match the reference documents.
Manual equipment integration:
• integrating Autocad drawings,
• updating the library to match the reference documents.
Keyboard and mouse commands:
• using the mouse,
• keyboard shortcuts.
CAD:
• editing,
• modifying.
Active X:
• installation and configuration.
• STIBIL product range.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-stibil 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Building management systems
StruxureWare Building Operation (SBO) system
Development of Building Management Systems
SBODEV
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Develop BMS architecture based on the SBO Course content
solution. Presentation of the offering:
• hardware (controllers, I/O modules and power supply),
Designated skills • software (enterprise server, web client, workstation and reports
• Define a building management system based server).
on SBO technology. • architectures.
• Installing and commissioning. Hardware configuration:
• Program basic functions (control logic, trend • I/O bus,
archiving and alarm supervision). • I/O modules.
Intended audience System connection:
Course reserved for integrator partners • as web client on AS,
Building. • as workstation on AS,
• as workstation on ES,
Prior knowledge • AS declared as ES,
• Be computer literate. • user, group, workspace and domain.
• Understand the concepts of Lon, BACnet and AS & ES communication configuration:
Modbus protocols. • Modbus protocol,
• Know the basics of Menta programming • LON protocol,
languagesfrom the Xenta/Vista range or Plain • BACnet protocol.
English from the Continuum range.
Programming:
• Have already used the drawing tool and TGML
• language block and scripts,
editor from the Xenta/Vista range.
• variables,
• tasks,
• binds.
Features:
• alarms,
• calendars and schedule,
• archiving.
Block diagrams:
• graphics,
• panels.
• StruxureWare Building Operation software.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sbodev 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

StruxureWare Building Operation (SBO) system
Operating Building Management Systems
SBOEXP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Operate building management systems based Course content
on SBO technology. Presentation of the offering:
• hardware (controllers, I/O modules and power supply),
Designated skills • software (enterprise server, web client, workstation and reports
• Master the software required to operate the server),
SBO solution. • architectures.
System connection:
Intended audience
• user, group, workspace and domain.
Users.
Workstation navigation:
Prior knowledge • tree structure,
• Have good knowledge of control systems • workspace,
or know the basic concepts of automation / • object filtering,
information technology. • backup and restore,
• XML import and export,
• I/O display.
Scheduling:
• schedules,
• calendars,
• events and exceptions.
Alarms:
• alarm types,
• creation and modification,
• management,
• acknowledgement.
Archiving:
• archive capacities,
• displaying variables,
• graphs and trends,
• log.
• StruxureWare Building Operation software.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sboexp 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Implementing a BACnet network
BACNETSE [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Optimize control of your buildings / Course content
infrastructures by making the best use of the Basic principles:
communication capabilities of your BACnet • context,
equipment. • history,
• organisation,
Designated skills • application examples.
• Understand BACnet protocol operating BACnet infrastructure:
principles. • BACnet in the OSI model,
• Know the main market players. • topologies,
• Master and select the appropriate physical • infrastructure equipment,
layer, as well as infrastructure hardware. • addressing.
• Set up, configure and start up an installation.
• Know the diagnostics and maintenance BACnet objects:
approach for BACnet networks and the • AI, AO, DI, DO, BV, AV, schedule, calendar, trandlog, device, etc.
associated tools. • object properties,
• introduction to BACnet networks.
Intended audience BACnet services:
• System engineers, product managers, after- • access services to objects, alarms, file access, etc.
sales support or maintenance technicians, • command priorities.
integrators called upon to design, install, use, Configuring a BACnet network:
diagnose or upgrade BACnet networks. • BACnet network analysis and diagnostics,
• BACnet MS/TP,
Prior knowledge • RS485 physical layer,
• Have received technical training.
• wiring rules,
• Know:
• addressing,
--the fundamental principles of electricity
• operation.
(current, voltage, etc.),
--the main BMS-CTM terms BACnet/IP:
--Boolean and hexadecimal algebra. Ethernet, UDP/IP, addressing, BBMD, foreign device.
Device profiles:
In partnership with: PICS, BACnet device certification.
Practical exercises
• configuring a network,
• discovery of a network,
• analysis and diagnostics.

educational models.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-bacnetse 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Renewable energies
General knowledge
ERENO
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define a renewable energy solution to match Web training account
service sector and residential requirements. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Know the applicable techniques. --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Identify the most suitable solution.
Course content
Intended audience Energy stakes:
• Managers. • energy and environmental issues,
• Designers. • the energy mix,
• Installers. • government incentives,
• Operators. • RT2012 resource requirements,
• Service providers. • broadening the existence of positive-energy buildings (BEPOS) under
RT2020.
Prior knowledge
Overview of techniques that can be applied to service and residential
• Know the basics of electricity or have taken the
sectors:
following course:
• photovoltaic,
G2 page B24 • thermal solar,
• heat pumps.
Review for each energy:
Curriculum • operating principle,
• selection criteria,
Can be studied in greater depth • economic analysis.
INSPV page B76
PVAC page B77 Training course validation

Energy manager

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ereno 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Photovoltaics
Introduction
OLPV
30 minutes. € 80 ex-VAT E-learning 100% classes and Design
e-learning test Implementation
+ self-test Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Master the basic principles of photovoltaic Course content
installations. The e-learning module can be used as many times as required for a
1-year period.
Designated skills
• Acquire the technical basics of residential Economic stakes in France:
photovoltaics. • energy issues,
• the renewable energy boom.
Intended audience
• Electrical installers. Photovoltaic solution up to 3 kWc:
Prior knowledge • installation components,
• Know some of the basics of electricity, or have • the various steps in the design process,
taken the following course: • requirements and risks related to each step,
G2 page B24 • grid connection methods,
• possible applications.
Simulation of a standard installation:
• economic analysis of installation techniques,
• estimated cost of an installation and return on investment,
• Schneider Electric solutions.
Course format
• Self-training with, for each topic:
--a learning module,
--training questions,
--validation via a mini-test.
• Once all topics have been completed: overall test.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-olpv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Photovoltaic installation
Total or partial sale
INSPV
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define a photovoltaic solution that is connected Web training account
to the grid and adapted to the building. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
• Evaluate the return on investment of a --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
residential or service sector photovoltaic
installation that is connected to the grid for total Course content
or partial sale. The European energy context:
• Design photovoltaic installations according to • the energy dilemma,
the rules in force. • regulations and developments.
• Recommend a photovoltaic inverter that Photovoltaic technology:
matches requirements. • cell structure,
• modular structure,
Intended audience • manufacturing,
• Electrical installers. • operation,
• Engineering design office technicians. • recycling.
• Project leaders or specifiers.
Design:
Prior knowledge • estimation of annual profits,
• Have taken the following courses: • estimation of investment and payback time.
G3 page B26 Administrative aspects:
• contacts,
ERENO page B74
Technical aspects:
• characteristics and functionality of solar power inverters,
Curriculum • structure of an installation,
Can be studied in greater depth • implementing switchgear,
• case study: photovoltaic sun protection in Le Hive, Schneider Electric
PVAC page B77 head office in Rueil-Malmaison.
Operation and maintenance.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-inspv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Photovoltaic installation
Consumption of self-produced energy
PVAC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Define a photovoltaic solution with Web training account
consumption of self-produced energy that is • The course begins by opening a web training account.
adapted to the building. • It provides access to the following for one year and can be renewed:
--interactive multimedia course material and updates,
Designated skills --unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Design photovoltaic installations with
consumption of self-produced energy Course content
according to the rules in force The European energy context:
• Recommend photovoltaic inverters that match • the energy dilemma,
requirements. • regulations and developments.
Photovoltaic technology:
Intended audience • cell structure,
• Electrical installers. • modular structure,
• Engineering design office technicians. • manufacturing,
• Project leaders or specifiers. • operation,
• recycling.
Prior knowledge
• Have taken the following courses: Designing photovoltaic installations with consumption of self-produced
energy:
G3 page B26
• estimating PV production,
ERENO page B74 • assessing energy requirements,
• definition of the coverage rate,
• installation structure and sizing,
Curriculum • selecting inverters,
Can be studied in greater depth • solutions with or without storage,
INSPV page B76 • managing loads.
Operation and maintenance.
Case study.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pvac 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Charging infrastructures
ZE and EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P2)
IRVEP2 [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
qualification of decree n° 2017-26. Electricity production and evolving energy requirements:
• balance between production and control,
Designated skills • charging characteristics and impacts on the grid.
• Design charging infrastructures for vehicle Considering customer requirements:
fleets. • typical user requirements,
• Be ZE Ready 1.4 and EV Ready 1.4 (P2)- • constraints to be considered,
qualified. • site electrical audit methodology.
Intended audience Designing charging infrastructures for vehicle fleets:
• Electrical installers or engineering design • specific safety requirements for charging infrastructures for electric
offices. vehicles,
• normative framework and manufacturers’ obligations,
Prior knowledge • architecture types,
• Master the design and calculations of • consideration of customer site energy issues,
electrical installations (earthing system, short- • metering and supervision,
circuit current, cable calculations), or have taken • charging stations available,
the following course: • satisfying customer requirements.
CALCBT page B62 Principle of implementing charging infrastructures for vehicle fleets:
• Master the design and implementation of • analysis of connection diagrams,
simple charging infrastructures based on ZE • installation qualification.
Ready / EV Ready protocols, or have taken the
following course: Training course validation
IRVEP1 page B21 simulation of real-life situations through application exercises on
educational models.
• Multiple-choice question exam at the end of the course.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-irvep2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Charging infrastructures
ZE and EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P2) + implementation
IRVEP2AV [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
qualification of decree n° 2017-26. Design:
• same content as for the IRVEP2 course.
Designated skills Implementation:
• Design and build charging infrastructures for • settings,
vehicle fleets. • maintenance / troubleshooting,
• Be ZE Ready 1.4 and EV Ready 1.4 (P2)- • networking charging stations,
qualified. • feedback,
• access management.
Intended audience
• Electrical installers or engineering design Training course validation
offices. • Continuous questioning on theoretical knowledge, and regular
Prior knowledge educational models.
• Master the design and calculations of
• Multiple-choice question exam at the end of the course.
electrical installations (earthing system, short-
circuit current, cable calculations), or have taken Documents supplied
the following course: • Course materials.
CALCBT page B62 • Setup guide.
• Master the design and implementation of • Post-course qualification certificate.
simple charging infrastructures based on ZE
Ready / EV Ready protocols, or have taken the
following course:
IRVEP1 page B21

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-irvep2av 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Service sector and industry - Businesses
Worksite managers
Optimising electrical installation worksites
RESPC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Improve efficiency of managing electrical Course content
installation worksites. Know how to organize work on an electric worksite:
• consideration of worksite: plans, diagrams and technologies,
Designated skills • safety rules, means of access, and responsibilities,
• Organize work on an electrical installation • displaying tasks and clarification,
worksite. • planning your work and the work of colleagues,
• Understand power and control current • anticipating requirements and managing stocks,
implementation techniques. • finishing a worksite.
• Adapt to technical evolutions and the worksite Electrical techniques:
environment. • regulations (NF C 15-100, RT 2012, NF C 18-510, etc.),
• routing and support,
Intended audience
• power current, HV, MV and LV electrical distribution, cables (laying
• Electricians who are in charge of their
and crimping),
worksites (or worksite sections).
• control current principles and communicating systems,
Prior knowledge • testing: organisation and performance.
• Have already taken part in the performance of Know how to adapt to changes and the environment:
electrical worksites. • continuous learning,
• Master electrical safety obligations, or have • concepts of economics, profitability and sectoral information,
taken a course in electrical safety within the last • communications,
3 years, such as: • understanding the jobs of other parties involved (same field or other
SEBT page A8 trade) and their constraints.
SEBTR page A8 Training course validation
simulation of real-life situations.
ARESP page B81 • Post-course qualification certificate.
RESPA page B82

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-respc 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Project manager assistant
Monitoring and managing contracts
ARESP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Improve efficiency in the monitoring and Course content
managing of your contracts. Know how to organize work on an electric worksite:
• consideration of the worksite: plans, diagrams and technologies,
Designated skills • reviews of the job and team constraints,
• Manage teams that are working on several • safety rules, means of access, and work manager responsibilities,
electrical worksites. • planning, managing several worksites and multiple skills,
• Monitor worksite progress. • anticipating resources and requirements,
• Adapt to technical changes and know how to • finishing a worksite.
pass them on. Monitoring worksite activity:
• worksite phases: supports, routing, distribution, switchgear,
Intended audience regulations (structure, ERP, etc.),
• Works supervisors.
• critical path,
• Project leader assistants.
• scheduling resources and deliveries,
• Junior project managers
• worksite activity: modifications, consequences, gains and losses,
in an electrical installation company.
• benefits of worksite meetings.
Prior knowledge Know how to adapt to changes and the environment:
• Have good experience in conducting work on • continuous learning and improvement, communications,
electrical installation worksites. • concepts of economics, profitability and sectoral information,
• Master electrical safety obligations, or have • understanding the jobs of other parties involved (same field or other
taken a course in electrical safety within the last trade) and their constraints.
3 years, such as:
SEBT page A8
SEBTR page A8 simulation of real-life situations.
Documents supplied
Curriculum • Post-course qualification certificate.
G3 page B26
RESPA page B82

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-aresp 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Project manager
Efficient project management
RESPA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Ensure optimum project progress. Course content
Position the project leader in their environment:
Designated skills • safety rules, means of access, and responsibilities,
• Understand your position in the project • service boundaries - budgetary limitations,
manager environment. • expectations or requirements of your contacts,
• Master project management procedures and • marking out the stages, planning, files,
methods. • administrative management.
• Know and apply project optimization levers: Expense optimisation levers:
expenses and gains. • identifying the required technical level (call for tenders compared with
• Manage the continuous optimization process. actual requirement),
• defining the appropriate response to the expected range levels
Intended audience for each product or work package (support, routing, distribution,
• Project managers.
switchboards, fire safety systems, VDI, etc.),
Training path • optimising purchases,
• optimising labour time.
Prior knowledge
• Master electrical safety obligations, or have Gain optimisation levers:
taken a course in electrical safety within the last • identifying gains to be proposed,
3 years, such as: • costing and presenting bids,
• increasing customer value.
SEBT page A8
Continuous optimisation process:
SEBTR page A8 • project summary,
• Have good experience as a project leader • to be retained/ to be disposed of…
assistant for electrical installation worksites, or Managing time.
ARESP page B81 Training course validation
simulation of real-life situations.
Curriculum
Can be studied in greater depth Documents supplied
G3 page B26 • Post-course qualification certificate.
HARM page B38
CEM page B37

(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-respa 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Modules 1 and 2
DEREFEI [new]
and practical work Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement and manage energy performance. Course content
Energy units:
Designated skills • identifying and distinguishing between different energy magnitudes,
• Identify the energy consultant’s assignments. • converting energy data (electricity / fossil energies).
• Identify those who contribute to the company's Operation of company energy systems:
energy strategy. pumping, ventilation, refrigeration and compressed air production,
• Identify and prioritize energy loss positions heating of premises, steam production, process or domestic hot water.
within your establishment. Electrical parameters that characterize user profiles:
• Design, coordinate and implement actions to • interpreting an electricity bill,
control energy. • identifying potential tariff optimization options on electricity bills,
• Monitor and analyse energy performance • identifying technical solutions to reduce bills.
indicators. Measuring and monitoring energy performance:
• Reason and discuss the energy performance • identifying and selecting Energy Performance Indicators (EPI),
approach within the company. • setting up a relevant consumption measurement system,
• analysing collected data,
Intended audience • identifying available monitoring tools.
• People called upon to adopt "energy"
Reasoning and discussing the energy performance approach with regard to
responsibility or who want to do so: production
the management and various departments:
managers, maintenance, quality-safety- • economic, environmental and social reasoning and the appropriate
environment, purchasing, CEOs, etc. means,
• associating climatic and energy contexts with the challenges of
Curriculum controlling energy demands.
Can be studied in greater depth Monitoring developments in controlling energy demand:
• identifying the best available techniques on utilities and in your
AUDIT page B49 MEVE page B50 CPE page B8 business sector,
Career path including this course • identifying specific regulatory points,
(pages 14 to 21) • identifying the types of energy demand management players in
France and the proposed energy efficiency services.
Energy manager
Building action plans
Advanced connected integrator • practice prioritizing potential energy improvement avenues,
• practice building priority action plans, integrating a metering and
quantified EPI monitoring plan.
Schneider Electric certificates issued at the end • Context-based case studies, group work, presentation of tools.
of the following training paths:
"Building energy performance specialist“ Training course validation
EFFEN page B48 ++ CVC page B53
++ AUDIT page B49 ++ DEREFEI page B83 Documents supplied
++ MEVE page B50 • Course materials.
"Integrator specialized in connected Industrial
automation" In partnership with
INDCON page D96 ++ UP580 page B68
++ CYBINDUS page D94 ++ ROUT page D95 Agence de l'Environnement et de la
++ SP2014R2 page D104 ++ DEREFEI page B83 Maîtrise de l'Energie

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-derefei 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

New CRISIS, STABRES and EAS03 courses
To gain genuine network management

skills to optimize operating continuity
Infrastructure
Overview of the training courses................................. C2
General knowledge of medium-voltage systems......... C6
Transformers and substations .................................... C8
Medium-voltage installations...................................... C12
Medium-voltage switchgear
- Fixed secondary distribution products.................... C25
- Withdrawable primary distribution equipment......... C33
Medium-voltage distribution systems......................... C39
Protective relays......................................................... C44
Digital monitoring and control systems...................... C55
Smart-grid.................................................................. C62
Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric C1

Infrastructure
Topics Courses
General Basics of MV electrical distribution

knowledge High-power MV and LV switchgear
Transformers MV/LV transformer substations

and substations Transformers
Liquid dielectric Sampling
Interpretation of analyses
Medium-voltage Basics of 1 to 50-kV distribution
installations MV installations Determining the size of installations
with HV supply Defining a protection plan
(NF C 13-200)
Coordinating protective devices
Electrical network stability [new]
Crisis management related to power outages [new]
with Electrical Crisis Management simulator
Installations Designing installations
with MV supply Protection in accordance with standard NF C 13-100
(NF C 13-100)
Operating industrial installations
Operating industrial installations and case study
MV/LV substation implementation + MV accreditation
Level I maintenance of MV installations + MV accreditation
Making MV terminations on synthetic insulation cables
Medium-voltage Fixed secondary Fluokit M24 and M24+ Operation and maintenance
switchgear distribution products Premset Installation and commissioning
Operation and maintenance
SM6 Installation and [new]
commissioning
SM6 and RM6 Operation and maintenance
RM6 C 13-100 Operation and maintenance
FBX Operation and maintenance
other products Operation and maintenance
Withdrawable primary MCset with vacuum and Operation and maintenance
distribution equipment SF6 breaking
PIX with vacuum breaking Operation and maintenance
PIX with SF6 breaking Operation and maintenance
Motorpact starter Operation, commissioning, [new]
and maintenance
other equipment Operation and maintenance
Replacement of PIX medium-voltage cubicles [new]
MV/LV spare parts SM6 medium-voltage cubicles [new]
level 4 AFNOR
NF X 60-010 Fluokit M24+ medium-voltage cubicles [new]
Masterpact NT and NW low-voltage circuit breakers [new]
RM6, FBX and Premset medium-voltage cubicles [new]
MCset medium-voltage cubicles [new]
C2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

design implementation operation maintenance ref.
■ ■ ■ OLFHT e-learning 2 h C6
■ ■ ■ PREGA 4 days + e-learning C7
■ ■ EMPT 3 days + e-learning C8

■ ■ ■ TF2 3 days C9
■ ■ ■ PREDI 0.5 days C10
■ ■ ■ ANADI 1 day C11
■ T2 3 days C12
■ T3 4 days + e-learning C13
■ T4 4 days C14
■ T5 3 days C15
■ STABRES 3 days C16
■ CRISIS 2 days C17
■ NFCHT 4 days C18

■ ■ PROC13100 4 days C19
■ EXII 3 days + e-learning C20

■ EXIID 4 days C21
■ ■ HTAH2 4 days + e-learning C22
■ HTAMAIN 4 days C23
■ HTACE 2 days C24
■ ■ MPFKT 4 days + e-learning C25
■ ■ IPSET 4 days C26
■ ■ MPSET 3 days + e-learning C27
■ IPSM6 2 days C28
■ ■ MPXM6 4 days + e-learning C29

■ ■ MPRM6 2 days + e-learning C30
■ ■ MPFBX 3 days + e-learning C31
■ ■ - 3 or 4 days C32
■ ■ MEMC7 4 days + e-learning C33
■ ■ MEPIV 4 days + e-learning C34

■ ■ MEPIF 4 days + e-learning C35
■ ■ ■ MOTORPACT 3 days C36
■ ■ - 3 or 4 days C37
■ N4PIX 3 days C38
■ N4SM6 3 days
N4FKT 3 days
■ N4NTNW 1.5 days
N4RFP 2.5 days
■ N4MC7 2.5 days

Infrastructure (continued)
Topics Courses
Medium-voltage System internal arc detectors VAMP 50/200/300 [new

distribution systems protection version]
Easergy T200 fault detectors and indicators in French
in English
Easergy T300 fault detectors and indicators in French
in English
iRIO and Xflow Xflow software in French
in English
Kerwin Basic in French
supervision in English
software
Expert in French
in English
Protective relays Sepam 20/40/60/80 series proficiency
specialist
Communication modules
IEC 61850 communication protocol
MiCOM Basics of MV protection
Px20 series
Px40 series
Px30 series
specific functions P120 and P140
protection of feeders and incomers
P220 and P240
motor protection
P340
generator protection
P440
distance protection
P520 and P540
earth leakage protection
P630 and P640
transformer protection
P430
high-voltage distance protection
P130
protection of feeders with built-in monitoring and control
P740
busbar earth leakage protection
Easergy P3 protective relays [new]
Digital monitoring controllers MiCOM C264/RTU General knowledge

and control systems and PACiS RABBIT
PACiS system IEC 61850 level 1
communication level 2
protocol
Operation
Operation and maintenance (DCS08 + 2 days)
Configuration, operation and maintenance (DCS09 + 5 days)
cybersecurity General knowledge
Smart-grid Smart-grid introduction
further training [new]

design implementation operation maintenance ref.
■ ■ ■ VAMP 3 days C39
■ ■ ■ EAS02 4 days C40

EAS02EN
■ ■ ■ EAS03 3 days C41
EAS03EN
■ ■ XFLOWB 3 days C42
XFLOWBEN
■ ■ KERWINB 3 days C43
KERWINBEN
■ ■ KERWINE 2 days
KERWINEEN
■ ■ SEPEX 4 days C44
■ SEPRO 4 days C45
■ SEPMC 2 days C46
■ SEPCO 3 days C47
■ ■ Mi134 2 days C48
■ ■ MICOMX20 2 days C49
■ MiPCO 3 days C52
■ ■ ■ MiDep 2 days C53
■ ■ ■ MiMot 3 days
■ ■ ■ MiAlt 3 days
■ ■ ■ MiDis40 3 to 5 days
■ ■ ■ MiDFL 1 to 4 days
■ ■ ■ MiDiFTransfo 2 days
■ ■ ■ MiDisHTB 3 days
■ ■ ■ MiCCI 3 days
■ ■ ■ MiDiFB 3 to 5 days
■ ■ EASP3 3 days C54
■ DCS06 3 days C55
■ DCS03-1 3 days C56

■ DCS03-2 5 days C57
■ DCS08 3 days C58
■ ■ DCS09 5 days C59
■ ■ ■ DCS10 10 days C60
■ ■ GEE11 3 days C61
■ SMARTGRID 1 day C62
■ ■ SMARTEXP 3 days C63

General knowledge of medium-voltage systems
OLFHT
2 hours € 250 ex-VAT E-learning 100% classes and Design
e-learning exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
E-learning module can be used as many times as required for
• Understand the operation of electricity grids.
a 1-year period.
Designated skills
• Know the principles of electrical energy
Course content
generation, transmission and distribution. Review of the basics of electrical engineering.
• Know the main electrical distribution Electricity grid:
switchgear devices and their roles. • generation,
• transmission,
Intended audience • distribution.
Persons who work in the energy area.
Electrical distribution equipment:
Prior knowledge • primary and secondary equipment,
None. • circuit breakers,
• measuring instruments,
• power transformers,
Curriculum • protective relays.
This module is systematically included in the
following MV courses: E-learning format
PREGA page C7 • Language: French or English.
• Explanatory animated sequences.
EMPT page C8 • Interactive exercises.
T2 page C12 • Fact sheets.
T3 page C13
EXII page C20
HTAH2 page C22
MP… page C27
ME… page C33
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48
HTAMAIN page C23

(pages 14 to 21)
MV Installer
Level 1 and 2 medium-voltage
maintenance technician

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-olfht 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge of medium-voltage systems
PREGA
4 days € 1740 E-learning + in-class 70% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Know high-power MV & LV switchgear devices Course content
and their functions in electrical installations. E-learning module included
can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
Designated skills OLFHT page C6
• Master the different MV and LV breaking and
switchgear technologies.
• Know the various applicable MV standards. Main principles, from generation to delivery of electrical energy:
• applicable standards for electrical equipment and installations,
Intended audience • architectures used for medium and low voltage systems.
• Anyone who needs basic knowledge of Roles and functions of MV and LV switchgear.
switchgear and how it is used. Technology and electrical characteristics of MV switchgear:
Prior knowledge • breaking and isolation techniques,
Know some of the basics of electrical • compartmentalization and continuity of service,
engineering or have taken the following course: • withdrawable primary distribution equipment,
• fixed secondary distribution products.
G2 page B24
Protection chain:
OLFHT page C6 measurement sensors, protective relays, MV fuses and MV circuit
breakers.
Curriculum Technology and electrical characteristics of LV switchgear:
Can be studied in greater depth • classification of enclosures,
• power circuit breakers,
G3 page B26
• control and protection switchgear,
T3 page C13 • capacitors.
EXII page C20 Transformers and substations:
• transformer technology,
• typology of distribution and consumer substations,
Career path including this course • substation equipment,
(pages 14 to 21) • metering type (LV and MV).
MV Installer Protection of persons and equipment:
Level 1 and 2 medium-voltage • initiation to earthing systems,
• protective equipment.
• Fixed or withdrawable MV cubicles.
• Transformers.
• High-power LV circuit breakers.
• LV switchboards.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-prega 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Transformers and substations
MV/LV transformer substations
EMPT
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain MV/LV transformer Course content
substations. E-learning module included
• Perform AFNOR standard level I maintenance
operations.
• Know the different components in a substation. Substation architectures according to standards:
• application scopes (public/private boundary, metering, etc.),
Intended audience • applicable legislation,
• Electricians in charge of operating and • distribution types (radial, loop, double shunt).
first level maintenance of MV/LV substation MV switchboard components:
equipment. • types and characteristics of MV disconnector, switch, circuit breaker
cubicles, etc.),
Prior knowledge • operating and maintenance.
Know the basics of electrical maintenance or
have taken one of the following courses: MV/LV transformers:
• types (ERT and dry) and characteristics (voltage and coupling),
PREGA page C7 • protective devices (DGPT2),
T2 page C12 • preventive maintenance operation.
LV switchboard components:
• power switchgear (switches and circuit breakers),
Curriculum • review of earthing systems,
Can be studied in greater depth • switchboard maintenance operation.
T3 page C13 Substation accessories:
NFCHT page C18 auxiliary voltage, operating and extinction equipment, indications.
Practical work on our installations:
EXII page C20
• review of accreditation concepts and example of a lockout/tagout
procedure,
Career path including this course • reading, interpreting and performing interlocking,
(pages 14 to 21) • replacing MV fuses,
• changing transformer voltage taps,
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance • cubicle switching operations,
technician • lockout/tagout sequences.
• Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
(personal protective equipment):
- medium voltage and low voltage switchboards,
- transformer,
- demonstration switchgear,
- protective switchgear (DGPT, circuit breakers, etc.).

• Theoretical skills assessment questionnaire.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-empt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Transformers
TF2
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Safely install and maintain MV/LV distribution Course content
transformers. Selecting transformers, description and operation:
• technologies: oil-immersed, dry,
Designated skills • liquid dielectrics,
• Know the rules and standards in force. • accessories,
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II maintenance • PCB regulations,
operations. • standardization.
• Know the different transformer technologies. Installation:
• installation constraints,
Intended audience • substation room,
• Personnel who install, maintain or operate
• connection,
electrical substations.
• commissioning,
Prior knowledge • electrical measurements,
Have taken the following course: • protection.
PREGA page C7 Servicing:
• operation, maintenance,
• routine verifications,
• fitting accessories,
• setting up protective devices,
• diagnostics guide,
• oil-immersed transformers,
• encapsulated dry-type transformers.
Manufacturing plant visit:
• recommended safety shoes.
• Minera and Trihal transformers.
• Protective relays (DGPT2 and DMCR).
• Z and T thermal protective devices.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tf2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Liquid dielectric sampling
PREDI
0.5 days Please In-class 60% classes Design
(3 h 30) contact us 40% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Take liquid dielectric samples for quality Course content
diagnosis. Laboratory:
• activity,
Designated skills • quality policy.
• Know the safety and environmental protection Best sampling practices:
rules. • safety and environmental protection,
• Master the different sampling procedures. • recording the information required for the laboratory to correctly
process the sample,
Intended audience • using the sampling kit and identifying containers to be filled in
• Personnel called upon to be responsible for
accordance with the analyses to be carried out.
dielectric sampling.
Presentation of the procedure:
Prior knowledge • identifying and preparing the sampling point,
Know some of the basics of electrical • different resources available to take quality samples depending on
engineering and electric transformers, or have the sampling point and the device type.
TF2 page C9
• Sampling kit.
• MV transformer.
Curriculum • Sampling model on different relays.
ANADI page C11 • Simulation of real-life situations on a de-energized transformer with no
load.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. [email protected] 02.99.62.38.28
• Customized training courses can be organized schneider-electric.fr/form-predi
CPF codes

Interpretation of liquid dielectric analyses
ANADI
1 day Please In-class 70% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Interpret the analysis report to define suitable Course content
maintenance actions. Laboratory:
• activity,
Designated skills • quality policy.
• Know the different dielectric chemical Transformers and analyses:
components. • presentation of transformers and their design, including the insulating
• Master the solutions in accordance with the materials that form part of their components,
results. • utility and purpose of chemical analyses.
Intended audience Interpreting the results and maintenance actions:
• Personnel in charge of maintenance and • presentation of standard interpretative reference documents to carry
monitoring electrical installations. out a diagnosis using the results of dielectric chemical analyses,
• identifying suitable solutions to correct detected faults, based on
Prior knowledge conclusions.
Know some of the basics of electrical Laboratory visit:
engineering and electric transformers, or have • implementing laboratory analyses,
taken the following course: • best practices and resources.
TF2 page C9 Application exercises:
• illustration of the relevance of analyses by presenting cases where
detected faults were visually confirmed during untanking in the
Curriculum workshop,
Can be studied in greater depth • application of the concepts studied throughout the day with
PREDI page C10 application exercises.
• Demo case of insulating materials for electric transformers.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. [email protected] 02.99.62.38.28
• Customized training courses can be organized schneider-electric.fr/form-anadi
CPF codes

Medium-voltage installations
Basics of 1 to 50-kV distribution
T2
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Know the basics of MV electrical distribution. Course content
E-learning module included
Designated skills can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
• Identify the components in an MV installation. OLFHT page C6
• Use equipment technical documentation.
• Do basic calculations for simple installations.
General information:
Intended audience • standards NF C 13-100 version 2015 and NF C 13‑200,
• Personnel who design or operate electrical • transmission and distribution grids,
installations. • voltage classification,
• electrical characteristics.
Prior knowledge
Know high-power MV and LV switchgear, or have Different architectures:
taken the following course: • network components,
• architecture types,
PREGA page C7 • different types of networks,
• types of energy metering (LV, MV and HV).
Switchgear functions:
Curriculum • isolation,
Can be studied in greater depth • control (switches and contactors),
• protection (circuit breakers and fuses).
T3 page C13
Measuring sensors:
NFCHT page C18 • current sensors,
• voltage sensors.
Career path including this course MV protection principles:
(pages 14 to 21) • protection chain,
MV design engineer / technician • discrimination types,
• earthing systems.
Electrical installer in the industrial sector MV equipment:
Medium voltage operation manager • cubicles and locking systems
• transformers,
• motors,
• capacitor banks,
• study of technical manuals.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-t2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

MV installations with HV supply (NF C 13-200)
Determining the size of installations
T3
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Define and determine the size of an MV Course content
electrical distribution installation from an HV E-learning module included
source. can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
Designated skills MV:

• Perform calculations to determine cable size • standards (NF C 13-100 version 2015 and 13-200) and voltage
and to select switchgear. ranges,
• Master the rules and standards in force • MV equipment (switch-disconnector-circuit breaker),
(NF C 13-200). • breaking techniques: SF6 and vacuum.
• Know the faults present in an electricity grid.
• Master earthing systems. Definition of switchgear and cable ducts:
• determining MV substations,
Intended audience • voltage and current constraints,
• Personnel who design, install or operate • load survey,
electrical installations. • selecting cables and calculating cross-sections,
• modelling and calculating short-circuit current.
Prior knowledge Distribution modes:
Know MV technology and products, or have • determining sensors (voltage and current),
taken the following course: • public and industrial distribution networks,
T2 page C12 • selecting MV earthing systems,
• presentation of the Malten system,
• presentation of the compensated neutral system,
Curriculum • know current-based, logical and time-based discrimination.
Can be studied in greater depth Phase-to-earth faults:
T4 page C14 • calculating zero-sequence current in MV.
MV-specific equipment:
• transformers: types, cooling and coupling,
Career path including this course • MV motors: control, starting and protection,
(pages 14 to 21) • MV capacitor banks: components and coupling,
MV design engineer / technician • harmonics according to standard NF C13-200.
Electrical installer in the industrial sector Training course validation
Medium voltage operation manager • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "MV installation designer” • Post-course qualification certificate.
training path:
T3 page C13
++ T4 page C14
++ T5 page C15

CPF codes

Defining a protection plan
T4
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Define suitable protection for MV equipment Course content
and installations. Identification of faults according to main network architectures:
• components and operations,
Designated skills • advantages and drawbacks of each architecture.
• Know electrical disturbances on MV networks.
• Determine the protective devices to be Adapting protective devices according to disturbances on MV
implemented. networks:
• Set protective devices. • origins of disturbances and their consequences,
• impact on protective devices,
Intended audience • influence of phenomena over time,
• Personnel who design, install or operate • voltage and frequency disturbances.
electrical installations. Determining protective devices:
• short-circuit current components,
Prior knowledge • concepts of symmetrical components,
Know MV electrical distribution and know how • selecting protective devices in accordance with the rules,
to define short-circuit current, or have taken the • protective devices in accordance with the earthing system,
following course: • calculating fault currents,
T3 page C13 • measuring sensors: characteristics, selection and fitting,
• case studies.
Protection system by application:
Curriculum • based on distribution architecture,
Can be studied in greater depth • transformer protection,
T5 page C15 • AC generator protection,
• motor (synchronous or asynchronous) protection,
Career path including this course • capacitor bank protection.
(pages 14 to 21)
Analysis of discrimination principles:
MV design engineer / technician • discrimination types,
• combined discrimination.
Protection plan methodology:
• drawing up a protection plan,
Schneider Electric "MV installation designer” • design methodology,
certificate issued at the end of the following • case study.
training path:
T3 page C13 Training course validation
++ T4 page C14
++ T5 page C15
Documents supplied

CPF codes

T5
i.e. 21 h 50% exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Set and coordinate the various protective Course content
devices that are implemented. Review of technical performance criteria for networks.
Coordinating protective devices:
Designated skills • theoretical review,
• Master the different discrimination modes. • presentation and rules on installing protective devices,
• Determine the settings of the various • protection plan for installations with transformers/networks/
protective devices. asynchronous machines.
Intended audience Types of protection:
Personnel who design, install or operate • concerned by discrimination
electrical installations. • not concerned by discrimination.
Determining protection settings:
Prior knowledge • influential criteria and technical parameters,
Have taken the following course: • protection function settings,
T4 page C14 • interpreting curves,
• checking measuring sensor selection,
• graphical analysis by standard state.
Curriculum Protection plan:
Career path including this course • graphical construction of protection levels,
(pages 14 to 21) • implementing discrimination.
Schneider Electric "MV installation designer” Documents supplied
certificate issued at the end of the following • Course materials.
training path: • Post-course qualification certificate.
T3 page C13
++ T4 page C14
++ T5 page C15

CPF codes

Electrical network stability
STABRES [new]
Maintenance
Objectives
• Guarantee stability of electricity grids, your Course content
structures or your installations. Basic principles and concepts:
• definition and classification of grid stability,
Designated skills • relationship between stability and operating safety,
• Understand the impact of voltage and • active and reactive power,
frequency on electricity grid stability. • components that affect voltage stability,
• Understand the electrical grid collapsing • different stability states of electricity grids,
phenomenon. • mechanism of phenomena and their resolution,
• Master methods of preventing grid instability • operation of a synchronous generator,
phenomena. • static and dynamic stability,
• Understand the causes of grid instability and • modelling a generator,
the effects. • primary voltage and frequency settings.
Line operation:
Intended audience • modelling active and reactive power transmission in structures and
• Personnel working on design, production or
ducts.
distribution in electricity grids.
Voltage instability: causes and mechanisms.
Prior knowledge Frequency and voltage stability, secondary setting
• Know electrical engineering and master LV /
Voltage stability: solutions and examples
MV electrical distribution, or to have taken the
following course: Electricity grid behaviour:
• passive loads (capacitors, resistors, etc.),
T5 page C15
• dynamic loads: rotating machines.
Q3 page B34 Transient stability
• power quality and stability,
• steady state stability,
• transient state stability,
• transient state instability.
FACTS
• presentation of the different types of FACTS,
• their role in improving grid performance and stability.

• Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations and case studies.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-stabres 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Crisis management related to power outages
with Electrical Crisis Management simulator
CRISIS [new]
(14 h) 50% interactive exercises Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Manage a crisis situation related to a power Course content
outage. • Presentation of crisis situations.
• Presentation of the faults present on the simulator.
Designated skills • Single-line diagram analysis of the electricity grid.
• Make the right decisions in a crisis situation. • Presentation of the different parties involved in the situation.
• Communicate effectively with the different site • Instructions related to the objective.
services. • Instructions related to site safety and environment.
Intended audience Application equipment

• Persons involved in operating MV/HV electrical • E-learning.
installations. • 2 simulators:
- Serious game: Electrical Crisis Management,
Prerequisites - Digital Expert Simulator
• 2 years of experience in electrical engineering
services. Training course validation
• Have H2 and B2 accreditation, or have taken • Simulation of real-life situations with virtual reality simulators and
the following course: evaluation of the analysis method and decision path.
SEHT page A10 Documents supplied
Prior knowledge • Post-course qualification certificate.
• Know how to operate an electrical installation,
EXII page C20

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-crisis 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Installations with HV supply (NF C 13-100)
Designing installations
NFCHT
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Define and determine the size of electrical Course content
distribution installations with an MV supply. General information:
• standards (NF C 13-100 version 2015 and 13-200) and voltage
Designated skills ranges,
• Perform calculations to determine cable size • MV switchgear and breaking technologies,
and to select switchgear. • MV public grid connection rules.
• Master the rules and standards in force MV switchgear and devices:
(NF C 13-100). • electricity grid and installation architectures,
• Know the faults present in an electricity grid. • metering types (LV and MV),
• Master earthing systems. • MV cubicle selection criteria,
• lightning protection,
Intended audience • capacitor banks.
• Persons who design, install, maintain and
inspect MV electrical installations. MV/LV transformers:
• transformer selection rules (hermetically-sealed with integral filling
Prior knowledge (ERI), hermetically-sealed and totally-filled (ERT) and dry technologies),
Know MV technology and products, or have • selecting fuses and protective devices,
taken one of the following courses: • standards in force and EcoConception Directive for reduced losses
T2 page C12 (Applicable on 1 July 2015),
• fire protection (DGPT2, DMCR, Z protection, retention tank).
PREGA page C7
MV installation design:
OLFHT page C6 • characteristics and definition of electrical ducts,
• electricity grid short-circuit current,
• determination of current and voltage transformers,
Curriculum • power factor correction,
Can be studied in greater depth • substation equipment.
PROC13100 page C19 Protection against earthing faults:
Career path including this course • grid earthing systems (Overhead, underground and compensated
(pages 14 to 21) neutral) and zero sequence current,
• resistance of MV/LV substation earth electrodes,
MV design engineer / technician • protective conductors and equipotential bonding,
Electrical installer in the industrial sector • constraints for setting up an MV-connected standby generating set,
• protection and discrimination principles in substations NF C 13-100.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-nfcht 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Installation with MV supply
Protection in accordance with standard NF C 13-100
PROC13100
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Master the protection principles in a consumer Course content
substation in NF C13-100. Presentation of standard NF C13-100.
Presentation of the MiCOM and SEPAM range:
Designated skills • MiCOM P127, P124, P925-NFC, P925-NFCS, and SEPAM S48
• Know the protective devices that are protective devices
implemented. • review of relay applications,
• Know the different relays and their • relay hardware presentation,
applications. • presentation of the front panel,
• Master operating software. • description of the functions performed (applications and operating
mode).
Intended audience
• Persons involved in operation and engineering Installation and getting started:
design offices. • MiCOM Easergy Studio software,
• SFT2848 software.
Prior knowledge Detailed presentation of the protection functions.
Know SEPAM and MiCOM protection relays, or
Alarm messages and acknowledgement.
have taken the following courses:
Presentation of the associated configuration.
SEPEX page C44
Installation and commissioning.
MICOMX20 page C49
Know how to determine the size of an Menu structure and contents.
installation in accordance with the regulations in 1st level maintenance operations.
force, or have taken the following course: Writing logic equations.
NFCHT page C18 Downloading and configuring disturbance recording files.

Curriculum • Simulation of real-life situations on educational models.
(pages 14 to 21)
Documents supplied
MV design engineer / technician • USB flash drive including course materials and technical
Medium voltage operation manager documentation.
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance
technician

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-proc13100 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

EXII
20% exercises Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate MV/LV electrical installations. Course content
• Implement operating procedures and lockout/ OLFHT page C6
tagout procedures.
• Master the different network architectures. Electricity grid architectures:
• Know the continuity of service principles. • types of architecture, normal / backup, coupling.
Industrial installation operating risks.
Intended audience Function of medium-voltage switchgear:
• Persons involved in operating or maintaining • circuit breakers, switches, disconnectors and contactors,
MV and LV electrical installations. • SF6 gas breaking principle and technology,
Prior knowledge • single-line application diagrams.
Know some of the basics of electrical Power transformers:
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • characteristics: power, coupling and vector group,
have taken the following courses: • protection / monitoring systems.
PREGA page C7 Low-voltage installations:
• main switchboard, switchgear functions and characteristics.
Low-voltage service continuity: replacement sources (UPSs,
Curriculum generator sets and AC generators).
Can be studied in greater depth Maintenance (concept and maintenance plan).
EXPBT page B30 Practical exercises: interpretation of an existing operating procedure.
SEPEX page C44 Practical work, presentation and operation of equipment:
Mi134 page C48 • main low-voltage switchboard with fixed and withdrawable circuit
breaker,
Career path including this course • medium-voltage cubicles (switch, circuit breaker, fuse protection,
(pages 14 to 21) etc.),
Medium voltage operation manager • transformer (DGPT2, cable terminations, etc.).
Protection of industrial installations:
• presentation of protective devices, introduction to faults, energy
quality concepts (voltage fluctuation and discrimination).
- ranges of MV cubicles from the following: Fluokit M24/M24+, SM6,
FBX, RM6,
- LV cabinets.
• Serious game (virtual reality simulator).

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-exii 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

and case study
EXIID
20% exercises Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate your MV/LV electrical installation. Course content
Electricity grid architectures:
Designated skills • types of architecture, normal / backup, coupling.
• Implement operating procedures and lockout/ Industrial installation operating risks.
tagout procedures on your electrical installation. Function of medium-voltage switchgear:
• Master your network architectures. • circuit breakers, switches, disconnectors and contactors,
• Know the continuity of service principles. • SF6 gas breaking principle and technology,
• single-line application diagrams.
Intended audience
• Personnel involved in operating or maintaining Power transformers:
MV and LV electrical installations. • characteristics: power, coupling and vector group,
• protection / monitoring systems.
Prior knowledge Low-voltage installations:
Know some of the basics of electrical • main switchboard, switchgear functions and characteristics.
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or Low-voltage service continuity: replacement sources (UPSs,
have taken the following courses: generator sets and AC generators).
OLFHT page C6 Maintenance (concept and maintenance plan).
PREGA page C7 Practical exercises: interpretation of an existing operating procedure.
Practical work, presentation and operation of equipment:
• main low-voltage switchboard with fixed and withdrawable circuit
Curriculum breaker,
• medium-voltage cubicles (switch, circuit breaker, fuse protection,
Can be studied in greater depth etc.),
EXPBT page B30 • transformer (DGPT2, cable terminations, etc.).
SEPEX page C44 Protection of industrial installations:
• presentation of protective devices, introduction to faults, energy
Mi134 page C48
quality concepts (voltage fluctuation and discrimination).
Case study
Applications on customers’ installations.
Note: this course requires a preliminary study of the installation in
question by our project leaders so that the course can be tailored to
match the installation as closely as possible.
- ranges of MV cubicles from the following: Fluokit M24/M24+, SM6,
FBX, RM6,
- LV cabinets.
• Simulation of real-life situations on your installation.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-exiid 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

MV/LV substation implementation
+ MV accreditation
HTAH2
Duration Price Type Accreditation Breakdown Area covered
4 days € 1640 E-learning + in-class MV: 50% classes Design
(28 h) ex-VAT H1 (V), H2 (V) 30% practical Implementation
work Operation
20% exercises Maintenance
Objectives
• Attain electrician accreditation levels H1 (V), Course content
H2 (V). E-learning module included
• Safely install and replace an MV/LV substation can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
(standard NF C 13-100). OLFHT page C6
Designated skills
• Know the rules for installing MV and LV • The basics of NF C 18-510 regulations.
equipment. • Role, responsibilities and various accreditation levels: work manager.
• Safely perform all operations in accordance • Identifying electrical risks and means of prevention.
with standard NF C 18-510. • Knowledge of mandatory access documents.
• Define the components of MV transformer • Main LV circuit breaker.
substations with LV metering. • Review of cubicle layouts.
• Cubicle layout rules.
Intended audience • Different MV structures.
• Installers or specifiers who want to break into • The different types of prefabricated substation.
the market of MV installations with LV metering. • Switchgear functions, interlocking and connectors.
• Reading MV substation schematic diagrams.
Prior knowledge • Practical implementation.
Master the design of LV electrical installations
or have taken one of the following courses: Application equipment
PREGA page C7 • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
TBVTJ page B12 - MV cubicles,
and have low voltage accreditation or have - MV/LV transformer,
taken the following course: - withdrawable main LV circuit breaker.
SEBT page A8
Curriculum • Skills assessment questionnaire.
EMPT page C8 • Course materials.
EXII page C20 • A “Post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels,
MPXM6 page C29 • Blank accreditation certificate.
(pages 14 to 21)
MV Installer

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htah2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Level I maintenance of MV installations
+ MV accreditation
HTAMAIN
Duration Price Type Accreditation Breakdown Area covered
4 days € 1790 E-learning + in-class MV: 70% classes Design
(28 h) ex-VAT H1 (V), 30% practical Implementation
H2 (V), HC, HE work Operation
(switching) Maintenance
Objectives
Level 1 maintenance training on medium-voltage equipment
and dedicated accreditation.
H2 (V), HC, HE (switching).
• Perform AFNOR standard Level I maintenance Course content
operations.
• Preparing and implementing lockout/tagout. OLFHT page C6
• Writing up a lockout/tagout certificate.
• Perform switching operations on MV/LV
substations.
• the basics of NF C 18-510 regulations,
• Carry out a risk analysis.
• role, responsibilities and various accreditation levels: lockout/tagout
• Know the operating procedures for level I
manager, work manager,
maintenance operations.
• identifying electrical risks and means of prevention,
• Perform emergency troubleshooting operations
• knowledge of mandatory access documents,
(fault detectors, fuses, etc.).
• electrical phenomena,
• Safely perform all medium-voltage operations
in accordance with standard NF C 18-510. Practical exercises:
• reading MV substation schematic diagrams,
Intended audience • writing up a switching operations sheet for lockout/tagout,
• MV work managers and maintenance • performing and releasing an MV/LV lockout/tagout,
technicians. • earthing and measuring,
• replacing MV fuses,
Prerequisites • tightening and level checks,
• Already have low voltage accreditation or have • troubleshooting or replacing fault detectors,
taken the following course: • level 1 inspection and maintenance of MV cubicles and LV feeders,
SEBT page A8 • identifying assembly errors and their consequences,
• ventilation problems.
Prior knowledge
• Know some of the basics of low and medium- Application equipment
voltage electricity, or have working experience, • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
or have taken the following courses: (personal protective equipment):
- MV cubicles,
G1 page B6 - MV/LV transformer,
PREGA page C7 - withdrawable main LV circuit breaker.

Curriculum • Simulation of real-life situations.
(pages 14 to 21)
Documents supplied
Level 1 medium voltage maintenance • Course materials.
technician • A “Post-training assessment” with the attained accreditation levels,
• Blank accreditation certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htamain 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Making MV terminations
on synthetic insulation cables
HTACE
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Make MV cable terminations on cables with Course content
synthetic insulation. Theoretical knowledge:
• electrical phenomena and their effects on cables and accessories,
Designated skills • description of the various components of insulated MV cables.
• Use the specific tools required. Practical exercises:
• Know the different types of ends. • using specific tools,
• preparation of different types of cables C33-226,
Intended audience • production of accessories on different types of cables:
• MV maintenance technicians or electrical
- single-core cable terminations EUIC and EUEN or EUEP,
assemblers.
- CSE separable connectors.
Prior knowledge Training course validation
Know the basics of electrical engineering.
Understand instructions for producing MV
accessories.
Documents supplied
Curriculum • Course materials.
MPFKT page C25
MPSET page C27
MPXM6 page C29
MPRM6 page C30
MPFBX page C31
MEMC7 page C33
MEPIV page C34
MEPIF page C35

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-htace 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Medium-voltage switchgear - Fixed secondary distribution products
Fluokit M24+ and M24
MPFKT
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain your installed base of Course content
Fluokit M24+/M24 fixed secondary distribution E-learning module included
products. can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
OLFHT page C6
Designated skills
• Know the Fluokit range and AIS technology.
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II maintenance Review of electrical safety during operating or maintenance operations.
operations. SF6 regulations.
• Safely perform switching operations on a
Fluokit cubicle. Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
Electric arc:
Intended audience • origin and extinction in SF6 gas,
• Personnel who participate in operating or • chemical composition, physical properties and electrical properties,
maintaining Fluokit M24+/M24 products. • decomposition products.
Cubicle types:
Prior knowledge • functions and operating diagrams,
Know some of the basics of electrical • mechanical locking facilities,
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • switching operations and operating safety mechanisms.
have taken one of the following courses:
C410/430/440(M) mechanisms, BLR(M) operating mechanisms and
PREGA page C7 FP circuit breakers:
• presentation, operation and switching,
Curriculum Maintenance operations to service equipment:
• annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
Can be studied in greater depth recommendations: frequency and operating procedures.
EXII page C20 • tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing.
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48 • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
Career path including this course (personal protective equipment): Fluokit M24+/M24 cubicles.
(pages 14 to 21)
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance • Simulation of real-life situations.
technician • Skills assessment questionnaire.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mpfkt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Premset
Installation and commissioning
IPSET
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Install and commission Premset switchboards Course content
in accordance with manufacturer instructions. Cubicle types:
• presentation of the Premset range,
Designated skills • functions and operating diagrams,
• Know the installation rules. • general characteristics,
• Master test procedures for commissioning. • SSIS principle,
• installation (civil works and installation procedure): simulation of a
Intended audience substation with the 3D Power application,
• Persons involved in installation and Premset • connection rules,
product commissioning technicians.
Monitoring control and supervision:
Prior knowledge • plug & play,
Know some of the basics of electrical • associated Easergy relay range (R200, Vamp, etc.),
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • measuring sensors.
have taken one of the following courses: Commissioning:
OLFHT page C6 • verifications prior to commissioning,
• testing.
PREGA page C7
T2 page C12 Application equipment
• 3D Power application.
Curriculum • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
Can be studied in greater depth (personal protective equipment): Premset cubicles.
EXII page C20 Training course validation
SEPEX page C44 • Installation of a Premset switchboard.
Mi134 page C48 • Skills assessment questionnaire.

MV Installer • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ipset 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Premset
MPSET
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain an installed base of Course content
Premset fixed secondary distribution products E-learning module included
• Know the Premset range and SSIS technology.
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II maintenance
operations. • Review of electrical safety during operating and maintenance
• Safely perform switching operations on a operations.
Premset cubicle. Electric arc:
• origin, extinction in a vacuum,
Intended audience • physical properties and electrical properties.
• Personnel who participate in operating or
maintaining Premset products. Cubicle types:
• presentation of the Premset range (if possible, in the production
Prior knowledge plant),
Know some of the basics of electrical • functions and operating diagrams,
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • general characteristics,
have taken one of the following courses: • SSIS principle,
PREGA page C7 • mechanical locking facilities,
• switching operations and operating safety.
T2 page C12
Curriculum • plug & play,
• associated Easergy relay range (R200, Vamp, etc.),
Can be studied in greater depth • measuring sensors.
EXII page C20 Commissioning:
SEPEX page C44 • review of the verifications prior to commissioning,
• review of the tests to be conducted.
Mi134 page C48
Mechanism and control:
Career path including this course • presentation, operation and switching,
(pages 14 to 21) • using augmented reality.
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance Maintenance operations to service equipment:
technician • annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations: frequency and operating procedures,
• 3D Power application.
(personal protective equipment): Premset cubicles.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mpset 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

SM6
Installation and commissioning
IPSM6 [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Install and commission SM6 switchboards Course content
(Basic and Advance) according to manufacturer Cubicle types:
instructions. • presentation of the SM6 ranges (Basic and Advance),
• functions and operating diagrams,
Designated skills • general characteristics,
• Know the installation rules. • SSIS principle,
• Master test procedures for commissioning. • installation (civil works and installation procedure): simulation of a
substation with the 3D Power application,
Intended audience • connection rules.
• Persons involved in installing SM6 products,
commissioning technicians.
• plug & play,
Prior knowledge • associated Easergy relay range (Vamp, Easergy, etc.),
• Know some of the basics of electrical • measuring sensors.
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or Commissioning:
have taken one of the following courses: • verifications prior to commissioning,
OLFHT page C6 • testing.
T2 page C12 Application equipment
PREGA page C7 • 3D Power application.
(personal protective equipment): SM6 cubicles.
Curriculum
• Installation of an SM6 switchboard.
EXII page C20 • Skills assessment questionnaire.
SEPEX page C44
Documents supplied
Mi134 page C48 • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ipsm6 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

SM6 and RM6
MPXM6
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
SM6 and RM6 secondary distribution products. E-learning module included
• Know the SM6 and RM6 ranges and AIS and
GIS technologies.
• Safely perform switching operations on SM6
and RM6 cubicles. Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
Electric arc:
Intended audience • origin and extinction in SF6,
• Personnel who participate in operating or • physical properties and electrical properties.
maintaining SM6 and RM6 products. Presentation of the product range:
• functions, installation and operating diagrams,
Prior knowledge • mechanical locking facilities,
Know some of the basics of electrical • switching operations and operating safety.
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or
have taken one of the following courses: RI operating mechanism, LF1 and SF1 circuit breakers:
PREGA page C7
Maintenance operations to service equipment:
Curriculum • annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
• tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing,
EXII page C20 • drive mechanism.
SEPEX page C44 Practical work on cubicles.
Mi134 page C48
Career path including this course • 3D Power application.
(pages 14 to 21) • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance (personal protective equipment): SM6 and RM6 cubicles.
technician Training course validation
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mpxm6 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

RM6 C 13-100
MPRM6
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
RM6 NF C 13-100 secondary distribution E-learning module included
products. can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
OLFHT page C6
Designated skills
• Know the RM6 C 13-100 range and GIS
technology. Review of electrical safety during operating or maintenance operations.
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II maintenance SF6 regulations.
operations. Electric arc:
• Safely perform switching operations on • origin and extinction in SF6,
RM6 C 13-100 cubicles. • physical properties and electrical properties.
Intended audience Presentation of the RM6 C 13-100 product range:
• Personnel who participate in operating or • functions, installation and operating diagrams,
maintaining RM6 products. • mechanical locking facilities,
• switching operations and operating safety,
Prior knowledge • presentation, operation and switching,
Know some of the basics of electrical Maintenance operations to service equipment:
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
have taken one of the following courses: recommendations: frequency and operating procedures.
PREGA page C7 • tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing,
• drive mechanism.
Practical work on cubicles.
Curriculum
Can be studied in greater depth Application equipment
EXII page C20 • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
(personal protective equipment): RM6 C 13‑100 cubicles.
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48 Training course validation
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mprm6 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

FBX
MPFBX
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain an installed base of FBX Course content
fixed secondary distribution products. E-learning module included
• Know the FBX range and GIS technology.
operations. Review of electrical safety during operating or maintenance operations.
• Safely perform switching operations on FBX SF6 regulations.
cubicles. Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
Intended audience Electric arc:
• Personnel who participate in operating or • origin, extinction in a vacuum,
maintaining FBX products. • physical properties and electrical properties.
Cubicle types:
Know the basics of electrical engineering and • mechanical locking facilities,
have taken one of the following courses: • switching operations and operating safety mechanisms.
PREGA page C7 Mechanisms and control:
Curriculum Maintenance operations to service equipment:
EXII page C20 • tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing,
SEPEX page C44 • drive mechanism.
Mi134 page C48 Practical work on cubicles.

Level 2 medium voltage maintenance (personal protective equipment): type C, T1 and T2 FBX cubicles.
technician Training course validation

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mpfbx 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Other products: VM6, Fluopac, Fluomatic, etc.
Courses on request
3 or 4 days Depending on In-class 50% classes Design
(21 or 28 h) duration 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain an installed base of
fixed secondary distribution products.
Designated skills
• Know the range of cubicles involved and their
technology.
operations.
• Safely perform switching operations on the
cubicles involved.
Intended audience
Personnel who participate in operating or
maintaining fixed secondary products.
Prior knowledge
Know some of the basics of electrical
OLFHT page C6
PREGA page C7
Curriculum
EXII page C20
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/formation 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Medium-voltage switchgear - Withdrawable primary distribution equipment
MCset with vacuum and SF6 breaking
MEMC7
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
MCset primary distribution equipment. E-learning module included
• Know the MCset range and AIS technology.
• Perform AFNOR standard Level II maintenance • Review of electrical safety during operating or maintenance
operations. operations.
• Safely perform switching operations on MCset • SF6 regulations.
cubicles. • Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
Intended audience • Electric arc:
• Personnel who participate in operating or - origin and extinction in SF6 gas and in a vacuum,
maintaining MCset products. - chemical composition, physical properties and electrical properties,
- decomposition products.
Prior knowledge • Product range:
Know some of the basics of electrical - functions and general characteristics,
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or - installation,
have taken the following course: - switching operations and operating safety mechanisms,
- integration in architecture.
PREGA page C7 • Operating mechanism and LF circuit breakers:
- presentation, operation and switching,
Curriculum - extracting and positioning the moving part (LF),
- presentation of the Evolis circuit breaker.
Can be studied in greater depth • Maintenance operations to service equipment:
EXII page C20 - annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
SEPEX page C44 recommendations: frequency and operating procedures,
- tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing,
Mi134 page C48 - emanations.
• Protection: CT, VT, core-balance CT, LPCT, wiring and trip mechanism.
Career path including this course • Cubicle safety system:
(pages 14 to 21) - internal arc,
- thermal diagnostics,
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance - Arc Flash detector,
technician - partial discharge.
- MCset cubicle,
- LF and Evolis circuit breakers.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-memc7 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PIX with vacuum breaking
MEPIV
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
withdrawable PIX primary distribution equipment E-learning module included
with vacuum breaking. can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
OLFHT page C6
Designated skills
• Know the PIX range and AIS technology.
operations. Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
• Safely perform switching operations on PIX Electric arc:
cubicles. • origin, extinction in a vacuum,
• physical properties and electrical properties.
Safely perform switching operations on PIX
cubicles.Intended audience Cubicle types:
• Personnel who participate in operating or • functions and operating diagrams,
maintaining PIX products. • general characteristics,
• mechanical locking facilities,
Prior knowledge • switching operations and operating safety mechanisms.
Know some of the basics of electrical FH2-01/FK2-01 operating mechanisms and HVX circuit breakers:
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • presentation, operation and switching,
have taken the following courses: • breaking technology (vacuum arc enclosure),
PREGA page C7 • extracting and positioning the moving part (HVX),
Maintenance operations to service equipment:
Curriculum recommendations: frequency and operating procedures.
Can be studied in greater depth • tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing.
EXII page C20 Practical work on cubicles.
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48 • Industrial equipment to simulate real-life situations with PPE
Career path including this course - PIX-S,
(pages 14 to 21) - HVX circuit breakers.
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance Training course validation

technician
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mepiv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PIX with SF6 breaking
MEPIF
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
withdrawable PIX primary distribution equipment E-learning module included
with SF6 breaking. can be used as many times as required for a 1-year period
OLFHT page C6
Designated skills
• Know the PIX range and AIS technology.
• Safely perform switching operations on PIX Transient phenomena on closing and opening of switchgear.
cubicles.
Electric arc:
Intended audience • origin and extinction in SF6 gas,
• Personnel who participate in operating or • chemical composition, physical properties and electrical properties,
maintaining PIX products. • decomposition products.
Cubicle types:
Know some of the basics of electrical • general characteristics,
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • mechanical locking facilities,
have taken the following course: • switching operations and operating safety mechanisms.
PREGA page C7 BRH operating mechanism and FPX circuit breakers:
Curriculum • extracting and positioning the moving part (FPX),
Can be studied in greater depth Maintenance operations to service equipment:
EXII page C20 recommendations: frequency and operating procedures.
SEPEX page C44 • tightening, corrosion, lubricating and general servicing,
• emanations.
Mi134 page C48
Practical work on cubicles.

Level 2 medium voltage maintenance (personal protective equipment):
- PIX-S,
technician - FPX circuit breakers.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mepif 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Motorpact starter
Operation, commissioning, and maintenance
MOTORPACT [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate, commission and maintain an installed Course content
base of Motorpact products. Review of electrical safety during operating and maintenance
operations
Designated skills Electric arc:
• Know the Motorpact range and AIS technology. • origin, extinction in a vacuum,
• Know the different types of motor starter. • physical properties and electrical properties.
• Know maintenance operations.
Motor starting:
Intended audience • review of the different starting types for asynchronous motors (direct,
• Persons involved in installation, commissioning reduced voltage, etc.),
technicians. • review of the associated protective devices for asynchronous motors.
Cubicle types:
Prior knowledge • presentation of the Motorpact range,
Know some of the basics of electrical • operating diagram functions,
engineering and medium-voltage systems, or • general characteristics,
have taken one of the following courses: • mechanical locking facilities,
OLFHT page C6 • switching operations and operating safety.
T2 page C12 Monitoring and control:
• range of control components, measuring stations and protection
PREGA page C7 relays,
• Soft start - HMI
Curriculum Practical exercises:
Can be studied in greater depth • set up reduced voltage soft starter RVSS, S3, (sequential) and RVAT
• set up direct starter FNVR, FVR, etc.
EXII page C20
Maintenance operation to service equipment:
SEPEX page C44 • annual level 2 servicing in accordance with manufacturer
Mi134 page C48 recommendations: frequency and operating procedures.
(personal protective equipment): Motorpact and MCset cubicles.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-motorpact 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Other equipment: DNF, F200, F400, MC500, PX, Visax, etc.
Courses on request
3 or 4 days Depending on In-class 50% classes Design
(21 or 28 h) duration 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and maintain an installed base of
withdrawable primary distribution products.
Designated skills
• Know the range of cubicles involved and their
technology.
operations.
• Safely perform switching operations on the
cubicles involved.
Intended audience
• Personnel who participate in operating or
maintaining withdrawable primary distribution
equipment.
Prior knowledge
Know some of the basics of electrical
OLFHT page C6
PREGA page C7
Curriculum
EXII page C20
SEPEX page C44
Mi134 page C48

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/formation 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Medium-voltage switchgear
Replacement of spare parts
MV/LV level 4 AFNOR NF X 60-010
N4… [new]
Depending on Depending on In-class 20% classes Design
course course 80% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Replace manufacturer level IV spare parts on
low and medium-voltage equipment.
N4PIX N4SM6
PIX medium-voltage SM6 medium-voltage
Designated skills cubicles cubicles
• Safely apply the relevant replacement
Duration: 3 days (21 h) Duration: 3 days (21 h)
procedures.
Price: € 1790 ex-VAT Price: € 1790 ex-VAT
• Perform the corresponding mechanical and
electrical tests.
Intended audience
• Maintenance technicians.
N4FKT N4NTNW
Fluokit M24+ medium- Masterpact NT and NW low-
Prior knowledge voltage cubicles voltage circuit breakers
With solid concepts of mechanics and have B2
and H2 accreditation, or have taken one of the Duration: 3 days (21 h) Duration: 1.5 days (10 h 30)
following courses: Price: € 1790 ex-VAT Price: € 900 ex-VAT
SEHT page A10
SEHTA page A11
N4RFP N4MC7
RM6, FBX and Premset MCset medium-voltage
medium-voltage cubicles cubicles
Duration: 2.5 days (17 h 30) Duration: 2.5 days (17 h 30)
Price: € 1490 ex-VAT Price: € 1490 ex-VAT

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-n4pix 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Medium-voltage distribution systems
Grid protection
Internal arc detectors VAMP 50/200/300
VAMP [new version]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Commission and operate VAMP protective Course content
relays. Presentation of the VAMP protective relay range:
• the VAMP offering,
Designated skills • VAMP accessories,
• Install and use VAMP relays. • VAMP relay selection guide,
• Set up VAMP protective relays on the front • assembly and installation,
panel using the VAMPset configuration software. • Arc flash module.
• Test basic protection functions. Using VAMP relays:
• Retrieve event and disturbance recording files. • using the VAMPset configuration software,
• introduction to specific functions (logic equations, virtual injection,
Intended audience etc.),
• Design engineers or maintenance and
• retrieving and analysing event and disturbance recording files,
operating technicians of MV/HV electrical
• using the documentation (user guide).
installations.
Diagnostic tools.
Prior knowledge Practical work:
Know MV protection principles or have taken the • practical exercises based on concrete examples.
following courses:
OLFHT page C6 Training course validation
PREGA page C7 • Skills assessment questionnaire.

• USB flash drive including course materials and technical
Career path including this course documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vamp 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

System protection
Easergy T200 fault detectors and indicators
EAS02 [French] EAS02EN [English]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Commission and operate an Easergy T200 Course content
range network reconfigurator. Easergy T200P and T200I telecontrol unit:
• presentation of the T200 range,
Designated skills • T200 role and selection in electrical installations,
• Install, configure and use Easergy T300 range • Installation, connection and commissioning,
equipment. • operating and maintaining the T200 unit.
• Install and configure an L500 supervisor. Easergy L500 supervisor:
• Install and connect FLite and Flair fault • role in electrical installations,
detectors. • general presentation,
• installation, connection and commissioning,
Intended audience • configuration tool.
• Easergy range project engineers, user service
teams or maintenance managers. Flair and Flite fault detector:
• overview of the ranges,
Prior knowledge • role and selection in electrical systems,
• Know the operating principles of MV systems • installation and connection,
and the basic principles of communication • commissioning and use.
(Modbus, etc.) and media (GSM, RS232, Radio,
etc.) Training course validation
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-eas02 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

System protection
Easergy T300 fault detectors and indicators
EAS03 [French] EAS03EN [English]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Commission and operate an Easergy T300 Course content
range network reconfigurator. Definition of and introduction to the SmartGrid concept.
Review of the various types of communication:
Designated skills • P2P communications,
• Install, configure and use Easergy T300 range • flexible communications (2G, 3G, 4G, radio, Ethernet, USB, etc.),
equipment • standard protocols IEC 101/104, DNP3, Modbus and IEC 61850,
• Install and configure HU 250 communication • RBAC.
units.
• Install and commission Easergy SC150 control Easergy T300:
units. • role in electrical installations,
• Install and connect LV fault detectors. • general presentation,
• application areas,
Intended audience • installation, connection and commissioning,
• Project engineers, personnel who operate • operation and maintenance,
or maintain automated distribution networks • configuration tool.
equipped with the Easergy T300 solution. Easergy HU 250 communications unit:
• installation and connections,
Prior knowledge • commissioning and maintenance with Smartphone application.
• Know the operating principles of MV systems
Easergy SC150 control unit:
and communication principles (GSM, radio,
Ethernet, Modbus, etc.).
• commissioning, operation and setup.
Management of NT Easergy LV150 and LV110:
• commissioning, operation and setup.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-eas03 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

iRIO and Xflow
XFLOWB [French] XFLOWBEN [English]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Implement an iRIO remote energy Course content
management solution. iRIO controller:
• presentation of the iRIO range,
Designated skills • positioning and application in electric systems,
• Install the iRIO energy management controller. • installation and connections (power supply, sensors, etc.).
• Use the Xflow programming software. XFLow software:
• software presentation,
Intended audience • basic functions (measurement, alarms, storage and control),
Project engineers, “services” teams or users
• operation:
of the iRIO/Kerwin supervision system on
- settings,
photovoltaic farms, wind farms, hydroelectric
- acknowledging alarms,
farms, or for energy efficiency.
- consulting events,
Prior knowledge - programming local substations via the Web interface,
Have good knowledge of computer systems, IT - configuration retrieval,
networks and RS485 field bus concepts. - off-line configuration.
• maintenance:
- diagnostic tools,
- on-site analysis method.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-xflowb 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Kerwin supervision software
Basic and expert
KERWINB [French] KERWINBEN [English]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Install and use the Kerwin supervision Course content
software. Kerwin:
overview, installing the Kerwin software.
Designated skills Configuration:
• Install the iRIO energy management controller. communications, logs, graphs, mimic diagrams, etc.
• Use the Kerwin programming software.
Use.
Intended audience
Project engineers, "services" teams or users of Training course validation
the iRIO/Kerwin supervision system • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
on solar farms, wind farms, hydroelectric farms, • Skills assessment questionnaire.
or for energy efficiency.
Documents supplied
Prior knowledge • Course materials.
Have good knowledge of computer systems, IT • Post-course qualification certificate.
networks and RS485 field bus concepts.
KERWINE [French] KERWINEEN [English]

Duration Price Type Breakdown Level Area covered
2 days Please contact In-class 30% classes Specialist Design
(21 h) us 70% practical work Proficiency Implementation
Basics Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate and configure the Kerwin supervision Course content
software. Content adapted to suit participants’ requests.
Example:
Designated skills • calculation formulae,
• Install the iRIO energy management controller. • schedules,
• Use the Kerwin programming software. • control systems,
• commands between sites,
Intended audience • structure of xflow tables, etc.
Project engineers, “services” teams or users
of the iRIO/Kerwin supervision system on Training course validation
photovoltaic farms, wind farms, hydroelectric • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
farms, or for energy efficiency. • Skills assessment questionnaire.
Prior knowledge Documents supplied

Have taken one of the following courses: • Course materials.
KERWINB page C43 • Post-course qualification certificate.
KERWINBEN page C43

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-kerwinb 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
Sepam
20/40/60/80 series
SEPEX
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Operate protective relays from the SEPAM Course content
range. E-learning module included
• Interpret measurement and diagnostics data
from Sepam protective relays.
• Become acquainted with operating relays Review of the role of protection functions in MV installations:
locally from the front panel. • protection technologies,
• electrical faults,
Intended audience • different sensors (current transformer, voltage transformer and core-
• Personnel who install, maintain or operate balance current transformer),
electrical installations. • discrimination types.
Introduction to the functions and characteristics of the Sepam range:
Prior knowledge • measurement,
Know electrical distribution and protection or • protection,
have taken the following course: • automation.
OLFHT page C6 Using Sepam relays:
PREGA page C7 • reading and interpreting display data,
• exercises on using the documentation.
Curriculum Diagnostics.
Can be studied in greater depth Practical exercises:
• practical work is carried out on test benches used to simulate faults,
SEPRO page C45
• initiation to the SFT2841 software.
SEPMC page C46
• Sepam 20/40/80-series education test benches.
MV design engineer / technician • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
technician
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sepex 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
Sepam
20/40/60/80 series
SEPRO
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Program protective relays from the SEPAM Course content
range. Review of Sepam range functions.
Learn more about the functions and characteristics of the Sepam range:
Designated skills • measurements accessed via the keypad,
• Define the types of protection to be • measurements accessed via the PC software,
implemented. • protection functions,
• Use the setup software to program a Sepam • standard control logic schemes,
relay. • configurable control logic schemes.
Intended audience Installation and implementation:
• MV network operators, MV network design • connection to sensors and inputs/outputs and status configurations,
engineers or technicians. • reading and interpreting transmitted data,
• using the product documentation.
Prior knowledge Initiation to using the SFT2841 and SFT2885 software (Logipam):
Master Sepam operation or have taken the • operation,
following course: • settings,
SEPEX page C44 • disturbance recording with the WaveWin software,
• logic equations,
• HMI mimic diagrams.
Curriculum Exercises on finding information in the documentation.
Can be studied in greater depth Diagnostics.
SEPMC page C46 Practical applications:
• practical applications are carried out on Sepam test benches to
Career path including this course simulate all types of faults that are commonly encountered on actual
(pages 14 to 21) installations.
MV design engineer / technician Application equipment
• Sepam 20/40/80-series education test benches.
• SFT2841 and SFT2885 software.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sepro 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
Sepam
Communication module
SEPMC
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Interface a SEPAM relay using the different Course content
communication modules. Communication networks:
• different types of networks,
Designated skills • different types of media,
• Know the different communication modules • RS232, RS485 and Ethernet standards,
associated with the Easergy SEPAM range. • wiring rules.
• Install and connect the different Protocols:
communication modules. • different protocols,
• Set up the relay for communications. • Modbus protocol,
• IEC 61850 protocol.
Intended audience
• Persons called upon to implement Sepam Signals.
communication modules. Practical applications during the course.
Prior knowledge Application equipment

Know Sepam relays or have taken the following • Sepam relay.
course: • SFT 2841 and CET 850 software.
SEPEX page C44 • ACE 949-2 and ACE 850TP boards.

Curriculum • Skills assessment questionnaire.
SEPRO page C45 • Course materials.
SEPCO page C47 • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sepmc 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
Sepam
SEPCO
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Interface a relay with a system built on the Course content
basis of IEC 61850. General information on Ethernet TCP/IP.
Designated skills Introduction to IEC 61850 protocol.
• Commission Sepam relays using ECI850 and IEC 61850 level 1 solutions.
ACE850 communication modules. IEC 61850 level 2 solutions (Goose).
• Integrate relays in IEC 61850 architecture.
Recommended architecture.
Intended audience Customizing SCL files.
• MV network design engineers or technicians Checking and testing IEC 61850 networks.
specializing in industrial communication
protocols and networks. Training course validation
Prior knowledge • Skills assessment questionnaire.
Master Sepam relay operation and setting up, or
have taken the following course: Documents supplied
SEPEX page C44 • USB flash drive including course materials and technical
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sepco 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
Basics of MV protection
Mi134
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Acquire academic theoretical concepts on Course content
industrial networks. E-learning module included
• Understand the operation of MV electrical
networks.
• Understand the role and principle of protective Review of electrical engineering.
devices in an industrial environment. Electricity grid architectures:
• Understand design for protection and • types of electricity grid,
coordination at maximum current. • different grid types.
Medium-voltage protection principles:
Intended audience • overcurrent protection,
• Design office personnel. • different discrimination methods (current-based, time-based, logical,
Prior knowledge etc.).
• Have mathematical knowledge applied to Measuring sensors:
electrical engineering. • current sensors,
• voltage sensors,
• LPCT.
Curriculum MV earthing systems:
Career path including this course • different earthing systems,
(pages 14 to 21) • incidence in a protection plan.
MV design engineer / technician Overcurrent protection:
• definition and criteria,
• settings and coordination.
technician Exercises:
• overcurrent protection,
• design and coordination of a simple protection plan.

Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mi134 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
Px20 series
MICOMX20
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Commission and operate MICOM Px20-series Course content
protective relays. Introduction:
• review of relay applications,
Designated skills • simplified description of performed functions,
• Operate MICOM Px20-series protective relays • hardware presentation.
from the front panel and using MiCOM Easergy Getting started:
studio software. • using the relay front panel,
• Set up standard protection functions. • reading measurements,
• Test protection functions by injecting currents • navigating in the menus,
and voltages. • alarm and error messages,
• Read and analyse faults. • installing MICOM Easergy Studio,
• Know the contents of the user manual. • using MICOM Easergy Studio,
• loading Data models,
Intended audience • CORTEC code concepts.
• Design engineers or maintenance and
operating engineers of MV/HV electrical Parameter files (.set):
installations. • creating and setting up a new file,
• Maintenance and operating technicians of • uploading parameters into relays,
MV/HV electrical installations. • downloading parameters from relays,
• converting setup files,
Prior knowledge • comparing two setup files.
Know how to use a PC with Windows®. Know MV Communications:
protection principles or have taken the following • setting up front and rear communication ports.
course:
Event file:
OLFHT page C6 • retrieval,
• event analysis.
Curriculum Disturbance recording files:
• retrieval,
Career path including this course • analysing recordings in Wavewin.
(pages 14 to 21)
Testing principle:
MV design engineer / technician • practical application with injection box (Omicron or equivalent).
technician • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-micomx20 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
Px40 series
MICOMX40 [former Mi004]

Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
from the front panel and using MICOM Easergy Getting started:
• Set up protection functions and associated • reading measurements,
programming logic (PSL). • navigating in the menus,
• Test protection functions by injecting currents • alarm and error messages,
and voltages. • installing MICOM Easergy Studio,
• Read and analyse faults. • using MICOM Easergy Studio,
• Know the contents of the user manual. • loading Data models,
• CORTEC code concepts.
Intended audience
• Design engineers or maintenance and Parameter files (.set):
operating engineers of MV/HV electrical • creating and setting up a new file,
installations. • uploading parameters into relays,
• Maintenance and operating technicians of • downloading parameters from relays,
MV/HV electrical installations. • converting setup files,
• comparing two setup files.
Prior knowledge Communications:
• Know how to use a PC with Windows. • setting up front and rear communication ports.
• Know MV protection principles or have taken
PSL file (.psl):
the following course:
• creating and setting up a new PSL,
OLFHT page C6 • uploading PSLs into relays,
• downloading PSLs from relays,
• simulation of DDB PSLs.
Curriculum
Event file:
Career path including this course • retrieval,
(pages 14 to 21) • event analysis.
MV design engineer / technician Disturbance recording files:
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance • retrieval,
• saving recordings.
technician Testing principle:
• practical application with injection box (Omicron or equivalent).

Documents supplied
documentation.

CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
Px30 series
MICOMX30
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
from the front panel and using MICOM Easergy Getting started:
• Set up protection functions and associated • reading measurements,
programming logic (PSL). • navigating in the menus,
• Test protection functions by injecting currents • alarm and error messages,
and voltages. • MiCOM Easergy Studio software.
• Read and analyse faults.
• Know the contents of the user manual. Parameter files (.x3v):
• creation,
Intended audience • uploading,
• Design and test engineer or technician. • downloading.
• Project manager or operating technician. Event files:
• retrieving and analysing events.
Prior knowledge Disturbance recording files:
• Know how to use a PC with Windows®.
• retrieving and analysing recordings in Wavewin.
• Know MV electrical protection principles or
have taken the following course: Mimic:
• configuring mimic diagrams - mimic (BTC),
OLFHT page C6
• uploading mimic diagrams into relays.

Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21) • USB flash drive including course materials and technical
MV design engineer / technician documentation.
technician

CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
MiPCO
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Interface a relay with a system built on the Course content
basis of IEC 61850. Theoretical presentation of IEC 61850 focused on the requirements of
people working in the field:
Designated skills • service,
• Use the IEC 61850 communication capabilities • modelling,
of MiCOM Px30 and Px40 series protective • network architectures,
relays. • configuration files,
• Use the IED Configurator tool in MiCOM • time synchronization,
Easergy Studio. • GOOSE and reports,
• controls.
Intended audience Presentation of editions 1 & 2 of the standard
• Design engineers or technicians, or
commissioning technicians called upon to Practical work:
implement communications in accordance with • getting started with “IED Configurator”,
IEC 61850 protocol. • identification of the relay on the network and basic parameters,
• time synchronization management,
Prior knowledge • exploration of the "data model" for protective devices using the
• Know MiCOM Px30 and Px40 series associated documentation,
protection. • creation of "data sets",
• Know how to use the MiCOM Easergy Studio • configuration of "Report Control Blocks",
software, or have taken one of the following • configuration of "GOOSEs",
courses: • performing "Controls".
MICOMX40 page C50
MICOMX30 page C51 • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mipco 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
MiCOM
Specific functions
Mi…
Depending on Depending on In-class 50% classes Design
course course 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Set up the main functions of digital relays and
know how to perform tripping tests.
MiDep MiDifTransfo
Protection of feeders and Power
Designated skills incomers transformer
• Perform adjustments and settings. protection
MiCOM P120 - P140
• Operate, commission and maintain the
MiCOM P630 - P640
different types of relays. Duration: 2 days
Intended audience Duration: 2 days
• Design and test engineers or technicians,
project managers or operating technicians.
MiMot
Prior knowledge
Motor protection
MiDisHTB
Have good knowledge of MV protection, or have
taken the following course: MiCOM P220 - P240 High-voltage
distance protection
T4 page C14
Duration: 3 days MiCOM P430
Duration: 3 days
Curriculum MiAlt
MICOMX40 page C50
AC generator protection MiCCI
MiCOM P340
MICOMX30 page C51 Protection of feeders
Duration: 3 days with built-in monitoring
Career path including this course and control
(pages 14 to 21)
MiCOM P130
Level 2 medium voltage maintenance MiDis40 Duration: 3 days
Distance protection
technician MiCOM P440
Duration: 3 to 5 days MiDifB

Busbar earth
leakage protection
MiDFL MiCOM P740
Line earth Duration: 3 to 5 days

leakage protection
MiCOM P520 - P540
Duration: 1 to 4 days

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-midep 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Protective relays
Easergy P3
EASP3 [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Commission, configure and operate Easergy Course content
P3 protective relays. Review of the role of protection functions in MV installations:
• protection technologies,
Designated skills • electrical faults,
• Understand the Easergy P3 range of MV • different sensors (current transformer, voltage transformer and core-
protective relays. balance current transformer),
• Operate Easergy P3 protective relays from • discrimination types.
the front panel and using eSetup Easergy Pro Introduction:
software. • review of relay applications,
• Set up standard protection functions. • description of performed functions,
• Test protection functions by injecting currents • hardware presentation.
and voltages.
• Know the contents of the user manual. Installation and implementation.
Getting started:
Intended audience • using the relay front panel,
• Design engineers or maintenance and • reading measurements,
operating engineers of MV electrical • settings,
installations. • navigating in the menus,
• Maintenance and operating technicians of • remote navigation via web server
MV electrical installations. • alarm and error messages,
• installing and using the eSetup Easergy Pro software,
Prior knowledge • using the "Easergy SmartApp” application
• Know how to use a PC with Windows. • introduction the Arc Flash (Easergy P3 option).
• Know MV protection principles.
Connection files:
• creating a new connection,
Curriculum • setting up the relay address and speed,
• connection test.
(pages 14 to 21) Event file:
• retrieval,
MV design engineer / technician • event analysis.
Medium voltage maintenance technician • Maintenance and troubleshooting.
- level 2 Application equipment
• Easergy P3 educational test benches.
• eSetup Easergy Pro software.

Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-easp3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Digital monitoring and control systems
MiCOM C264/RTU, PACiS RABBIT controllers
General knowledge
DCS06
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Maintain the C264 hardware used for PACiS Course content
and RABBIT. Features offered by compact RTUs.
Functional description of the C264.
Designated skills
• Commission and operate substation remote Hardware and software composition.
controllers. Controller HMI.
Using maintenance tools.
Intended audience
• Design and test engineers or technicians. Presentation of the configuration tool.
• Project managers or operating and Communicating with equipment (field bus).
maintenance technicians. Communicating with the remote control system.
Prior knowledge Commissioning and 1st level maintenance.
• Know the basics of electrical engineering and Introduction to the RABBIT loop reconfigurator.
substation control (BTS (advanced vocational Practical work.
diploma), DUT (university diploma) or engineer
level). Application equipment
• Know how to use a PC with Windows®. • C264 controller.

Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dcs06 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PACiS system
IEC 61850 communication protocol - level 1
DCS03-1
(21 h) Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Understand what standard IEC 61850 is, along Course content
with its language and potential. Transition from theory to practice:
• overview of the protocol,
Designated skills • uses.
• Understand the applications of IEC 61850 Main concepts of the protocol:
communication protocol. • services,
• Have an overview of this protocol and its uses • modelling,
in digital monitoring and control systems. • configuration languages for substations (SCL),
• compliance tests.
Intended audience
• Technicians and engineers who know Concrete applications:
substations and substation control systems • architecture,
(BTS (advanced vocational diploma), • distributed functions,
DUT (university diploma) or engineer level). • coexistence situations,
• Design and test personnel who write • configuration of systems,
specifications for digital monitoring and control • interoperability tests,
systems. • project management.
• Project managers who use IEC 61850 protocol.

documentation.
DCS03-2 page C57 • Post-course qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dcs03-1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PACiS system
IEC 61850 communication protocol - level 2
DCS03-2
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Model an object or unit in IEC 61850 Course content
SCL language. Transition from theory to practice:
• overview of the protocol,
Designated skills • uses.
• Further theoretical knowledge of standard Main concepts of the protocol:
IEC 61850. • services,
• Interpret normative documentation. • modelling,
• Implement IEC 61850 communication protocol • configuration languagesfor substations (SCL),
with engineering tools (such as SET). • compliance tests.
Intended audience Concrete applications:
• Technicians and engineers who know • architecture,
substations and substation control systems • distributed functions,
(BTS (advanced vocational diploma), • coexistence situations,
DUT (university diploma) or engineer level). • configuration of systems,
• Design and test personnel who write • interoperability tests,
specifications for digital monitoring and control • project management.
systems.
• Project managers who use IEC 61850 protocol. Training course validation
Have taken the following course:
Documents supplied
DCS03-1 page C56 • USB flash drive including course materials and technical
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dcs03-2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PACiS system
Operation
DCS08
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Know the keywords used by people who Course content
operate the system. Introduction to digital monitoring and control systems.
PACiS:
Designated skills • architecture,
• Define the elements that make up a PACiS • components,
network control system • communication principles,
• Operate a PACiS system. • operating principles.
Intended audience PACIS system operator interface:
• Operating technicians or operating team • screen views,
managers. • alarms,
• events,
Prior knowledge • control,
• Have good knowledge of substation operating • safety,
principles. • etc.
• Know how to use a PC with Windows®. PACIS operator interface:
• getting started,
• practical exercises.
Curriculum
MiCOM C264 controller:
• practical exercises.
DCS03-1 page C56
• MiCOM C264 controller.
• PACiS system.

Documents supplied
documentation.

CPF codes

PACiS system
DCS09
DCS08 course Operation
+ 2 days Maintenance
Objectives
• Understand the system. Course content
Introduction to digital monitoring and control systems.
Designated skills PACiS:
• Define the elements that make up a PACiS • architecture,
network control system. • components,
• Operate and maintain a PACiS system. • communication principles,
• operating principles.
Intended audience
• Operating and maintenance managers, PACIS system operator interface:
operating and maintenance technicians. • screen views,
• Project leaders and technicians. • alarms,
• Design and test engineer. • events,
• control,
Prior knowledge • safety,
• Have good knowledge of substations • etc.
(BTS (advanced vocational diploma), PACIS operator interface:
DUT (university diploma) or engineer level). • getting started,
• Know the Windows® environment. • practical exercises.
Maintenance software:
Curriculum • SMT system,
• CMT controller.
System maintenance and troubleshooting.
DCS03-1 page C56
• features,
• hardware,
• maintenance,
• troubleshooting.
Practical work.
• MiCOM C264 controller.
• PACiS system.

Documents supplied
documentation.

CPF codes

PACiS system
Configuration, operation and maintenance
DCS10
DCS08 course Operation
+ 5 days Maintenance
Objectives
• Be capable of using the system autonomously Course content
Introduction to digital monitoring and control systems.
Designated skills PACiS:
• Define the elements that make up a PACiS • architecture,
network control system. • components,
• Configure, operate and maintain a PACiS • communication principles,
system. • operating principles.
Intended audience PACIS system operator interface:
Operating technicians or operating team • screen views,
managers. • alarms,
• events,
Prior knowledge • control,
Have good knowledge of substation operating • safety,
principles and know how to use a PC with • etc.
Windows®. Maintenance software:
• SMT system,
• CMT controller.
Curriculum
System maintenance and troubleshooting.
DCS03-1 page C56
• features,
• hardware,
• maintenance,
SCE configuration software.
Simple configuration changes:
• label,
• alarm,
• event,
• colour,
• logic diagrams.
Practical work.
• C264 controller.
• PACiS system.

Documents supplied
documentation.

CPF codes

Cybersecurity
General knowledge
GEE11
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Understand the concept of cybersecurity and Course content
the attitude to adopt to carry out projects. Commission, operate and maintain substations in accordance with
cybersecurity guidelines (standards).
Designated skills Best practices.
• Build an operational strategy.
• Incorporate cybersecurity into the deployment, Definition of each person’s role and responsibilities.
maintenance and operating phases of digital Configuration management and computer files.
substations. Configuration of protective relay parameters and monitoring and control
systems.
Intended audience
Operators or maintainers of electrical Documentation management methods.
substations equipped with digital protection,
monitoring and control systems.
Know digital substation operation and
Documents supplied
maintenance.
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-gee11 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Smart-grid
Smart-grid
Introduction
SMARTGRID
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Master the basic principles of communicating Web training account
power grids. • The course begins by opening a web training account.
Designated skills - interactive multimedia course material and updates,
• Define the Smart-grid concept. - unlimited and up-to-date technical information resources.
• Identify transmission grid evolutions.
• Identify distribution network evolutions. Course content
• Identify end-customer evolutions. Energy stakes:
• energy’s place in society,
Intended audience • current energy and environmental issues,
• Personnel who design, operate or maintain • European directives in favour of smart-grids.
electrical installations. Definition of the Smart-grid:
• smart grid business model,
Prior knowledge • smart grid architecture,
• action plans in Europe.
EFFEN page B48
System components:
• renewable energies,
• balance management,
• NTIC,
• storage,
• metering,
• data management,
• electric vehicles,
• consumer stakeholders.
Trends:
• Smart City,
• Smart Building,
Superm
arket • Smart Home.
M
€

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-smartgrid 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Smart-grid
Smart-grid
Expertise
SMARTEXP [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Objectives
• Design smart grids. Course content
Review of the Smart-grid basics:
Designated skills • NTIC on digital platforms,
• Understand what is possible with Smart Grids. • political issues (COP21, energy transition, etc.),
• Understand the parameters to take into • overview of social developments.
consideration to produce smart grids. Instances of use
• Implement and set up suitable solutions. Various projects (French or foreign) will be addressed based on the
following methodology:
Intended audience • analysis what is at stake locally,
• Facility managers, operating directors, design
• problem modelling and construction of project content,
engineers, general managers of electricity
• methods of measuring results and analysis of the results obtained.
boards & authorities.
Prior knowledge • Theoretical exercises simulating real-life situations.
• have taken the following course:
SMARTGRID page C62
Documents supplied
documentation.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-smartexp 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

New courses
Altivar Machine 340: V340AP
page D25
Modicon M580: M580SAF
page D70
... two courses on Schneider Electric's

new high-performance platforms
D5000 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Industry
Overview of the training courses................................. D2
Industrial control......................................................... D10
Machine safety........................................................... D14
Variable speed control and motion control................ D18
Industrial automation.................................................. D59
Communications......................................................... D86
Supervision............................................................... D101
Process..................................................................... D111
Power management................................................. D122
Lean Management................................................... D124
Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric D1

Industry
Topics Courses
Smart industry Communications general knowledge [new]

industrial cybersecurity
cybersecurity of industrial systems
remote access control [new]
Programming Wonderware System Platform [new]
Modicon M580 Unity-Pro programming (basics)
Maintenance in-service support, PLC with Unity-Pro
Lean Total productive maintenance (TPM), equipment availability
Industrial energy consultant [new]
Industrial control Detection general knowledge
RFID technology
Motor starters
Motor starter controllers
Electromechanical installations
Machine safety Standards and products
Sistema software
Machine data file
Safety automation general knowledge
devices
Modicon M580 [new]
Variable speed control Variable speed drives basic knowledge
and motion control
design and sizing
presentation of the offering
Altivar 212
Altivar Machine 320 (standard applications)
Altivar Machine 320 (dedicated applications)
Altivar Machine 340 (high-performance machine [new]
applications)
diagnostics and maintenance
Altivar 61 and 71 (diagnostics and maintenance)
Altivar 61
Altivar 61 (pumping and ventilation)
Altivar 71
Altivar 71 (lifting, handling and conveying)
Altivar Process 630 (standard variable torque applications)
Altivar Process 630 (pumping and ventilation)
Altivar Process 930 (standard constant torque applications)
Altivar Process 930 (lifting, handling and conveying)
integrating variable speed drives in a communications networks
Altivar Process 630 and 930 (diagnostics and
maintenance)

retail
■ INDCON 1 day D96
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ SENCYB 1 day D93
■ ■ ■ ■ CYBINDUS 3 days D94
■ ■ ■ ROUT 1 day D95
■ ■ ■ SP2014R2 4 days D104
■ ■ UP580 3 days D68
■ ■ MAINAP 4 days D81
■ ■ TPM 2 days D126
■ ■ ■ DEREFEI 3 days B84
■ ■ JTDET 1 day + D10
e-learning
■ ■ DTRFI 2 days D11
■ ■ JTDM 1 day D12
■ ■ ■ DMTT 1 day D13
■ ■ ■ CPMA 4 days D13
■ SMM 4 days D14
■ ■ STEMA 2 days D15
■ ■ DTSEC 3 days D16
■ ■ AUSEC 3 days D17
■ ■ M580SAF 2 days D70
■ ■ VVI 4 days D18
■ VEG2 4 days D19
■ JTVV 1 day D20
■ ■ ■ VEM212 2 days D21
■ ■ ■ VM320 2 days D22
■ ■ ■ V320AP 3 days D23
■ ■ ■ V340AP 3 days D25
■ ■ VMEX 3 days D24

■ ■ VDMHP 2 days D30
■ ■ VE61 3 days D26
■ ■ ■ V61AP 3 days D27
■ ■ VE71 3 days D28
■ ■ ■ V71AP 3 days D29
■ ■ VE600 3 days D32
■ ■ ■ V600AP 3 days D33
■ ■ VE900 3 days D34
■ ■ ■ V900AP 3 days D35
■ ■ ■ VVCOM 2 days D49
■ ■ VMPROS 2 days D31

Industry (continued)
Topics Courses
Variable speed control Motion control and basics of axis control

and motion control linear axes
(continued) Lexium 28
Lexium 32
Lexium Linear Motion (maintenance)
Lexium 15
Lexium 17
High-performance PacDriveTM M basic service
motion control
PacDriveTM M advanced service
PacDriveTM M basic machine
PacDriveTM M advanced machine
PacDriveTM 3 basic service
PacDriveTM 3 advanced service
PacDriveTM 3 basic machine
PacDriveTM 3 advanced machine
PacDriveTM M migration to PacDriveTM 3
specific robotic functions for applications controlled by PacDriveTM M and 3
Industrial automation Machine programming SoMachine software basics
and motor control
proficiency
variable speed control
motion control (LMC058)
motion control (LMC78 Sercos)
SoHVAC software
General knowledge automated system components
basics of efficient maintenance
programmed logic and programmable logic controllers (PLC)
Initiation introduction to the Unity-Pro environment
introduction to communications with Unity-Pro software
introduction to the SoMachine environment
Programming Modicon TSX Micro
Modicon M221 SoMachine Basic (dedicated Modicon M221)
TSX Twido
Modicon M340 Unity-Pro (basics)
Unity-Pro (proficient)
Unity-Pro (specialist)
Modicon M580 Unity-Pro (basics)
Hot Standby
safety automation devices [new]

retail
■ ■ INMOT 2 days D36
■ ■ LEX28 2.5 days D37
■ ■ LEX32 2.5 days D38
■ MAINAX 1 day D39
■ ■ ■ ■ LEX15 2.5 days D50
■ ■ ■ ■ VMLEX 2.5 days D50
■ BASSE 2 days D40
■ ■ ADVSE 4 days D41
■ ■ BASMA 5 days D42
■ ■ ADVMA 3 days D43
■ BASPD3 2 days D44
■ ■ ADSPD3 4 days D45
■ ■ BAMPD3 5 days D46
■ ■ ADMPD3 3 days D47
■ ■ MIGPDM3 3 days D48
■ ■ ■ ■ ROBOT 3 days D50
■ ■ SOMA1 3 days D52
■ ■ SOMA2 2 days D53
■ ■ SOATV 2 days D56
■ ■ SOLEX 2 days D54
■ ■ SOLM78 2.5 days D55
■ ■ HVAC 2 days D57
■ ■ ■ ■ IFAI 5 days D61
■ ■ INIMA 3 days D62
■ ■ ■ ■ LPEG2 4 days D63
■ ■ DCUNY 1 day D58
■ ■ DCCOUN 1 day D59
■ ■ DCSOMA 1 day D60
■ ■ AP370 4 days D79
■ ■ PM221 2 days D51
■ ■ TWIDO 2 days D79
■ ■ UP340 3 days D66
■ ■ UH340 3 days D67
■ ■ UNPP3 2 days D74
■ ■ UP580 3 days D68
■ ■ UH580 2 days D69
■ ■ M580SAF 2 days D70

Topics Courses
Industrial Programming Modicon Premium PL7-Pro (basics)

automation (continued)
(continued) PL7-Pro (proficient)
PL7-Pro (axis control)
Unity-Pro (basics)
Unity-Pro (proficient)
Unity-Pro (specialist)
Unity-Pro (Modicon Premium (PL7) migration to
Modicon M580 (Unity-Pro)
Unity-Pro (axis control)
Modicon Quantum Unity-Pro (basics)
control technical basics
Modicon M340 with Unity-Pro
Modicon Premium with PL7-Pro
Concept software (for Modicon Quantum PLCs)
In-service support machine maintenance
PLC maintenance Unity-Pro
PL7-Pro
PLC maintenance (older 1000 series
ranges)
7 series (level 1)
7 series (level 2)
Communications Data transmission
Industrial local area networks
Data interchange
Network diagnostics
CANopen on Modicon Premium (with PL7-Pro)
on Modicon
Ethernet general knowledge and programming
CIP communications on Ethernet
network architecture
on Modicon M340
Cybersecurity industrial cybersecurity
cybersecurity of industrial systems
Networks and remote access control [new]
Fipio and Fipway
AS-interface

retail
■ ■ AP571 4 days D64
■ ■ AP576 4 days D65
■ ■ CAX57 3 days D79
■ ■ UNP7D 4 days D71
■ ■ UNAX1 3 days D79

■ ■ UNQP1 5 days D75
■ REGBA 2 days D76
■ ■ UNRG1 3 days D77
■ ■ REG57 3 days D78
■ ■ CCPTL 5 days D79
■ ■ ■ MDCE 4 days D80
■ ■ MAINAP 4 days D81
■ ■ AM570 4 days D82
■ ■ MAPR1N 2 days D83
■ ■ AM71N 2 days D84
■ ■ AM72N 2 days D85
■ ■ ■ ■ TDR 4 days D86
■ ■ ■ ■ CRL20 3 days D87
+ e-learning
■ AP778 4 days D88
■ ■ MDR 4 days D97
■ ■ CANOP 2 days D97
■ ■ COPEN 2 days D89
■ ■ APETH 4 days D90
■ ■ ETHIP 3 days D91
■ ■ APRES 5 days D92
■ ■ ET340 2 days D97
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ SENCYB 1 day D93
■ ■ ■ ■ CYBINDUS 3 days D94
■ ■ ■ ROUT 1 day D95
■ ■ CFIP 2 days D97
■ ■ UNASI 2 days D97

Topics Courses
Supervision HMI Magelis and Vijeo Designer
Vijeo XL [new]
Magelis and Vijeo XD
touch-sensitive
Software Vijeo Citect
Vijeo Citect (advanced functions)
Monitor V7.2
programming with System Platform [new]
Wonderware software System Platform further training [new]
using InTouch software [new]
using InTouch software with RDS [new]
using the ArchestrA Object Toolkit [new]
producing data reports [new]
data archiving [new]
using InBatch control software [new]
application development with MES Operations [new]
real-time monitoring of equipment performance [new]
Wonderware project leader [new]
OPC communications server
Process Industrial process design
Foxboro EVO integrated development environment [new]
configuration and programming [new]
algorithmic processing [new]
sequential processing [new]
building mimic diagrams [new]
operational maintenance [new]
Foxboro I/A Series integrated development environment [new]
configuration and programming [new]
algorithmic processing [new]
sequential processing [new]
building mimic diagrams [new]
operational maintenance [new]
Foxboro FCS sequential processing [new]
Triconex Tricon, Trident & Tri-GP [new]
Power management Achieving energy savings in industry
Improving energy efficiency
Lean Management Lean approach leader VSM and other levers for improvement
just-in-time flow management on a production line
organising and managing a line and involving teams
Total Productive providing equipment availability
Maintenance
Value Stream Mapping

retail
■ ■ VIJDS 4 days D99
■ ■ VIJMA 2 days D98
■ ■ VIJXL 3 days D101
■ ■ VIJXD 3 days D100
■ ■ ERGO 1 day D110
■ ■ VIJCT 3 days D102
■ ■ VIJAV 3 days D103
■ ■ MPRO 4 days D110
■ ■ ■ SP2014R2 4 days D104
- 5 days D105
- 5 days D105
- 1 day D106
- 3 days D106
- 2 days D107
wonderware.fr
- 4 days D107
- 4 days D108
- 4 days D108
- 3 days D109
- 2 days D109
■ ■ OFS 2 days D110
■ PROCE 5 days D111
■ ■ IDE 3 days D112
■ ■ PFSEVO 4 days D114
■ ■ TA 3 days D116
■ ■ TS 3 days D117
■ ■ CSEVO 4 days D118
■ ■ MOSYS 3 days D120
■ ■ IACC 3 days D113
■ ■ PFSIA 4 days D115
■ ■ TA 3 days D116
■ ■ TS 3 days D117
■ ■ CSIA 3 days D119
■ ■ MOSYS 3 days D120
■ ■ TS 3 days D117
■ ■ TS1131 5 days D121
■ ■ LEFAC 5 days D122
■ LEFMA 3 days D123
■ ■ PDL1 3 days D124
■ ■ TPM 2 days D126
■ ■ VSM 3 days D127

Industrial control
Detection
General knowledge
JTDET
1 day € 610 ex-VAT E-learning + in-class 70% classes Design
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and install a detection solution Course content
based on the specific features of an installation. The 60-minute e-learning module can be used as many times as
required for a 1-year period.
Designated skills Basics of detection (e-learning).
• First part of the course (e-learning): know the Analysis of different types of detection (e-learning).
different types of detection and detectors.
• Second part of the course (in-class): selecting Particularities and application areas (e-learning):
and implementing detection systems. • position switches,
• pressure switches and vacuum switches,
Intended audience • inductive sensors, capacitive sensors and photocells.
• Electrical installation designers or operators Selecting detectors:
(technical managers and maintenance staff). • specific features related to applications,
• selection guide,
Prior knowledge • OsiSense XS, XC, XU, XM, XT and XX ranges,
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have • Global detection and Osiconcept,
taken the following course: • advantages and precautions for use.
G1 page B06 ATEX offering.
Hands-on work:
• simulation of real-life situations for different types of detection.
• Detection educational model.

• Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
• Qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdet 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Industrial control
Detection
RFID technology
DTRFI
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Equip installations with RFID detection Course content
solutions that match the specific features of General presentation of RFID:
installations. • RFID detection performance and possibilities,
• traceability and identification concepts,
Designated skills • description of the equipment and read and write processing of
• Implement an RFID detection system in different badges,
applications such as logistics, access control, • input/output characteristics and configuration options.
baggage tracking and sorting, etc. Application of concepts addressed in presentations (e.g. badge read
and write procedures).
Intended audience
Personnel in charge of selecting RFID Processing operations.
detection solutions or called upon to integrate
identification and traceability detection in Application equipment
applications. • RFID teaching case (PLC, two read/write stations, Magelis panel,
badges and labels).
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of electricity, detection and Training course validation
automation, or have taken one of the following • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
courses: • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
JTDET page D10 Documents supplied
TWIDO page D79 • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dtrfi 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Industrial control
Motor starters
JTDM
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and implement a motor starter Course content
solution to match the type of application. Analysis of different motor starter functions:
• isolation,
Designated skills • protection against short-circuits and overloading,
• Know the different types of motor starter. • switching.
• Know how to select equipment. Selecting products in the catalogue:
• Implement the corresponding Schneider • disconnectors and switches,
Electric offer. • circuit breakers and contactors,
• protective relays,
Intended audience
• pushbuttons and indications,
• Electrical installation designers or operators
• connectors,
(technical managers and maintenance staff).
• transformers and power supplies.
Prior knowledge Motor starter solutions:
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have • integrated,
taken the following course: • combined,
G1 page B06 • TeSys U.
Selecting starters:
• definition and components,
• characteristics,
• range and accessories,
• selection guide,
• association and coordination.
Application examples and case studies.
• Motor starter components 1, 2 or 3 products.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtdm 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Industrial control
Motor controller and electromechanical troubleshooting
Course on request
1 day Please In-class Please contact us Design
(7 h) contact us Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Control electric motors with smart
management systems.
DMTT
Motor starter controllers
Designated skills
• Implement and use TeSys T Controllers. Course content
Prior knowledge Presentation of the offering.
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have Setting up controller functions on
taken the following course: Ethernet TCP network.
G1 page B06 Diagnostics.
Using the SoMove software.
Course on request
4 days Please In-class Please contact us Design
(28 h) contact us Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Quickly and efficiently troubleshoot electrical
installations.
CPMA
Electromechanical installations
Designated skills
• Know the basics of electrical engineering. Course content
• Know how to read an electrical diagram.
• Know troubleshooting methods. Basic functions of electromechanical
devices.
Prior knowledge Reading an electrical diagram.
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have Troubleshooting methodology:
taken the following course: • standards,
G1 page B06 • protection against contacts,
• switchgear functions,
• other switchgear,
• study of schematic diagrams.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dmtt 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Machine safety
Standards and products
SMM
(28 h) ex-VAT 50% case studies and Implementation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Check and bring machinery into compliance Course content
with standards EN/ ISO 13849 and Review of machinery compliance regulations in accordance with
EN/IEC 62061. directives EN/ISO 13849 and EN/IEC 62061:
• hazards and risks, responsibilities in the event of accidents,
Designated skills • objectives of labour code clauses,
• Know the machinery compliance regulations. • improving safety,
• Know how to install and commission safety • technical specifications and recommendations,
equipment. • compliance plan.
Machinery compliance:
Intended audience
• role and functions of safety components,
• Servicing, design office or maintenance
• safety position switch with trapped key, reset, toggle and foot switch,
managers or technicians, or safety officers.
• two-hand control device, mushroom button and validation control,
Prior knowledge • safety modules,
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have • socket outlets, earth leakage circuit breakers and insulation monitors,
taken the following course: • adding safety functions to PLCs and drives,
• safety mats,
G1 page B06 • safety on AS-i bus (AS-i Safety),
• implementing safety components,
• case study (traditional solutions).
Curriculum Acceptance and checking conformity of new or used machines.
Can be studied in greater depth Handling and application of machine-safety products (wiring).
STEMA page D15 Application equipment
DTSEC page D16 • Educational models equipped with components that are studied.

Career path including this course • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
(pages 14 to 21) • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Safety automation designers
Documents supplied
Designer of special machines • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-smm 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Machine safety
Sistema software
STEMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Apply machine safety standards and use the Course content
Sistema performance level assessment software. Securing machine safety in compliance with new regulations.
Applying standard NF EN ISO 13849-1 and using the Sistema
Designated skills “Performance Level” assessment software.
• Know machine safety regulations.
• Use the Sistema “performance level” Machine compliance regulations:
assessment software. • hazards and risks, manufacturer/user responsibilities,
• key points of directive 2006/42/EC and the labour code,
Intended audience • risk reduction methodology,
• Design office managers or technicians and • technical specifications and recommendations.
persons in charge of functional safety. Sistema software:
• creating and documenting projects,
Prior knowledge • creating subsystems and using manufacturer libraries,
• Know the basic concepts of machine directive • consequences on reliability calculations; strategy to improve
2006/42/EC or have taken the following course: the MTTFD,
SMM page D14 • optimising the PL based on diagnostic measurements,
• report and safety data file.
• Computers equipped with Sistema software.

(pages 14 to 21)
Safety automation designers Documents supplied
Designer of special machines • Qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-stema 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Machine safety
Machine data file
DTSEC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Support customer initiatives to bring their Course content
machines up to standard by setting up and Review of machine compliance regulations:
creating machine data files in accordance with • hazards and risks, manufacturer/user responsibilities,
the standards in force. • key points of directive 2006/42/EC and the labour code.
Reliability analysis:
Designated skills • survey and collection of reliability data,
• Know machine safety regulations. • failure mode and effects analysis.
• Know how to build a machine data file using
the Sistema software. Support and determination of the performance level (PL):
• determining the MTTFd, etc. indicators,
Intended audience • determining the probability of hazardous failures using the
Design office managers and technicians or Sistema software,
persons in charge of functional safety. • report and safety data file.

Know the basic concepts of machinery directive • Sistema software.
2006/42/EC or have good knowledge of the
machine being analysed, or have taken the Training course validation
following course: • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
SMM page D14
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dtsec 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Machine safety
Safety automation devices
AUSEC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create and program applications based on Course content
safety automation architecture. Safety PLC offering:
• creating applications for safety PLCs,
Designated skills • know the standards that govern safety PLCs.
• Know safety control systems. General presentation:
• Implement specific safety functions. • safety PLC norms and standards,
• architectures.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to develop automation XPSMF●● safety PLC offering:
applications suitable for safety environments. • ergonomics,
• languages.
Prior knowledge Implementing and configuring application-based functions:
Know the basics of electricity and PLC • digital,
programming, or have taken the following • analogue,
course: • line control.
LPEG2 page D63 Presentation of openness and connectivity:
• Modbus,
• Safe Ethernet,
• Modbus TCP/IP.
Curriculum Application equipment
Career path including this course • XPSMF30 safety PLC.
(pages 14 to 21) • Remote safety inputs/outputs.
Safety automation designers • XPSMFWIN programming software.
• Simulation terminal.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ausec 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Variable speed control and motion control
Variable speed drives
Basic knowledge
VVI
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and implement variable speed Course content
control solutions in simple installations and Interactions between variable speed drives and mechanical
understand the measurements taken around components:
variable speed drives. • machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking),
• variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants).
Designated skills Starter operating principles:
• Know electric motor starting rules and control • review of AC motors (synchronous and induction),
parameters. • review of conventional starters for induction motors,
• Select and implement variable speed drives. • presentation of electronic starters.
Intended audience Principles of variable speed control for induction motors (frequency
Servicing, design office or maintenance converters):
managers or technicians, or safety officers. • main components (rectifier, DC bus and inverter bridge),
• presentation of pulse-width modulation (PWM).
Prior knowledge Analysis of the control part:
Know the basic concepts of mechanics and • functional analysis,
electricity, or have taken the following course: • starting, variable control and control functions,
G1 page B06 • links with the sequence,
• main connections,
• setting points and adjustment,
• flux vector control (FVC) and U/F law.
Integrating variable speed drives in their environment:
Curriculum • high and low frequency disturbances (EMC and harmonics),
• solutions.
(pages 14 to 21) Selection guide for the current range of starters and variable speed
drives and presentation of basic features (communications, PC
Automated installation operator software, application functions, etc.).
Automated systems maintenance Hands-on work:
• using starters and variable speed drives,
technician
• measurement upstream and downstream of variable speed drives
and interpretation despite strong current and voltage signal distortion,
• optimising settings by observing variable speed drive behaviour.
• Instructional benches equipped with Altistart 22 and Altivar 12.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vvi 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Design and sizing
VEG2
(28 h) ex-VAT 40% case studies Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size variable Course content
speed control solutions based on installation Interactions between variable speed drives and mechanical
characteristics and required performance. components:
• machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking),
Designated skills • variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants).
• Correctly size advanced variable speed Solutions provided by electronic starters:
control solutions. • review of AC motors, induction motor starting principle and useful
• Identify the advantages of a variable speed parameters to select drives/starters,
control solutions. • selection criteria for electronic starters (example with the Altistart
range).
Intended audience
Personnel in charge of selecting variable speed Advantages provided by electronic variable speed drives for
control solutions. induction motors:
• principle of variable speed control for induction motors,
Prior knowledge • analysis of braking with variable speed drives (with or without braking
Know the basic concepts of electricity and resistor or network regenerator module),
electronics, or have taken the following course: • selection criteria for electronic variable speed drives for induction
G1 page B06 motors (example with the Altivar range).
Integrating variable speed drives in their environment:
• electromagnetic compatibility (EMC and harmonics, sine wave
absorption, etc.),
Curriculum • external sequence, human-machine dialogue, precautions for use,
Career path including this course openness to communications.
(pages 14 to 21) Tutorials:
Designer of special machines • exercises that reflect several concrete applications (selecting
motor, variable speed drive and reduction gear) to apply the sizing
methodology presented during the course,
• exercises that deal with different cases found in industry with
continuous or cyclic operation (braking). All of this with different types
of loads to clearly identify the key characteristics to select variable
speed drives or starters.
Discussion phases take place during the exercises to identify sources

of cost reduction and to reach a good cost/performance compromise
for your installation.
• Tutorial models with starter or variable speed drive.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-veg2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Presentation of the offering
JTVV
Operation
Maintenance
Management/retail
Objectives
• Know the different variable speed starting Course content
solutions. Soft starting and variable speed control of three-phase cage
induction motors:
Designated skills • purposes,
• Identify operator requirements and installation • uses and advantages,
characteristics. • basic concepts (torque and induction motors).
• Select variable speed drives or soft starters. Selecting starters and drives:
• using the catalogue,
Intended audience
• determining the rating.
Electrical installation designers or operators
(technical managers and maintenance staff). Simple case studies with variable speed drives and starters.
Presentation of Altivar 12, 212, 312, 32, 320, 340, 61, 71, 600 and
Prior knowledge 900 drives:
Know the basic concepts of electricity or have • examination of the features and specific characteristics.
Presentation of Altistart 01, 22 and 48 starters:
G1 page B06 • examination of the features.
Altistart 01 and TeSys U solution.
• Demo case with Altivar 312 and motor.
• Catalogue.

Documents supplied
Altivar

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-jtvv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar 212
VEM212
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement speed control solutions that are Course content
dedicated to fluid management (HVAC) in Review of asynchronous variable speed control:
commercial buildings. • principle of induction motors,
• machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking) for
Designated skills applications that include fluids,
• Select a variable speed drive. • variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants).
• Install and set up. General presentation of variable speed drives:
• Commission and operate variable speed • advantages of the Altivar 212,
drives. • wiring and implementation,
• control via integrated terminal,
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to commission
Altivar 212 variable speed drives or to diagnose
• presentation of the accessories.
faults on installations that include Altivar 212
drives. Integrated functions:
• variable speed drive features to suit your applications,
Prior knowledge • details of the functions (principle and setup).
Know the basic concepts of mechanics and Maintenance diagnostics:
components of variable speed drives (rectifiers • data transmitted by the variable speed drive,
and inverters), or have taken the following • interpreting displayed values.
course:
Hands-on work:
VVI page D18 • simple commissioning, factory settings, monitoring, set-point
switching, faster-slower, etc.
• introduction to PC software (principle, description, setup, specific
features of the Altivar 212), etc.
• Altivar 212 demonstration case with motor and control terminal.

Documents supplied
Altivar 212 • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vem212 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar Machine 320 (standard applications)
VM320
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size variable speed Course content
control solutions designed for manufacturers of Review of asynchronous variable speed control:
machines equipped with an Altivar 320 drive. • principle of induction motors,
• machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking),
Designated skills • variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants),
• Understand variable speed control. • different braking methods.
• Discover the Altivar 320 variable speed drive. General presentation of variable speed drives:
• Install and implement the drive. • description of the basic product: wiring and implementation,
Intended audience
• presentation of the accessories.
Personnel who work on machines equipped with
Altivar Machine 320 variable speed drives or Integrated functions:
called upon to commission or diagnose faults on • variable speed drive features to suit your applications,
Altivar Machine 320 variable speed drives. • details of functions (principle and setup),
• selecting the best control law to match your requirements
Prior knowledge (performance, savings, robustness, etc.).
• Know the basic concepts of mechanics Maintenance diagnostics and processing Altivar 320 machine data:
(torque, force and power) and the components • processing diagnostic information,
of variable speed drives (rectifiers and • interpreting displayed values,
inverters), or have taken the following course: • identifying problems.
VVI page D18 Simulation of practical situations with operating failures without any
fault display (no starting, unstable speed, etc.):
• possible causes,
• solutions.
Curriculum Hands-on work:
• practical application of concepts addressed in presentations. For
Can be studied in greater depth example: simple commissioning, factory settings, monitoring, ramp and
V320AP page D23 set-point switching, faster, slower, specific setups according to load
(protective devices, savings, flexibility, etc.).
• Introduction to the configuration software and operation for
Altivar Machine 320.
• Altivar Machine 320 demonstration case with motor and control
terminal.

Altivar Machine 320 Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vm320 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar Machine 320 (dedicated applications)
V320AP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Use and operate specific Altivar 320 dedicated Course content
functions in variable speed control solutions for General presentation of variable speed drives:
machine manufacturers. • description of the drive and how to use the graphic display terminal,
• input/output characteristics and configuration options,
Designated skills • presentation of the optional boards, kits and accessories,
• Make optimum use of ATV Logic and ATV • standard and advanced drive functions to suit your application
Safety functions of the Altivar Machine 320 (principle and setup),
variable speed drive. • specific uses (ATV Logic automation function and integrated ATV
• Install and implement the drive. Safety functions),
• control possibilities to extend mechanical service life.
Intended audience
Variable speed drive environment:
Personnel who are in charge of selecting
• control (different control and set-point channels and switching
variable speed control solutions for projects, or
between two channels),
who are called upon to integrate Altivar Machine
• Power Removal (or Sto) safety function,
320 drives in applications, or who are called
• managing PTC motor sensors.
upon to write up adjustment datasheets for
these variable speed drives. Hands-on work:
• quick and complete commissioning procedure,
Prior knowledge • commissioning the logic function and safety functions, switching
• Know the basics of variable speed control and between different control and set-point channels, etc.
kinematics, or have taken the following course:
VVI page D18
terminal.

Career path including this course • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
(pages 14 to 21)
Automated installation operator Documents supplied
Safety automation designers • Qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-v320ap 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Diagnostics and maintenance
VMEX
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform diagnostics and take action in case Course content
of failure on a variable speed drive to minimize Interactions between variable speed drives and mechanical
production downtime. components:
• how to consider driving loads and impact of the main characteristics.
Designated skills Induction motors:
• Identify possible causes and correct them in • principle and key values for variable speed control.
the event of a fault on a variable speed drive.
• Know the specific features of applications with Variable speed drive operation and maintenance:
driving loads. • roles and limits of the configuration and settings,
• display and diagnostics tools,
Intended audience • applications with Altivar variable speed drives,
Personnel in charge of maintaining or operating • analysis of malfunctions detected by variable speed drives,
installations equipped with variable speed • safety, troubleshooting and restoring operation,
drives for induction motors. • basic principles of measurement and harmonics.
Hands-on work:
Prior knowledge • benches specially designed to reproduce the behaviour of loads
Know the basic concepts of mechanics and that are most frequently encountered in industry (lifting, pumps, fans,
electricity, or have taken the following course: conveyors, etc.),
G1 page B06 • highlighting of the specific features of each type of application,
• reproduction of true-to-life faults (outages, overloads, reverse load
rotation, etc.),
• software suite to optimise settings,
• setting up a lifting application and PID control according to your
requirements.
• Instructional model with variable speed drive.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vmex 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar Machine 340 (high-performance machine applications)
V340AP [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Use and operate the specific Altivar 340 Course content
dedicated functions in high-performance General presentation of variable speed drives:
variable speed control solutions. • brief description of the drive,
• getting started with the graphic display terminal and detailed
Designated skills examination of the specific menus,
• Use advanced functions of variable speed • principle and setup of advanced features,
drives. • optimisation of advanced features (response time, flexibility,
• Know the specific features of constant torque savings, etc.).
applications. Specific characteristics of constant torque loads:
• braking of driving loads.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to commission, maintain Hands-on work:
or optimise applications equipped with • master-slave function, multiple motors, multiple configurations and
Altivar Machine 340 variable speed drives. multiple drives,
• positioner mode,
Prior knowledge • web server,
Know the basics of variable speed control with • comparison of performance with different control laws,
the Altivar ATV340 and kinematics, or have taken • reproduction of true-to-life faults,
the following courses: • saving time to perform diagnostics using the SoMove software suite to
VVI page D18 optimise settings and maintenance, etc.
VE900 page D34 Application equipment
terminal.
Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21) • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
Altivar Machine 340

CPF codes

Altivar 61
VE61
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
control solutions designed for variable torque General presentation of variable speed drives:
applications equipped with an Altivar 61 drive. • description of the drive and how to use the graphic display terminal,
• Implement and make full use of variable speed • standard and advanced drive functions to suit your application
drives designed specifically for variable-torque (principle and setup),
applications such as fluid treatment facilities • control possibilities to extend mechanical service life,
(pumps and fans). • presentation of specific applications (parallel motors, DC bus power
supply, etc.).
Intended audience
Energy efficiency with variable speed drives:
• energy efficiency performance in industry and buildings,
variable speed control solutions for projects,
• calculating savings and return on investment,
or who are called upon to integrate Altivar 61
• sources of energy savings around motor-drive assemblies.
drives in applications, or who are called upon
to write up adjustment datasheets for these Variable speed drive environment:
variable speed drives. • EMC (high and low frequency disturbances, motor and network
harmonics issues with dedicated solutions),
Prior knowledge • control (different control and set-point channels and switching
Know the basics of variable speed control and between two channels),
kinematics, or have taken the following course: • Power Removal safety function,
VVI page D18 • managing PTC motor sensors.
Hands-on work:
• quick and complete commissioning procedure, menu customisation,
factory settings, switching between different sets of parameters while
Curriculum
running, commissioning of encoder feedback, switching between
Can be studied in greater depth different control and set-point channels, etc.
V61AP page D27
VDMHP page D30 • Demonstration case with Altivar variable speed drive, motor with
encoder feedback, contactors (line and supply side) and control
Career path including this course terminal.
(pages 14 to 21)
Designer of special machines • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
Altivar 61

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ve61 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar 61 (pumping and ventilation)
V61AP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
functions in variable-torque speed control Basics of asynchronous variable speed control:
solutions. • issue of taking electrical measurements around variable speed drives.
General presentation of variable speed drives:
Designated skills • brief description of the drive,
• Implement and make full use of the dedicated • getting started with the graphic display terminal and detailed
features of variable speed drives designed examination of the specific menus,
specifically for variable-torque applications such • principle and setup of standard features,
as fluid treatment facilities (pumps and fans). • optimisation of advanced features (response time, flexibility,
savings, etc.).
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to commission, maintain Specific characteristics of variable torque loads:
or optimise applications equipped with • different pump types,
Altivar 61 variable speed drives. • flying restart operations,
• flow rate or pressure increases: impact on the power chain.
Prior knowledge Diagnostics:
Know the basics of variable speed control and • easy diagnostics with the graphic display terminal,
kinematics, or have taken the following course: • Power Suite fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger),
VVI page D18 • component testing (input and output bridge),
• details of fault messages.
Hands-on work:
• underload or overload operation and alarm setting,
Curriculum • disturbance generation to validate control loops,
• comparison of performance with different control laws,
Career path including this course • reproduction of true-to-life faults (power outages, overloads, phase
(pages 14 to 21) losses, terminal faults, etc.): time-saver to perform diagnostics,
Automated installation operator • Power Suite or SoMove software suite to optimise setting and
maintenance, etc.
• Demonstration cases,
• Benches specially designed to reproduce the characteristics of
variable loads.

Documents supplied

CPF codes

Altivar 71
VE71
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
control solutions designed for constant torque General presentation of variable speed drives:
drives designed specifically for constant torque (principle and setup).
applications such as complex machines (driving Variable speed drive braking:
load: lifting, load handing and conveying). • different braking possibilities with variable speed drives,
• solutions with Altivar 71,
Intended audience
• selection guide and optimising the right solutions (variable speed
drive alone, braking resistor, network regeneration, sine wave bridge,
variable speed control solutions for projects,
etc.).
or who are called upon to integrate Altivar 71
drives in applications, or who are called upon Drive optimisation:
to write up adjustment datasheets for these • selecting the best control law,
variable speed drives. • control possibilities to extend mechanical service life,
• presentation of specific applications (parallel motors, DC bus power
Prior knowledge supply, etc.).
Know the basics of variable speed control and Variable speed drive environment:
kinematics, or have taken the following course: • EMC (high and low frequency disturbances, motor and network
VVI page D18 harmonics issues with dedicated solutions),
• control (different control and set-point channels and switching
between two channels),
• Power Removal safety function,
Curriculum • managing PTC motor sensors.
Can be studied in greater depth Hands-on work:
V71AP page D29 • quick and complete commissioning procedure, menu customisation,
VDMHP page D30 factory settings, switching between different sets of parameters while
running, commissioning of encoder feedback, switching between
different control and set-point channels, etc.
Automated installation operator • Demonstration case with Altivar variable speed drive, brake motor
with encoder feedback, contactors (line and supply side) and control
Designer of special machines terminal.

Documents supplied
Altivar 71

CPF codes

Altivar 71 (lifting, handling and conveying)
V71AP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Use and operate the specific Altivar 71 Course content
dedicated functions in constant torque speed Basics of asynchronous variable speed control:
control solutions. • issue of taking electrical measurements around variable speed drives.
Designated skills • brief description of the drive,
• Implement and make optimal use of the • getting started with the graphic display terminal and detailed
features of variable speed drives designed examination of the specific menus,
specifically for constant torque applications • principle and setup of standard features,
such as complex machines (driving load: lifting, • optimisation of advanced features (response time, flexibility, savings,
load handing and conveying). etc.).
Intended audience Variable speed drive braking:
Personnel called upon to commission, maintain • specific features of driving loads,
or optimise applications equipped with • different braking possibilities with variable speed drives,
Altivar 71 variable speed drives. • problems and solutions for each method.
Diagnostics:
Prior knowledge • easy diagnostics with the graphic display terminal,
Know the basics of variable speed control and • Power Suite fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger),
kinematics, or have taken the following course: • component testing (input and output bridge),
VVI page D18 • details of fault messages.
Hands-on work:
• brake control logic: commissioning and settings with driving load,
• comparison of performance with and without speed feedback
Curriculum (encoder),
Career path including this course • comparison of performance with different control laws,
(pages 14 to 21) • reproduction of true-to-life faults: outages (phase, encoder, etc.),
overloads, reverse load rotation, to save time with diagnostics,
• Power Suite or SoMove software suite to optimise setting and
maintenance.
• Demonstration cases.
driving loads.

Documents supplied

CPF codes

Altivar 61 and 71 (diagnostics and maintenance)
VDMHP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
of failure on Altivar 61 and 71 variable speed General presentation of variable speed drives:
drives to minimize production downtime. • description of the basic product and how to use the graphic display
terminal,
Designated skills • input/output characteristics and configuration options,
• Perform diagnostics and optimally maintain a • internal components.
variable speed drive equipped with a graphic Diagnostics:
display terminal to reduce maintenance times. • monitoring, diagnostics and protection of information with the graphic
display terminal,
Intended audience
• Power Suite fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger),
Personnel called upon to perform preventive or
• component testing (input and output bridge),
curative maintenance on existing installations
• details of fault messages,
equipped with Altivar 71 or 61 drives (no
• current, voltage and power measurement issues with variable speed
variable speed drive setup).
drives.
Prior knowledge Hands-on work:
Know the operating principles of variable speed • taking control in local mode, protection and visibility of parameters
control (induction motors, torque, motor-variable and menus, Simply Start menu, test and backup procedures, fault
speed drive interaction) or have taken the management, advanced diagnostics, Power Suite maintenance
following course: screens, oscilloscope, etc.
VVI page D18 • exercises on causes and solutions (readjustment of parameters, etc.)
in the event of undesired behaviour without any faults displayed,
• easily replaceable components (option board, fan, control module,
etc.).
Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21) • Specific case with Altivar variable speed drive, motor with encoder
feedback, brake, contactors (line and supply side) and control terminal.
Automated systems maintenance
technician
Documents supplied
Altivar 71

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vdmhp 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar Process 630 and 930 (diagnostics and maintenance)
VMPROS
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
of failure on Altivar 600 and 900 variable speed Graphic display terminal:
drives to minimize production downtime. • presentation of the graphic display terminal,
• surveillance operations, diagnostics and protection of information,
Designated skills • diagnostics on the occurrence of a fault,
• Perform diagnostics and optimally maintain • correcting malfunctions,
Altivar Process variable speed drives to reduce • configuring the graphic display terminal to protect sensitive
intervention times. parameters and/or menus.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to perform preventive or
curative maintenance on installations equipped
• internal components.
with Altivar Process 630 or 930 drives
(no variable speed drive setup). Diagnostics:
• monitoring and diagnostics using the graphic display terminal,
Prior knowledge • SoMove software fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger),
• Know the operating principles of variable • component testing (input and output bridge),
speed control for induction motors and the • details of fault messages,
kinematics of Altivar Process drives, or have • current, voltage and power measurement issues with variable speed
taken one of the following courses: drives.
VE600 page D32 Hands-on work:
VE900 page D34 • taking control of the drive in local mode,
• test and backup procedure,
• managing faults,
• advanced diagnostics with the SoMove software,
• exercises on causes and solutions in the event of undesired
behaviour without any faults displayed,
• easily replaceable components (option board, fan, control unit, etc.).
• Specific model equipped with Altivar process drive, motor and control
terminal.

Documents supplied
Altivar Process 930

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vmpros 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Altivar Process 630 (standard variable torque applications)
VE600
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
control solutions designed for variable torque General presentation of variable speed drives:
drives designed specifically for variable-torque (principle and setup).
applications such as fluid treatment facilities Energy efficiency with variable speed drives:
(pumps and fans). • energy efficiency performance in industry and buildings,
• sources of energy savings around motor-drive assemblies.
Intended audience
Personnel who are in charge of selecting Variable speed drive environment:
variable speed control solutions for projects, or • EMC (high and low frequency disturbances, motor and network
who are called upon to integrate Altivar Process harmonics issues with dedicated solutions),
630 drives in applications, or who are called • control (different control and set-point channels and switching
upon to write up adjustment datasheets for between two channels),
these variable speed drives. • STO safety function.
Hands-on work:
Prior knowledge • quick and complete commissioning procedure, menu customisation,
Know the basics of variable speed control and factory settings, switching between different sets of parameters while
kinematics, or have taken the following course: running, switching between different control and set-point channels,
VVI page D18 etc.
• SoMove software suite in diagnostics mode,
• configuration of the variable speed drive pocket terminal to optimise
Curriculum operation and energy efficiency of the motor-pump unit.
V600AP page D33 • Demonstration case with Altivar Process 630 variable speed drive,
motor with contactors and control terminal.
Automated installation operator • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Designer of special machines Documents supplied

CPF codes

Altivar Process 630 (pumping and ventilation)
V600AP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
functions in variable-torque speed control Basics of pumping:
solutions. • specific characteristics of variable-torque loads,
• issue covering different types of pumps and compressors.
Designated skills Energy efficiency with variable speed drives:
• Implement and make optimal use of the • energy efficiency performance in industry,
dedicated features of variable speed drives • calculating savings and return on investment,
designed specifically for variable-torque • sources of energy savings around motor-drive assemblies.
applications such as fluid treatment facilities
(pumps and fans). General presentation of variable speed drives:
• brief description of the drive,
Intended audience • getting started with the graphic display terminal and detailed
Personnel called upon to commission, maintain examination of the specific menus,
or optimise applications equipped with Altivar • principle and setup of standard features,
Process 630 variable speed drives. • optimisation of advanced features (response time, flexibility, savings,
etc.).
Prior knowledge Specific characteristics of variable-torque loads:
Know the basics of variable speed control on • flying restart operations,
the Altivar Process 630 and kinematics, or have • flow rate or pressure increases (impact on the power chain).
taken the following courses:
Diagnostics:
VE600 page D32 • easy diagnostics with the graphic display terminal,
• SoMove software suite fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger).
Hands-on work:
Curriculum • setting up and displaying the best pump efficiency point,
• underload or overload operation (alarm setting, disturbance
Career path including this course generation to validate control loops, comparison of performance
(pages 14 to 21) with different control laws, reproduction of true-to-life faults: power
Automated installation operator outages, overloads, phase losses, terminal faults, etc.) to save time on
diagnostics,
• SoMove software suite to optimise settings and maintenance.
• Demonstration cases.
variable loads.

Documents supplied

CPF codes

Altivar Process 930 (standard constant-torque applications)
VE900
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
control solutions designed for constant torque General presentation of variable speed drives:
• Implement and make optimal use of variable • standard drive functions to suit your application (principle and setup).
speed drives designed specifically for constant- Drive optimisation:
torque and high-torque applications such as • selecting the best control law,
industrial processes, machines, etc. • optimising settings according to the application to extend process
service life.
Intended audience
Personnel in charge of selecting variable speed Variable speed drive environment:
control solutions for projects, or who are called • EMC (high and low frequency disturbances, motor and network
upon to integrate Altivar Process 930 drives in harmonics issues with dedicated solutions),
applications, or who are called upon to write up • control (different control and set-point channels and switching
adjustment datasheets for these variable speed between two channels),
drives. • STO safety function.
Hands-on work:
Prior knowledge • quick and complete commissioning procedure, menu customisation,
• Know the basics of variable speed control and factory settings, pre-set speeds, ramp switching, switching between
kinematics, or have taken the following course: different sets of parameters while running, switching between different
VVI page D18 control and set-point channels, etc.
• SoMove software suite,
• configuration of the variable speed drive pocket terminal to optimise
operation of the motor-variable speed drive assembly.
Curriculum
• Demonstration case with Altivar Process 930 variable speed drive,
V900AP page D35
motor with control system and control terminal.

Automated installation operator • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Designer of special machines Documents supplied

Altivar Process 930

CPF codes

Altivar Process 930 (lifting, handling and conveying)
V900AP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
functions in constant torque speed control General presentation of the variable speed drive (revision VE900):
solutions. • brief description of the drive,
• getting started with the graphic display terminal and detailed
Designated skills examination of the specific menus,
• Implement and make optimal use of the • principle and setup of advanced features,
dedicated features of variable speed drives • optimisation of advanced features (response time, flexibility, savings,
designed specifically for constant-torque and etc.).
high-torque applications such as industrial Specific characteristics of constant torque loads:
processes, machines, etc. • braking of driving loads.
Intended audience Diagnostics:
Personnel called upon to commission, maintain • easy diagnostics with the graphic display terminal,
or optimise applications equipped with Altivar • SoMove software suite fast oscilloscope function (with Trigger).
Process 930 variable speed drives. Hands-on work:
• brake control logic: (lifting and linear motion: commissioning and
Prior knowledge settings with driving load),
• Know the basics of variable speed control and • master-slave function, multiple motors / multiple configurations and
kinematics with Altivar Process 930, or have multiple drives,
taken the following course: • reproduction of true-to-life faults, phase outage, overload, reverse
VE900 page D34 rotation, etc.),
• saving time to perform diagnostics using the SoMove software suite to
optimise settings and maintenance.
Application equipment:
Curriculum • demonstration case with Altivar Process 930 drive, and benches
Career path including this course specially designed to reproduce the characteristics of driving loads.
(pages 14 to 21)
Automated installation operator Application equipment
• Demonstration case with Altivar Process 930 variable speed drive,
motor with control system and control terminal.

Documents supplied

CPF codes

Motion control and linear axes
Basics of axis control
INMOT
(14 h) ex-VAT 40% tutorials Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size axis control Course content
solutions based on installation characteristics Interactions between variable speed drives and mechanical
and dedicated motion performance. components:
• key values,
Designated skills • machine torque and motor torque (acceleration and braking),
• Select, determine the size of and implement • variable speed drive-motor combination (operating quadrants),
axis control solutions to suit application • inertia,
constraints. • reduction gear,
• limits of conventional variable speed control.
Intended audience
Brushless motors:
Personnel in charge of selecting axis control
• definition,
solutions for projects or called upon to work on
installations equipped with brushless motors.
• specific sizing characteristics,
Prior knowledge • encoders.
Know the basics of variable speed control and Axis control:
kinematics, or have taken the following course: • principles,
VEG2 page D19 • vocabulary,
• presentation of the Schneider Electric range of motors and drives,
• selection guide.
Curriculum Tutorials:
Career path including this course • exercises that reflect several concrete applications (selecting
(pages 14 to 21) motors, variable speed drives and reduction gear) to apply the sizing
methodology presented during the course,
Digital-axis machine designer • exercises that deal with different cases found in industry with or
Designer of special machines without alternating cyclic operation,
• discussion phases to identify sources of cost reduction and to reach
a good cost/performance compromise.
• Axis control equipment.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-inmot 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lexium 28
LEX28
2.5 days € 1710 In-class 40% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size motion control Course content
solutions designed for applications equipped Operating principle:
with Lexium 28 servo-drives. • presentation of the Lexium 28 offering,
• variable speed drive/motor combinations (Lexium 28 / BCH2).
Designated skills Settings:
• Implement and make optimal use of a • using the SoMove software,
combined servo-drive solution dedicated to • analysis of setting and setup menus,
motion control with Lexium 28. • using the Lexium 28 variable speed drive in integrated positioner
mode.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to commission Lexium 28 Controlling the Lexium servo-drive:
servo-drives in positioning applications. • SoMachine,
• Motion Pro / CoDeSys.
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of variable speed control and Application equipment
kinematics, or have taken one of the following • Demonstration case with variable speed drive, servomotor and control
courses: terminal.
INMOT page D36 Training course validation
VEG2 page D19 • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
Curriculum • Qualification certificate.
(pages 14 to 21)

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-lex28 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lexium 32
LEX32
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size motion control Course content
solutions designed for applications equipped Operating principle:
with Lexium 32 servo-drives. • presentation of the Lexium 32 offering,
• variable speed drive/motor combinations (Lexium 32 / BSH, BMH),
Designated skills • standalone mode (positioning loop integrated in the drive).
• Implement and make optimal use of an Settings:
advanced motion control solution with • using the SoMove software,
Lexium 32. • analysis of the setting menus,
• optimising operating parameters,
Intended audience
• using the Lexium 32 variable speed drive in integrated positioner
Personnel called upon to commission Lexium 32
mode.
servo-drives in positioning applications.
Controlling the Lexium servo-drive:
Prior knowledge • SoMachine,
Know the basics of variable speed control and • Motion Pro.
kinematics, or have taken one of the following
courses: Application equipment
• Demonstration case with variable speed drive, servomotor and control
INMOT page D36
terminal.
VEG2 page D19
Curriculum

CPF codes

MAINAX
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform mechanical maintenance operations Course content
to minimize production downtime and implement Introduction to the range:
a preventive maintenance plan. • technology,
• axis types,
Designated skills • characteristics,
• Optimally implement, service, repair and • technical data.
replace a motion control solution with linear Using associated tools:
axes. • documentation,
• CAD model library,
Intended audience
• Excel sizing sheet,
Personnel in charge of designing automated
• spare parts and accessories.
installations or operating and maintaining
Lexium Linear Motion axes. Operating linear axes:
• servicing,
Prior knowledge • troubleshooting,
Know the basic concepts of automated • repair,
mechanisms. • related services.
Assembling and dismantling linear axes:
• replacing different components: belt drive, motor, reduction gear, limit
switches.
Career path including this course • Lexium Linear Motion linear axes.
(pages 14 to 21)
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mainax 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

High-performance motion control
PacDriveTM M basic service
BASSE
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
of failure on a PacDrive M high-performance PacDriveTM M system:
motion control system to minimize production • description of the equipment (controller, variable speed drive and
downtime. motor) with “PacDriveTM Documentation”.
Brushless axis and position control:
Designated skills • power management in drives (DC bus and bleeder),
• Effectively operate and maintain a • absolute position sensors (SinCos resolver and encoder),
PacDriveTM M high-performance motion • servo-control and position control with feedforward position gain (load
control solution. inertia).
Intended audience Diagnostics and fault messages:
Personnel called upon to work on machines • I²t fault,
equipped with the PacDriveTM M system and • tracking error fault,
who wish to become autonomous. • Sercos fault,
• etc.
Prior knowledge System backup and recovery.
Know the general principles of electrical
Safety circuit.
engineering and programmed logic, or have
taken the following course: Application equipment
LPEG2 page D63 • C600 and Max 4 axis controllers.
• MC-4 servo-drive.
• SH and SM brushless motors.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-basse 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ADVSE
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
of failure on a PacDrive M high-performance PacDriveTM M system:
motion control system to minimize production • description of the equipment (controller, variable speed drive and
downtime and make changes to the program to motor) with “PacDriveTM Documentation”.
adapt the machine to the production line. Brushless axis and position control:
• power management in drives (DC bus and bleeder),
Designated skills • absolute position sensors (SinCos resolver and encoder),
• Effectively operate, maintain and upgrade a • servo-control and position control with feedforward position gain (load
PacDriveTM M high-performance motion control inertia).
solution.
Diagnostics and fault messages:
Intended audience • I²t fault,
Personnel called upon to work on machines • tracking error fault,
equipped with the PacDriveTM M system and • Sercos fault,
who wish to become autonomous in conducting • etc.
diagnostics and programming the system. System backup and recovery.
Safety circuit.
Prior knowledge
Know the general principles of electrical EPAS-4 programming environment:
engineering and programmed logic, or have • IEC 61131-3 programming languages (CFC, FBD, LD, ST and IL),
taken the following course: • multitask system management (task configuration),
• project configuration and parameters (PLC configuration).
LPEG2 page D63
Basic concepts of PLC programming with “codesys”:
• declaring and instantiating function blocks (FB),
• pull-in or drop-out delay,
• input/output management on field bus (Profibus-DP and CANopen).
• C600 and Max 4 axis controllers.

Documents supplied
"Pick and place” robot

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-advse 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PacDriveTM M basic machine
BASMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform simple development tasks on Course content
PacDrive M high-performance motion control Programming of axis movement in the EPAS4 environment:
systems to match solutions to end-customer • IEC 61131-3 programming languages (CFC, FBD, LD, ST and IL),
requirements. • multitask system management (task configuration),
• project configuration and parameters (PLC configuration),
Designated skills • data types (implicit, structure and list),
• Design and program application-based • 8-channel digital oscilloscope with trigger (sampling trace),
functions for a PacDriveTM M high-performance • variable and recipe animation tables (watch & recipe manager),
motion control solution. • axis movement programming (home, positioning, MultiCam and
endless).
Intended audience
Automating machines with the program database:
Automation specialists experienced in
• principle and structure of template projects,
brushless axis programming who want to
• learning to use the template control interface,
work on the specialized functions provided by
• configuring equipment modules and axes,
the PacDriveTM M system equipped with the
• principle of the electronic cam master / slave system,
program database.
• definition of machine cycle and cam profiles,
Prior knowledge • setup for machine referencing,
Know the basics of automation and brushless • initialising motion data and commands.
axis control or have taken the following course:
ADVSE page D41 • C600 and Max 4 axis controllers.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-basma 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ADVMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform complex developments on Course content
PacDrive M high-performance motion control Programming a feeder with consideration of exceptions:
systems to match solutions to end-customer • configuring equipment modules and axes,
requirements. • principle of the electronic cam master/slave system,
Designated skills • changing cams in the next machine cycle,
• Design and program complex functions for a • modifying the current cam at a given point,
PacDriveTM M high-performance motion control • modifying the current cam as soon as possible.
solution. Programming a multi-format flow wrap:
• considering cams according to product length,
Intended audience
• programming a flying product change,
Personnel in charge of maintaining and
• simulating markings on packaging (camshaft),
repairing electromechanical installations, or
• phase shifting of double rotary blade cams,
automation specialists and programmers with
• automatic cross-section adjustment according to marking position.
PacDriveTM M controller experience.

• C600 and Max 4 axis controllers.
Know the PacDriveTM M system, or have taken
BASMA page D42
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-advma 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PacDriveTM 3 basic service
BASPD3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform diagnostics and take action in Course content
the event of failure on a PacDrive 3 high- PacDriveTM 3 system:
performance motion control system to minimize • PacDriveTM 3 system "Plug and Play" philosophy,
production downtime. • description of the equipment (controller, variable speed drive and
motor) with “PacDriveTM Documentation”.
Designated skills Brushless axis and position control:
• Effectively operate and maintain a PacDriveTM 3 • review of "brushless” motors,
high-performance motion control solution. • power management in drives (DC bus and bleeder),
• absolute position sensors (SinCos resolver and encoder),
Intended audience
• servo-control and position control with feedforward position gain (load
Personnel called upon to work on machines
inertia).
equipped with the PacDriveTM 3 system and who
wish to become autonomous. Safety circuit.
Diagnostics and fault messages:
Prior knowledge • I²t fault, tracking error fault, Sercos fault, etc.
Know the general principles of electrical • fault analysis, interpretation and solutions.
engineering and programmed logic, or have
System backup and recovery:
• FDR (fast device replacement).
LPEG2 page D63
• LMC600 axis controller.
• LXM62 servo-drive.
Curriculum • SH brushless motor.
ADSPD3 page D45
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-baspd3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ADSPD3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform diagnostics and take action in case of Course content
failure on a PacDrive 3 high-performance motion Schneider PacDriveTM 3 system:
control system to minimize production downtime • PacDriveTM 3 system "Plug and Play" philosophy,
and make changes to the program to adapt the • description of the equipment (controller, variable speed drive and
machine to the production line. motor) with “PacDriveTM Documentation”.
Brushless axis and position control:
Designated skills • review of "brushless” motors,
• Effectively operate, maintain and upgrade a • power management in drives (DC bus and bleeder),
PacDriveTM 3 high-performance motion control • absolute position sensors (SinCos resolver and encoder),
solution. • servo-control and position control with feedforward position gain (load
inertia).
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to work on machines Safety circuit.
equipped with the PacDriveTM 3 system and Diagnostics and fault messages
who wish to become autonomous in conducting • I²t fault, tracking error fault, Sercos fault, etc.
diagnostics and programming the system. • fault analysis, interpretation and solutions.
System backup and recovery
Prior knowledge
• FDR (fast device replacement).
engineering and programmed logic, or have SoMachine Motion (EPAS 5) programming environment
taken the following course: • IEC 61131-3 programming languages (CFC, FBD, LD, ST and IL),
• multitask system management (task configuration),
LPEG2 page D63
• project configuration and parameters (PLC configuration).
Basic concepts of PLC programming with “codesys”:
Curriculum • declaring and instantiating function blocks (FB),
• input/output management on field bus (Profibus-DP and CanOpen).
BAMPD3 page D46 Application equipment
• SH brushless motor.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-adspd3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PacDriveTM 3 basic machine
BAMPD3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform simple developments on PacDrive 3 Course content
high-performance motion control systems to Axis movement programming in the SoMachine Motion (EPAS 5)
match solutions to end-customer requirements. environment:
• IEC 61131-3 programming languages (CFC, FBD, LD, ST and IL),
Designated skills • multitask system management (Task Configuration),
• Design and program application-based • project configuration and parameters (PLC Configuration),
functions for a PacDriveTM 3 high-performance • data types (implicit, structure and list),
motion control solution. • digital oscilloscope,
• variable and recipe animation tables (Watch & Recipe Manager),
Intended audience • axis movement programming (Home, Positioning, MultiCam and
Automation specialists experienced in Endless).
brushless axis programming who want to work
Automation of machines with program database version 20:
on the specialized functions provided by the
• principle and structure of the V20 template project,
PacDriveTM 3 system equipped with the template
• learning to use the template control interface,
program database.
• configuring equipment modules and axes,
Prior knowledge • principle of the electronic cam master/slave system,
Have taken the following course: • definition of machine cycle and cam profiles,
• setup for machine referencing,
ADVSE page D41 • initialising motion data and commands.
Curriculum • LMC600 axis controller.
Can be studied in greater depth • SH brushless motor.
ADMPD3 page D47
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-bampd3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

ADMPD3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform complex developments on Course content
PacDrive 3 high-performance motion control Programming a feeder with consideration of exceptions:
systems to match solutions to end-customer • configuring equipment modules and axes,
requirements. • principle of the electronic cam master/slave system,
Designated skills • changing cams in the next machine cycle,
• Design and program complex functions for a • modifying the current cam at a given point,
PacDriveTM 3 high-performance motion control • modifying the current cam as soon as possible.
solution.
Intended audience • LMC600 axis controller.
Personnel in charge of maintaining and • LXM62 servo-drive.
repairing electromechanical installations, or • SH brushless motor.
automation specialists and programmers with
PacDriveTM 3 controller experience. Training course validation
Prior knowledge • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
BAMPD3 page D46 Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-admpd3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Migration from PacDriveTM M to PacDriveTM 3
MIGPDM3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Migrate the program for a solution equipped Course content
with PacDrive M to a PacDrive 3 solution. Introduction to the PacDriveTM 3 system:
• presentation of the equipment,
Designated skills • SoMachine Motion software tools,
• Implement the PacDriveTM 3 system to replace • integrating new components (axis, field bus, etc.),
a PacDriveTM M solution and migrate old EPAS 4 • using the integrated oscilloscope (Trace),
programs via SoMachine Motion (EPAS 5). • diagnostics.
New programming environment:
Intended audience
• basic operations,
Personnel in charge of programming and
• IEC editor differences,
debugging installations with PacDriveTM 3
• new libraries,
controllers.
• compatibility of PacDriveTM M / PacDriveTM 3 libraries,
Prior knowledge • new Etest function.
Master the PacDriveTM M system, or have taken Advanced SoMachine Motion software functions:
the following course: • object-oriented programming (OOP) philosophy,
BAMPD3 page D46 • introduction to OOP with a demonstration program.
Application:
• conversion of a project created with PacDriveTM M into PacDriveTM 3.
• SH brushless motor.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-migpdm3 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Integrating variable speed drives in communications networks
VVCOM
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Integrate variable speed drives into automation Course content
communications networks. Communication options for Altivar variable speed drives:
• presentation of the Altivar range and associated communications
Designated skills material,
• Program communications between a PLC and • description of the networks handled.
a variable speed drive in the Altivar range. Review of communication functions on the PLC side:
• Diagnose a communication problem through • reading/writing bits and words,
the PLC or the drive. • backing up and restoring parameters,
• different tools available depending on the support that is used,
Intended audience
• identification and function of variables.
Personnel in charge of designing or servicing
automation structures that implement Implementing different means of communication:
communications between PLCs and Altivar • Modbus,
drives. • CANopen,
• Ethernet.
Prior knowledge Diagnostics resources:
• Know how to program M340 PLCs with Unity • fault codes,
and know the basics of variable speed control, • diagnostics using the PLC,
or have taken the following courses: • SoMove software,
UNPP1 page D72 • pocket terminal,
++ VVI page D18 • web service.
• Altivar Machine 320 variable speed drive.
Curriculum • M340 PLC on Modbus, CANopen and Ethernet networks.
Automated systems maintenance • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
technician Documents supplied
Altivar Machine 320 Modicon M340

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vvcom 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Variable speed drive operation and specific functions
Courses on request
LEX15: 2.5 days (17 h) Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
VMLEX: 2.5 days (17 h) Implementation
ROBOT: 3 days (21 h) Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Determine and correctly size motion control
solutions designed for applications equipped
LEX15
with Lexium 15 or Lexium 17 servo-drives. Lexium 15 servo-drive
Designated skills
• Implement and maintain Altivar variable speed
drives or Lexium servo-drives.
Prior knowledge
Have taken one of the following courses:
INMOT page D36
VMLEX
Lexium 17 servo-drive
Objectives
• Implement a robot associated with a
PacDrive M or PacDrive 3 solution.
ROBOT
Specific robotic functions for applications controlled by
Designated skills PacDriveTM M and PacDriveTM 3
• Develop a packaging application.
Prior knowledge
BASMA page D42
or
BAMPD3 page D46

CPF codes

Industrial automation
Machine programming and motor control
Modicon M221 and SoMachine Basic dedicated software
PM221
2 days € 1090 E-learning 50% classes Design
(14 h) ex-VAT or Digital classroom 50% practical work Implementation
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Set up automation solutions equipped with Course content
Modicon M221 PLCs using the SoMachine Basic Presentation of the hardware:
dedicated software. • Modicon M221 processor modules,
• I/O modules,
Designated skills • meaning of the LEDs.
• Program and set simple machines using a Presentation of the software:
programmable logic controller (PLC). • configuration,
• programming,
Intended audience
• creating a new project,
Personnel in charge of developing machine
• converting TWIDO projects.
automation using the SoMachine Basic
dedicated software. Programming:
• creating a POU,
Prior knowledge • Ladder programming,
Know the principles of programmed logic or • access to internal variables and I/Os.
have taken the following course: Monitoring:
LPEG2 page D63 • monitoring of variables,
• program simulation,
• forcing variables,
• searching for variables.
Machine components including:
• Modicon M221 logic controller,
• variable speed drive,
• SoMachine Basic software (dedicated Modicon M221 programming
tool).

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pm221 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Development using the SoMachine software (basics)
SOMA1
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement simple automation solutions using Course content
the SoMachine software. SoMachine software:
• creation and structure of projects with SoMachine,
Designated skills • project ergonomics and report editing.
• Program and set machines using a Variables:
programmable logic controller (PLC). • data types,
• Access peripheral equipment via the CANopen • basic variables,
bus. • advanced data structuring.
Intended audience Languages available to describe and program machine operations:
Personnel called upon to develop machine • creating a POU,
automation. • LD, FBD, ST and CFC languages,
• functional libraries.
Prior knowledge CANopen:
Know the principles of programmed logic or • CANopen operating principles,
have taken the following course: • setting up the bus and communications,
LPEG2 page D63 • accessing peripheral equipment via CANopen (Lexium and I/O
modules),
• implementing Modbus.
Curriculum Machine development tools.
Complex machine designer • All machine components with, in particular:
--logic controllers,
Digital-axis machine designer --variable speed drives and servo-drives with motor,
--remote modules,
--display terminal,
--SoMachine software.

Schneider Electric "Designer of complex • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
machines using SoMachine software" • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
training path: Documents supplied
SOMA1 page D52 • Qualification certificate.
++ SOMA2 page D53
++ SOATV or SOLEX or SOLM78 page D54

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-soma1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Development using the SoMachine software (proficient)
SOMA2
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement advanced automation solutions Course content
using the SoMachine software. SoMachine:
• data types,
Designated skills • data structuring.
• Develop programming, diagnostics and Tested – Validated – Documented (TVD) architectures.
display tools to implement a machine faster.
Hardware:
Intended audience • expansion modules and characteristics,
Personnel called upon to develop machine • Safety offering.
automation and optimise development Custom libraries:
by customising programs, structures and • creation,
interfaces. • integration in the database,
• reuse and exporting.
Prior knowledge
Display screens:
Know the basic principles of programming with
• simple screens,
SoMachine or have taken the following course:
• configurable and instantiable screens.
SOMA1 page D52
Equipment models.
Integrating machines in Ethernet structures.
Curriculum • All machine components with, in particular:
--logic controllers,
--variable speed drives and servo-drives with motor,
(pages 14 to 21)
--remote modules,
Complex machine designer --display terminal,
Digital-axis machine designer --SoMachine software.
Designer of special machines Training course validation

Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "Designer of complex • Course materials.
machines using SoMachine software" • Qualification certificate.
training path:
SOMA1 page D52
++ SOMA2 page D53

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-soma2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Motion control using the SoMachine software (LMC058)
SOLEX
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement automation and motion control Course content
solutions equipped with LMC058 controllers and LMC058 controller:
Lexium 32 motion variable speed drives using • specific motion interfaces,
the SoMachine software. • Lexium 32 motion variable speed drive.
SoMachine software:
Designated skills • motion project creation and structure,
• Effectively program and operate a smart • project ergonomics and report editing.
motion control solution using the SoMachine
software. Managing views and dedicated variables:
• know the data types and use motion variables,
Intended audience • presentation and use of predefined motion views.
Personnel in charge of developing automation Writing and programming machine operations:
systems for motion-equipped machines • creating a POU (program, function and functional blocks),
and who want to use specific operating and • implementing LD, FBD, ST and CFC languages,
maintenance tools for these machines. • programming functions (cam profile, axis synchronisation and
interpolation).
Prior knowledge
Reusing motion functions:
Know the principles of programmed logic and
• managing motion libraries and using “motion” blocks,
motion control drive logic and have taken the
• creating and reusing pre-developed functions.
following courses:
Implementing and using CANmotion:
SOMA1 page D52
• CANmotion operating principles,
LEX32 page D38 • setting up bus and communications,
• using the “trace” tool.
Career path including this course All machine components with, in particular:
(pages 14 to 21) • logic controllers,
• variable speed drives and servo-drives with their motors,
• remote modules,
Digital-axis machine designer • display terminal,
• PC equipped with the SoMachine software.
Schneider Electric "Designer of complex Documents supplied

machines using SoMachine software" • Course materials.
certificate issued at the end of the following • Qualification certificate.
training path:
SOMA1 page D52
++ SOMA2 page D53
LMC058 Lexium 32

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-solex 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Motion control with SoMachine (LMC78 Sercos)
SOLM78
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement automation and motion control Course content
solutions equipped with LMC078 controllers and LMC078 controller:
Lexium 32S motion variable speed drives using • specific motion interfaces,
the SoMachine software. • Lexium 32S motion variable speed drive.
SoMachine software:
Designated skills • motion project creation and structure,
• Effectively design and operate a smart • project ergonomics and report editing.
motion control solution on Sercos bus using the
SoMachine software. Managing views and dedicated variables:
• know the data types,
Intended audience • using motion variables,
Personnel in charge of developing automation • presentation and use of predefined motion views.
systems for motion-equipped machines Languages available for writing and programming:
and who want to use specific operating and • creating a POU (program, function and functional blocks),
maintenance tools for these machines. • implementing LD, FBD, ST, CFC and SFC languages.
Prior knowledge
• managing motion libraries,
• using “motion” blocks.
motion control drive logic and have taken the
following courses: Implementing and using Sercos:
• Sercos operating principles,
SOMA1 page D52
• setting up bus and communications,
LEX32 page D38 • using the “trace” tool.
All machine components with, in particular:
Curriculum • logic controllers,
Career path including this course • variable speed drives,
(pages 14 to 21) • servo-drives with their motors,
• remote modules,
• display terminal,
Digital-axis machine designer • programming PC equipped with SoMachine.
Designer of special machines Training course validation
Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "Designer of complex • Course materials.
machines using SoMachine software" • Qualification certificate.
training path:
SOMA1 page D52
++ SOMA2 page D53

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-solm78 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Variable speed control using the SoMachine software
SOATV
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement automation and variable speed Course content
control solutions equipped with ATVIMC ATVIMC controller:
controller boards and Altivar 71 variable speed • specific motion interfaces,
drives using the SoMachine software. • Altivar 71 variable speed drive.
SoMachine software:
Designated skills • variable speed control project creation and structure,
• Effectively program and operate a smart • project ergonomics and report editing.
variable speed control solution using the
SoMachine software. Managing views and dedicated variables:
Intended audience • using motion variables,
Personnel in charge of developing automation • presentation and use of predefined variable speed control views.
systems for motion-equipped machines Languages available for writing and programming:
and who want to use specific operating and • creating a POU (program, function and functional blocks),
maintenance tools for these machines. • implementing LD, FBD, ST and CFC languages.
Prior knowledge
• managing variable speed drive libraries,
• using “variable speed control” blocks,
variable speed drive logic, and have taken the
• creating and reusing pre-developed functions.
following courses:
Implementing and using CANmotion:
SOMA1 page D52
• CANmotion operating principles,
VE71 page D28 • setting up bus and communications,
• using the “trace” tool.
Career path including this course All machine components with, in particular:
(pages 14 to 21) • logic controllers,
• variable speed drives and servo-drives with their motors,
• remote modules,
Designer of special machines • display terminal,
• programming PC equipped with SoMachine.

Schneider Electric "Designer of complex • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
machines using SoMachine software"
certificate issued at the end of the following Documents supplied
training path: • Course materials.
SOMA1 page D52
++ SOMA2 page D53
Altivar 71

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-soatv 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Development using the SoHVAC software
HVAC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement automation solutions equipped Course content
with M171 controllers dedicated to fluid Presentation of the hardware:
management (HVAC) in commercial buildings • controller,
using the SoHVAC software. • Altivar 212 HVAC drive,
• input/output extensions.
Designated skills SoMachine HVAC software:
• Transcribe a heating, ventilation and air • project creation and structure,
conditioning (HVAC) automation requirement • project ergonomics,
into an executable program on a programmable • tools.
logic controller (PLC).
Managing variables:
Intended audience • data types,
Personnel called upon to develop machine • use and definition of standard and structured variables.
application programs (for heating, ventilation, Creating an application:
refrigeration or air conditioning systems) and • operation and setting up of tasks,
who wish to become autonomous in setting up • programming in CFC language,
and maintaining the process. • programming the HMI,
• how to debug your application.
Prior knowledge
Programming communications:
Know the principles of programmed logic or
• Modbus communications,
• BACnet communications,
LPEG2 page D63 • Ethernet communications.
• All components of a ventilation machine with, in particular:
--an M171 controller,
--an Altivar 212 drive with motor,
--an HMI to control the machine and adjust parameters.

ATV 212 drive Documents supplied

SoHVAC

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-hvac 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Initiation
Introduction to the Unity-Pro software environment
DCUNY
1 day € 500 ex-VAT Digital classroom 50% classes Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform simple development tasks using the Course content
Unity-Pro application. Unity-Pro software:
• features and ergonomics,
Designated skills • creation and structure of Unity-Pro applications,
• Navigate and use Unity-Pro software. • structural and functional views.
• Program a very simple function in a graphical Managing variables:
programming language. • getting started with the data editor,
• know the data types.
Intended audience
Personnel who want to discover the Unity-Pro Implementing a programming language:
programming software. • creating a section,
• implementing the Ladder language.
Prior knowledge
Know the basic concepts of programmed logic, Application equipment
or have taken the following course: • Digital classroom model that can be remotely accessed with:
--Unity-Pro software,
LPEG2 page D63
--Modicon M340 PLC.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dcuny 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Initiation
Introduction to communications with Unity-Pro software
DCCOUN
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Make networked automation equipment Course content
communicate using Unity-Pro software. Modbus bus:
• operating principles,
Designated skills • software implementation.
• Set up a Modbus and Ethernet communication Ethernet network:
function in the Unity-Pro environment. • operating principles,
• TCP/IP profile.
Intended audience
Maintenance personnel who want to integrate or Different types of additional boards:
modify communication functions in an existing • on Modicon M340,
Unity-Pro application. • on Modicon Premium.
Communication function blocks:
Prior knowledge • different existing blocks,
Know the basics of programming with Unity-Pro, • description and operation,
or have taken the following course: • Modbus and Ethernet programming exercises.
UP340 page D66
• Digital classroom model that can be remotely accessed with:
--Unity-Pro software,
--Modicon M340 PLC.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dccoun 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Initiation
Introduction to the SoMachine software environment
DCSOMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program simple function using the SoMachine Course content
software. SoMachine software:
Designated skills • creation and structure of SoMachine applications,
• Navigate and use the SoMachine software. • operating modes (online and simulator).
• Program a very simple function in a graphical Managing variables:
programming language. • getting started with the data editor,
• know the data types.
Intended audience
Maintenance personnel who want to understand Implementing a programming language:
and modify an existing SoMachine application. • creating functions,
• implementing the Ladder language and functional blocks.
Prior knowledge
Know the basic concepts of programmed logic, Application equipment
or have taken the following course: • Digital classroom model that can be remotely accessed with:
--SoMachine software,
LPEG2 page D63
--Modicon M241 controller.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-dcsoma 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge
Automated system components
IFAI
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know the devices that make up an automated Course content
system and their functions. General structure of automation systems.
Components in the operating part:
Designated skills • mechanical installation,
• Starting from simple specifications, identify • electrical and pneumatic actuators.
and incorporate basic components in response
to an automation request. Components in the control part:
• power control: role and technologies,
Intended audience • data acquisition: type of information and related sensors,
Personnel who want to learn about industrial • human-machine dialogue,
automation systems. • data processing unit.
Programmable logic controllers:
Prior knowledge • internal structure,
None • hardware presentation,
• Ladder programming,
• Grafcet function blocks.
Curriculum
Current evolution of industrial PLCs:
• industrial local area network,
LPEG2 page D63 • hierarchically-organised and distributed systems.
Career path including this course • Pneumatic equipment.
(pages 14 to 21) • XBT terminal.
LV installation maintenance technician • Modicon Micro PLC.
• Electrical panel.
• Pneumatic panel.
• Programming terminal.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ifai 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge
Basics of efficient maintenance
INIMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know the devices that make up an automated Course content
system, along with their functions and discover Different components in automated machines:
the different maintenance methodologies. • sensors/actuators,
• electric motors,
Designated skills • variable speed drives,
• Actively participate in maintenance operations. • programmable logic controllers,
• operator dialogue.
Intended audience
Programmable logic controllers:
Personnel called upon to perform maintenance
• general information,
operations on automated installations.
• architecture,
Prior knowledge • operating principle,
None or have taken the following course: • display/diagnostics.
IFAI page D61 PLC variables and main languages:
• inputs, outputs, bit and words,
• Ladder,
• Grafcet.
Curriculum
Source of failures:
Can be studied in greater depth • search and analysis of indicators provided by the machine or
MDCE page D80 retrieved using a setup terminal (observation of fault indicators and
codes provided by equipment, etc.),
• application of a methodology.
(pages 14 to 21) Restarting production:
• initialising control and operating parts.
• Control part with PLC, operator dialogue and variable speed drive.
• Operating part with sensors and actuators.
• Complete electrical cabinet.
• Technical data file.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-inima 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

General knowledge
Programmed logic and programmable logic controllers
LPEG2
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know the role of programmable logic
Course content
controllers in automated systems, their Functions of programmable system components.
operating mode and how to program them. Structure of automation systems:
• general structure,
Designated skills • operating part and control part.
• Program simple functions in programmable
Principle of programmable systems:
logic controllers and ensure that these functions
• IEC 1131-3 programming languages,
work properly.
• structure of programming languages,
Intended audience • definitions of objects.
Personnel called upon to design or maintain Programmed system architecture:
industrial automation systems. • memory,
• processors,
Prior knowledge • input and output interfaces.
Know Grafcet automation processing principles Operation of programmable logic controllers:
or have taken the following course: • program scanning,
IFAI page D61 • input/output memory,
• internal memory.
Curriculum Implementing programmable systems:
• specific points to be complied with when processing industrial
Can be studied in greater depth automation systems,
AP571 page D64 • roles of different devices.
UNPP1 page D72 Examination of applications:
• exercises on Unity-Pro software,
• programming and debugging concepts.
LV installation maintenance technician • Unity-Pro software.
Automated systems maintenance Training course validation
technician
Documents supplied
Special / digital-axis machine designer • Course materials.
Unity-Pro
• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-lpeg2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (PL7-Pro, basics)
AP571
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program basic functions of Modicon Premium Course content
programmable logic controllers using PL7-Pro Modicon Premium offering:
software. • CPU structure: architecture and memory,
• input/output modules,
Designated skills • specific modules.
• Transpose simple automation requirements into PL7-Pro software for Windows:
PLC programs in different languages. • ergonomics,
• Diagnose and modify these programs to • operating procedures,
develop them. • programming and program sections,
• Ladder language,
Intended audience
• Grafcet language,
Personnel called upon to develop automation
• Literal language,
applications that implement Modicon Premium
• List language,
PLCs.
• debugging.
Prior knowledge Operating screens:
Know the principles of programmed logic or • creating screen images,
have taken the following course: • assistance with program debugging,
LPEG2 page D63 • exercises on process simulator.
• Modicon Premium PLC.
Curriculum • Process simulator.
• PL7-Pro software.
AP576 page D65 Training course validation
Career path including this course • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Automated installation operator • Course materials.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ap571 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (PL7-Pro, proficient)
AP576
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program advanced functions of Modicon Course content
Premium programmable logic controllers using Modicon Premium structure:
PL7-Pro software. • hardware,
• architectures,
Designated skills • memory,
• Transpose advanced automation requirements • specific modules.
into executable PLC programs. Review of the languages:
• Develop custom programming and diagnostics • Ladder,
tools. • Grafcet,
• Litteral.
Intended audience
Personnel called upon to develop automation DFB programming (macro instruction):
applications that implement Modicon Premium • creating user function libraries,
PLCs with advanced functions. • definition of interfaces,
• writing software code.
Prior knowledge Specific functions:
Master PLC programming and implementation • functional description and access to coupler parameters,
or have a good level of experience in the PC • analogue function and control approach,
environment, or have taken the following course: • fast counting function and event management,
AP571 page D64 • communication function, applications on Fipio and asynchronous
links.
Application approach:
• power line recovery and multitask processing,
Curriculum • exercises on process simulator.
Automated installation operator • Modicon Premium PLC.
• Process simulator.

Documents supplied

CPF codes

Programming
Modicon M340 (Unity-Pro, basics)
UP340
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program basic functions of Modicon M340 Course content
programmable logic controllers using Unity-Pro Basic software and hardware items in the Modicon M340 range.
software. Presentation of the Unity offering.
Designated skills Presentation of the Modicon M340 offering:
• Transpose simple automation requirements into • understand the Modicon M340 offering,
executable PLC programs. • configuring a Modicon M340 CPU,
• Diagnose and modify these programs to • introduction to integrated communications on CPUs.
develop them. Unity-Pro software:
• installation and rights transfer procedures,
Intended audience • features and ergonomics,
Persons called upon to develop applications • creation and structure of Unity-Pro applications,
based on Modicon M340 PLCs with Unity-Pro. • structural and functional views.
Managing variables:
Prior knowledge
• getting started with the data editor,
• using and defining elementary variables,
LPEG2 page D63 • presentation of advanced data structuring.
Presentation and implementation of programming languages (LD,
SFC, FBD, ST and IL):
Curriculum • creating sections,
• implementing different languages,
Can be studied in greater depth • instructions that can be used in different languages.
UH340 page D67 Presentation of application debugging tools.
Methodological approach to creating applications.
• Unity-Pro software.
• Modicon M340 PLC.
• Operational part simulator.

Schneider Electric "Senior programmer on • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Modicon PLCs: Unity Pro on Modicon M340"
certificate issued at the end of the following Documents supplied
training path: • Course materials.
UP340 page D66 • Qualification certificate.
++ UH340 page D67
++ UNPP3 page D74
Unity-Pro

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-up340 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon M340 (Unity-Pro, proficient)
UH340
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program advanced functions of Modicon Course content
M340 programmable logic controllers using Presentation of the specialised offering (hardware and software):
Unity-Pro software. • fast counting offering,
• analogue offering,
Designated skills • communications offering.
• Transpose advanced automation requirements Data management:
into executable PLC programs. • structured variables,
• Develop custom programming and diagnostics • DFB library.
tools.
• Acquire a sufficient level of autonomy to Programming languages (LD, SFC, FBD and ST):
implement analogue channels, a counting board • instructions that can be used in different languages,
and communications. • debugging functions.
FDT/DTM.
Intended audience Operating screens.
Personnel called upon to develop applications
that implement advanced (or specialized) Application equipment
functions on Modicon M340 PLCs with Unity-Pro. • Modicon M340 PLC.
Prior knowledge • Unity-Pro software.
Know Modicon M340 PLCs or have taken the
following course: Training course validation
UP340 page D66 • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
Curriculum • Course materials.
Career path including this course • Qualification certificate.
(pages 14 to 21)
Schneider Electric "Senior programmer on

Modicon PLCs: Unity Pro on Modicon M340"
training path:
UP340 page D66
++ UH340 page D67
++ UNPP3 page D74 Unity-Pro

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-uh340 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon M580 (Unity-Pro, basics)
UP580
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Structure Modicon M580 PLC architecture Course content
using Unity Pro software. Presentation of the hardware:
• processor module,
Designated skills • racks,
• Transpose complex automation requirements • inputs/outputs,
into Ethernet architecture that communicates • extensions,
with remote equipment. • weighing board,
• HART communications module.
Intended audience
Creating architectures:
Personnel called upon to develop Modicon
• local,
M580-based automation structures.
• remote,
Prior knowledge • distributed.
Know the basics of programming with Unity-Pro, Programming:
or have taken the following course: • using RIOs (Remote I/Os),
UNPP1 page D72 • using DIOs (Distributed I/Os),
• using double-ring I/Os,
UP340 page D66 • integrating equipment in the structure via Modbus communications,
• time-stamping at source (clock synchronisation and software
Curriculum implementation).
Career path including this course Protection of architectures.
(pages 14 to 21)
Smart integration consultant Application equipment
• Automation structure equipment:
Advanced smart integrator --Modicon M580 Programmable Automation Controller (PAC),
--remote extension rack,
--Advantys STB island,
--Altivar variable speed drive.
Schneider Electric certificates issued at the
end of the following training paths: Training course validation
“Smart industrial automation integration • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
consultant": • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
INDCON page D96 Documents supplied
++ UP580 page D68 • Course materials.
++ SENCYB page D93 • Qualification certificate.
++ ROUT page D95
++ SP2014R2 page D104
“Integrator specialised in smart Industrial

automation systems":
INDCON page D96
++ UP580 page D68
++ CYBINDUS page D94
++ ROUT page D95
++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ DEREFEI page B83

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-up580 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon M580 (Hot Standby)
UH580
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Structure and program redundant architecture Course content
based on Modicon M580 programmable logic Industrial system redundancy concepts.
controllers. Introduction to Modicon M580 Hot Standby.
Designated skills Possible architectures.
• Implement redundancy on Modicon M580 Creating programming structure and applying standards.
PLCs using proposed hardware and software Best practices:
tools. • hardware designation,
• Assess system performance and diagnose • software programming.
problems.
Characteristics and performance.
Intended audience Determining response time and optimisation.
Personnel called upon to implement ePAC Diagnostic methods and problem-solving.
Modicon M580-based redundant architectures.
Prior knowledge • Modicon M580 programmable application controllers.
Know the basics of programming using Unity- • Remote extension rack.
Pro with Modicon M580, or have taken the • Advantys STB island.
following course: • Altivar variable speed drive.
UP580 page D68
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-uh580 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Safety automation devices
Modicon M580
M580SAF [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program specific functions of Modicon M580 Course content
programmable safety controllers using Unity-Pro Safety PLC offering:
software. • creating applications for safety PLCs,
• know the standards that govern safety PLCs.
Designated skills General presentation:
• Create and implement applications based on • safety PLC norms and standards,
safety automation architecture. • architectures.
Intended audience Modicon M580 safety PLC range:
Personnel called upon to develop automation • ergonomics,
applications suitable for safety environments. • review of the architectures.
Implementing and configuring application-based functions:
Prior knowledge • digital,
Know the basics of electricity and programming • analogue,
with Unity-Pro, or have taken the following • line control.
courses:
Presentation of openness and connectivity:
G1 page B06 • Modbus,
DCUNY page D58 • Safe Ethernet,
• Modbus TCP/IP.
• Modicon M580 safety PLC.
• Remote safety inputs/outputs.
• Unity-Pro programming software.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-m580saf 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (PL7) migration to Modicon M580 (Unity-Pro)
UNP7D
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Upgrade Modicon Premium-based automated Course content
systems with PL7 to Modicon M580 using Migration from PL7-Pro software to the Unity-Pro software suite:
Unity-Pro software. • differences,
• new features,
Designated skills • application conversion tool.
• Transpose simple automation requirements Data management:
into executable PLC programs. • basic variables,
• Migrate applications described using PL7- • structured variables,
pro software running on Modicon Premium • advanced functions with IEC standard languages (LD, SFC, FBD and
hardware to the new Modicon M580 hardware ST),
platform. • DFB library.
Intended audience Management of rights:
Personnel who have developed applications • access,
with PL7-Pro and who want to upgrade them to • traceability.
Unity-Pro software, or personnel who have an Programming languages:
installed a PLC base based on both software • new programming languages (FBD and SFC),
suites and who want to manage upgrades. • debugging functions in IEC languages.
Reuse and standardisation by importing/exporting all or part of an
Prior knowledge
application.
Know how to program applications with PL7-Pro
software for Modicon Premium, or have taken Methodological approach to creating applications.
AP571 page D64 • Modicon Premium PLC.
• Modicon M580 PLC configuration.

Documents supplied
Unity-Pro

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-unp7d 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, basics)
UNPP1
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program basic functions of Modicon Premium Course content
programmable logic controllers using Unity-Pro Unity offering.
software. Modicon Premium offering:
• introduction to the components and features (software and hardware),
Designated skills • configuring a CPU,
• Transpose simple automation requirements into • integrated communication functions.
executable PLC programs.
• Diagnose and modify these programs to Unity-Pro software:
develop them. • installation and rights transfer procedures,
Intended audience • creation and structure of Unity applications,
Persons called upon to develop applications • structural and functional views.
based on Modicon Premium PLCs with Unity-Pro Managing variables:
software. • data editor,
• data types and basic variables,
Prior knowledge • advanced data structuring.
Presentation and implementation of programming languages (LD,
have taken the following course and have never
SFC, FBD, ST and IL):
programmed Modicon Premium with PL7-Pro
• sections,
software:
• different languages,
LPEG2 page D63 • instructions that can be used in different languages.
Application debugging tools.
Curriculum Methodology to create applications.
UNPP2 page D73 • Modicon Premium PLC.
Career path including this course • Unity-Pro software.
(pages 14 to 21)
Automated installation operator • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "Senior programmer • Qualification certificate.
on Modicon PLCs: Unity Pro on
Modicon Premium" certificate issued at the
end of the following training path:
UNPP1 page D72
++ UNPP2 page D73
++ UNPP3 page D74
Unity-Pro

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-unpp1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, proficient)
UNPP2
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program specialised functions of PLCs Course content
and develop custom "templates" to improve Presentation of the specialised offering (hardware and software):
development speed and reliability for future • fast counting offering,
applications. • analogue offering,
• communications offering.
Designated skills Data management:
• Transpose advanced automation requirements • structured variables,
into executable PLC programs. • specialised functions with languages,
• Develop custom programming and diagnostics • derived function blocks (DFB),
tools. • DFB library.
• Acquire a sufficient level of autonomy to
implement analogue channels, a counting board Programming languages (LD, SFC, FBD and ST):
and communications. • instructions that can be used in different languages,
• Program advanced functions of Modicon • debugging functions.
M340 PLCs using Unity-Pro software. Management of rights:
• access,
Intended audience • traceability.
Persons called upon to develop Modicon Reuse and standardisation by importing/exporting parts of
Premium-based applications with Unity-Pro applications.
software.
FDT/DTM.
Prior knowledge Operating screens.
Know how to program applications with Unity-
Pro software for Modicon Premium, or have Application equipment
taken the following course: • Modicon Premium PLC.
UNPP1 page D72 • Operational part simulator.

Curriculum • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
UNPP3 page D74 Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)
Schneider Electric "Senior programmer

on Modicon PLCs: Unity Pro on
Modicon Premium" certificate issued at the
end of the following training path:
UNPP1 page D72
++ UNPP2 page D73
++ UNPP3 page D74 Unity-Pro

CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, specialist)
UNPP3
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program specialised functions of Modicon Course content
Premium programmable logic controllers using Advanced tools in the Unity-Pro software suite.
Unity-Pro software. Object programming.
Designated skills Data objects:
• Increase productivity when developing PLC • variables,
applications by optimally organizing programs. • DDT,
• IODDT.
Intended audience Program objects:
Personnel called upon to develop applications • programming languages,
on automated installations using Unity- • DFB,
Pro software and called upon to optimise • functional view.
applications and development time. Reusing objects:
• importing/exporting objects,
Prior knowledge
• shared database,
Know Unity-Pro software or have taken one of
• presentation of XML openness.
the following courses:
Unity-Pro configuration:
UNPP2 page D73
• software options,
UNP7D page D71 • project options,
UH340 page D67 • customising the variable editor.
Tools:
• operating screens,
Curriculum • animation tables,
• backing up data.
Automated installation operator • Modicon M340 or Premium PLC.

Schneider Electric certificates issued at the • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
end of the following training paths: • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
"Senior programmer on Modicon PLCs: Unity
Documents supplied
Pro on Modicon Premium":
UNPP1 page D72 • Qualification certificate.
++ UNPP2 page D73
++ UNPP3 page D74
"Senior programmer on Modicon PLCs: Unity

Pro on Modicon M340":
UP340 page D66
++ UH340 page D67
++ UNPP3 page D74
Unity-Pro

CPF codes

Programming
Modicon Quantum (Unity-Pro, basics)
UNQP1
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program basic functions of Modicon Quantum Course content
programmable logic controllers using Unity-Pro Hardware offering:
software. • I/O module CPUs,
• decentralized RIO and QEIO architectures.
Designated skills Unity-Pro software.
• Transpose simple automation requirements into
executable PLC programs. Language objects:
• Diagnose and modify these programs to • I/O addressing rule.
develop them. Programming languages:
• new project,
Intended audience • program structure and memory structure,
Persons called upon to develop applications • basic variables.
based on Modicon Premium PLCs with Unity-Pro SFC, contact (LD), structured (ST) and FBD.
software.
Advanced structuring of an application:
Prior knowledge • DFB user function blocks,
Know the principles of programmed logic or • derived data types (DDT).
have taken the following course: Application debugging tools:
LPEG2 page D63 • debugging screens,
• diagnostic functions,
• diagnostic DFB.
Hot Stand-by redundancy.
Archiving a project.
• Modicon Quantum PLC.
Unity-Pro

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-unqp1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Control (technical basics)
REGBA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and implement automatic control Course content
systems. Control techniques:
• principles: sensors and actuators,
Designated skills • measuring and control chain,
• Produce a diagram of a control loop to satisfy • symbols and reading diagrams.
a process requirement. Process instrumentation:
• Understand the role of the various devices in a • measuring techniques,
control system. • operation,
• Situate industrial process components in their • measuring chain.
environment.
Closed-loop control:
Intended audience • presentation,
Personnel called upon to service or program • behaviour of processes,
installations that include control systems. • influence of parameters,
• management and operation of controllers,
Prior knowledge • PID.
Know the basics of automation or have taken Identifying processes:
the following course: • methods for stable and unstable processes.
IFAI page D61
• Industrial control model.

UNRG1 page D77
REG57 page D78 Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-regba 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Control (Modicon M340 with Unity-Pro)
UNRG1
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and implement control loops with Course content
Modicon M340 programmable logic controllers Control offering:
using Unity-Pro software. • IEC 1131-3 languages,
• predefined diagrams (Loops).
Designated skills Analogue data acquisition:
• Program control loops in industrial • analogue boards,
programmable logic controllers (PLCs). • setting up analogue inputs/outputs.
• Optimise operating parameters.
PID corrector (setup):
Intended audience • FBD.
Personnel called upon to develop control Self-adjustment by FBD.
applications using Unity-Pro software. Cascade control by FBD:
• setting of master and slave loops.
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of industrial control and Hot/cold control and Split-range by FBD.
Unity-Pro software, or have taken the following Interface with the PLC:
courses: • loop operating modes.
UNPP2 page D73 "Feed-Forward” loop.
REGBA page D76
• Industrial control models.

Documents supplied
Unity-Pro

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-unrg1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Programming
Control (Modicon Premium with PL7-Pro)
REG57
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and implement control loops with Course content
Modicon Premium programmable logic Modicon Premium control offering:
controllers using PL7-Pro software. • processors,
• software,
Designated skills • analogue couplers.
• Program control loops in industrial PID corrector:
programmable logic controllers (PLCs). • setup and adjustments.
• Optimise operating parameters.
Internal model corrector (IMC):
Intended audience • setup and adjustments.
Personnel called upon to develop control Self-adjustment.
applications using PL7-Pro software. Cascade control:
• settings for master/slave loops.
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of industrial control and "Leadlag” function.
PL7-Pro software, or have taken the following "Split-Range" control:
courses: • settings.
AP576 page D65 Set-point generator.
REGBA page D76 Integration of control with human/machine dialogue on Magelis
graphical display terminal:
• using preconfigured screens.
Interface with the PLC:
• loop operating mode,
• program interface.
• Magelis XBT-F terminal.
• PL7-Pro and XBTL 1000 software.
• Industrial control model.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-reg57 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

PLC programming and specific modules
Courses on request
AP370: 4 days (28 h) Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
TWIDO: 2 days (14 h) Implementation
CCPTL: 5 days (35 h) Operation
CAX57: 3 days (21 h) Maintenance
UNAX1: 3 days (21 h) Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and implement solutions with older
automation platform generations.
AP370
Modicon TSX Micro
Designated skills
• Program a PLC.
Prior knowledge
IFAI page D61
TWIDO
TSX Twido
CCPTL
Concept software for
Modicon Quantum PLC
Objectives
• Design an axis control system with Modicon
Premium PLCs.
CAX57
Modicon Premium
Designated skills with PL7-Pro software
• Implement an axis control system. (axis control)
Prior knowledge for CAX57
AP571 page D64
Prior knowledge for UNAX1

UNAX1
Have taken one of the following courses: Modicon Premium
UNPP1 page D72 with Unity-Pro software
(axis control)

CPF codes

In-service support
Machine maintenance
MDCE
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Perform and organise maintenance operations Course content
on automated systems to optimise uptime. Detecting a failure and method to find the cause:
• detection: stoppage and malfunction,
Designated skills • attitude to adopt for malfunctions by applying troubleshooting
• Perform simple fault diagnostics on automated methodology,
installations and take action using diagnostic • preliminary diagnostic,
tools. • diagnostics,
• Use suitable troubleshooting tools to put • preparation,
installations back into operation quickly. • troubleshooting,
• Incorporate troubleshooting methodology into • testing,
control procedures for automated installations. • report,
• using tools to control the automated unit,
Intended audience • application on production systems.
Personnel called upon to perform maintenance
Diagnostic tools available on automated installations via the software:
operations on automated installations.
• animation tables,
Prior knowledge • debugging screens,
Know the basics of automation and electricity, or • diagnostic functions,
have taken the following course: • Grafcet debugging,
• operating screens,
INIMA page D62 • languages,
• reading and interpreting a program.
Problems encountered in troubleshooting methodology:
Curriculum • curative maintenance,
• preventive maintenance.
Automated systems maintenance • Integrated production system.
• Operating software and operating screens.
technician • Automated modules.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mdce 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

In-service support
PLC maintenance (Unity-Pro)
MAINAP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Maintain automated applications using Course content
industrial PLCs with modern hardware, software Presentation of different automation system components:
tools and methods to optimise their operation. • troubleshooting after internal or external incidents,
• learning troubleshooting methodology.
Designated skills Introduction to PLCs:
• Diagnose (including remotely), repair and • visual information available on PLCs,
modify automation systems in accordance with • presentation and role of interfaces.
operating requirements.
• Develop custom tools to improve Seeking additional information:
maintainability of applications. • tools available on Ethernet,
• information accessible via the Web.
Intended audience Going further with Unity-Pro:
Personnel called upon to perform maintenance • general presentation of Unity-Pro,
operations on automated installations based on • functional views,
Modicon Premium and/or Modicon M340. • diagnostics DFB,
• diagnostics viewer,
Prior knowledge • operating screens,
Know the basic concepts of programmed logic, • system bits and words,
or have taken the following course: • modifying programs in LD, SFC or FBD language,
LPEG2 page D63 • dynamic display of programs.
Optimising maintenance:
• developing software tools to improve installation maintainability,
Curriculum • using Diag Viewer available on the Web or Unity-Pro,
• sending emails.
(pages 14 to 21) Recommissioning:
• transferring and backing up application programs via
Automated systems maintenance Unity-Pro.
technician
Connected operator • Modicon M340.
• Modicon Premium.

Schneider Electric "Smart industry • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
automation systems operator" certificate • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
issued at the end of the following training
path: Documents supplied
INDCON page D96
++ MAINAP page D81
++ SENCYB page D93

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mainap 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

In-service support
PLC maintenance (PL7-Pro)
AM570
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Make maximum use of PL7-Pro software Course content
capabilities to optimise operation and Hardware offering:
maintenance of automated installations. • power supply, CPUs, memories and racks,
• connections,
Designated skills • input/output modules and specialised modules.
• Diagnose, repair and recommission an PL7-Pro software:
automated system controlled by an industrial • Windows ergonomics and operating procedures.
programmable logic controller (PLC).
Reading, interpreting and modifying programs with PL7-Pro:
Intended audience • languages and function blocks.
Personnel called upon to work on PL7-Pro Access to variables:
based automated lines for maintenance • forcing inputs/outputs,
operations (troubleshooting, tracking and • list of forced variables,
forcing variables). • access to parameters in read/write mode (timers and counters).
Defective items:
Prior knowledge
• interpreting indicators on PLC modules,
Know the basics of programmed logic or have
• diagnostic functions,
• animation tables,
LPEG2 page D63 • cross-reference screens,
• operating screens.
Replacing defective items:
• removing and installing different modules,
• configuring, setting up and debugging modules.
Recommissioning:
• transferring and backing up application programs,
• comparison of applications,
• power line recovery operations,
• debugging screens.
Troubleshooting methodology:
• troubleshooting after internal or external incidents.
• PC.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-am570 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

In-service support
PLC maintenance (older 1000 series)
MAPR1N
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Operate and maintain automated installations Course content
equipped with 1000-series PLCs using the Learn troubleshooting methodology:
Orphé-Diag software. • troubleshooting after internal or external incidents.
Introduction to PLCs:
Designated skills • architecture, 1000-series PLCs,
• Perform diagnostics or data adjustment and • presentation and role of interfaces.
correct a hardware or software problem on a
former generation PLC. Using the Orphée software suite:
• presentation of the workstation,
Intended audience • programming functions,
Personnel in charge of controlling or maintaining • main language elements and operating functions,
industrial processes that are controlled by • dynamic display and modifying variables,
1000-series PLCs. • troubleshooting and maintenance procedures,
• processing diagnostics,
Prior knowledge • reading and writing variables with the PKT 1000 pocket terminal.
Know the basic concepts of programmed logic, Using the Orphée-Diag software:
or have taken the following course: • implementation and monitoring.
LPEG2 page D63
• A5000.
• Orphée.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mapr1n 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

In-service support
Level 1 PLC maintenance (former 7 series)
AM71N
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Operate and maintain installations equipped Course content
with TSX 7 PLCs. Learn troubleshooting methodology:
• troubleshooting after internal or external incidents.
Designated skills Know multifunction PLCs:
• Perform diagnostics or data adjustment and • implementation,
correct a hardware or software problem on a • using with local or remote digital inputs/outputs,
former generation PLC. • using with analogue inputs/outputs.
Intended audience Diagnose and resolve incidents:
Maintenance electricians and maintenance • using PL7-3 screens,
technicians in charge of maintaining TSX 7 • setting mode and debugging,
multifunction PLCs. • system diagnostics: Sysdiag and Adjust tools,
• application diagnostics.
Prior knowledge
Know Grafcets and the basics of programmed Application equipment
logic, or have taken the following course: • TSX 7 simulator.
• FTX terminal.
LPEG2 page D63
• X-TEL software suite.

Can be studied in greater depth • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
AM72N page D85
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-am71n 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

In-service support
AM72N
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Operate and maintain complex installations Course content
equipped with one or more TSX 7 PLCs. Introduction to the software suite:
• X-TEL (V5) with OS/2,
Designated skills • station tools,
• Maintain and modify multi-station applications • structure and ergonomics,
based on older generation PLCs. • specialised functions and station tools,
• system and application diagnostics (Sysdiag, Adjust and OFB diag).
Intended audience
Reading and interpreting programs in PL7-3:
Maintenance technicians in charge of
• Grafcet,
maintaining and upgrading TSX7 multifunction
• Ladder,
PLCs.
• Litteral.
Prior knowledge Know the 7-series communications offering:
Know TSX 7 PLCs and their basic maintenance, • Fipway, Ethway, Mapway and Telway,
or have taken the following course: • installation, programming options,
AM71N page D84 • multi-network architectures.
• TSX model 40.
• X-TEL V5 software suite.
• Ethway.
• Mapway.
• Fipway.
• FTX terminal.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-am72n 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Data transmission
TDR
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Understand and be able to reproduce Course content
communication mechanisms implemented in an Data transmission:
asynchronous serial link. • why communicate?
• serial, parallel, bus and network links.
Designated skills Basic knowledge of data transmission:
• Make equipment communicate on • cables,
asynchronous serial links that can incorporate a • other types of media,
telephone link. • electrical standards (RS 232C, RS 485 and RS 422),
• current loop,
Intended audience
• online disturbances and solutions, impedance matching and decibels,
Personnel called upon to implement machines
• modems, modulation, baud and bits/s,
equipped with asynchronous serial links.
• encoding (ASCII and EBCDIC),
Prior knowledge • flow control,
Know the basics of programmed logic or have • error detection,
taken the following course: • synchronous and asynchronous modes,
• simplex / half-duplex / full-duplex modes.
LPEG2 page D63
Protocols:
• access methods,
• client and server modes,
Curriculum • serial links (Modbus and Uni-Telway).
Career path including this course Links (hands-on work):
(pages 14 to 21) • parallel link between a PC and printer,
• serial link between a terminal, PLC or printer, on various junctions (RS
232C and RS 485),
maintenance technician • analysis with a signal controller,
• serial link via Modem,
• interface converter.
Architecture (demonstration):
• access to a PLC via a modem link,
• configuring gateway modem parameters.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tdr 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Industrial local area networks
CRL20
(21 h) ex-VAT 20% demonstrations Implementation
Maintenance
Management / retail
E-learning module (OLCOM course) can be

used as many times as required for a 1-year Course content
period. Basic concepts of asynchronous serial links:
• terminology,
Objectives • cables,
• Know the different types of industrial • encoding,
communication networks. • standards,
• units.
Designated skills
• Determine the suitable network or architecture OSI model:
for requirements expressed in specifications. • purpose and principle of layered models,
• low layers (physical and data link layers),
Intended audience • presentation of the equipment,
Personnel called upon to participate in selecting • intermediate layers,
automation networks or defining structures • application layer (client/server and protocols).
based on communicating industrial equipment. Industrial local area networks:
• options and limitations.
Prior knowledge Application of the OSI model to existing industrial local area
Know the basics of programmed logic or have networks and buses (various communication offerings):
taken one of the following courses: • Modbus,
LPEG2 page D63 • Uni-Telway,
TDR page D86 • FIP,
• ASi bus,
• CANopen,
Curriculum • Profibus,
• Interbus,
Career path including this course • Ethway,
(pages 14 to 21) • Ethernet TCP/IP, etc.
Industrial communications networks Case studies:
maintenance technician • analysis of specifications,
• identifying missing information,
Designer-administrator of Ethernet • questioning,
• presentation of the solution,
networks
• discussion and comparison.
Programming and diagnostic tools:
• setting up communications using Unity software,
• testing connection and volume,
• modifying communication settings.
• Schneider Electric network architecture and bus.
• AS-i, Modbus, CANopen and Ethernet TCP/IP.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-crl20 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Data interchange
AP778
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design and program industrial Course content
communications. Review of industrial networks:
• terminology,
Designated skills • network,
• Implement Modbus, Uni-Telway, CANopen • bus,
or Ethernet communications on an industrial • serial link.
programmable logic controller (PLC). Communication offering with Modicon Micro and Premium.
• Structure and program communications with
the most suitable components. Fipway network:
Intended audience • software implementation,
Personnel in charge of designing or developing • variable sharing services.
applications that require communications to be Xway addressing:
programmed and structured. • communication transparency,
• addressing system.
Prior knowledge
Communication functions:
Know communication concepts and
• description and programming,
programming of Modicon Micro and Premium
• UniTE messaging.
PLCs, or have taken one of the following
courses: Ethernet network:
UNPP1 page D72
• Ethway and TCP/IP profiles,
AP571 page D64 • XIP driver,
• Inter-PLC I/O Scanning.
Implementing multiple-network architecture:
Curriculum • multiple-coupler station and router function,
• configuration and transparency.
(pages 14 to 21) Uni-Telway bus:
Industrial communications networks • software implementation.
maintenance technician Modbus bus:
• software implementation.
CANopen bus:
• software implementation.
Regular implementation exercises.
• Modicon Micro and Premium, PL7-Pro and Unity-Pro PLCs.
• CANopen, Uni-Telway, Modbus, Fipway and Ethernet couplers.

Documents supplied
CPF codes

Communications
CANopen
On Modicon PLCs
COPEN
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Make several industrial devices communicate Course content
on a CANopen bus. CANopen bus principles:
• terminology,
Designated skills • operating rules,
• Implement CANopen communications on a • wiring,
Modicon Premium, M340 or M580 industrial PLC. • connections.
• Optimise operating parameters. CANopen offering on Schneider Electric PLCs:
• review on configuring PLCs,
Intended audience
• installation,
Personnel called upon to design automation
• configuring the coupler.
systems or machines that incorporate
CANopen communications in a Unity software Implementation and inter-equipment connectivity:
environment. • variable speed control,
• remote inputs/outputs.
Prior knowledge Operation and maintenance of communication applications:
Know communication concepts and • system bits and words, and specialised variables,
programming of Modicon M340 PLCs, or have • debugging and diagnostics screens.
taken one of the following courses:
UP340 page D66 Application equipment
• Modicon Premium, Modicon M340 and Modicon M580 PLCs.
UNPP1 page D72 • Advantys island.
UP580 page D68 • Variable speed drive.

Curriculum • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Industrial communications networks • Qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-copen 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Ethernet
General knowledge and programming
APETH
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Program PLC communication functions on an Course content
Ethernet network. Ethernet network:
• review of the OSI model,
Designated skills • Ethernet for connecting different systems.
• Master the specificities of Ethernet networks. Physical layer:
• Maintain networks by analysing flows and • physical media (wiring rules),
frames. • interconnection equipment.
Intended audience Data link layer:
Personnel called upon to implement, upgrade or • data link layer protocols (MAC addressing),
maintain automation networks on Ethernet. • Ethernet network health indicators,
• common problems and events on Ethernet networks.
Prior knowledge Ethernet offering on Premium and M340:
Know communication concepts and • presentation of the TSX ETY and BMX NOE hardware offering,
programming of Modicon Premium or Modicon • Ethernet modules for Altivar, STB, Momentum and ETG gateways.
M340 PLCs, or have taken the following course:
TCP/IP protocols and applications:
CRL20 page D87 • IP network protocol,
• TCP and UDP transmission protocols.
ETY51 and NOE●● couplers and suitable communication services:
Curriculum • ETY and NOE couplers,
Can be studied in greater depth • “global data” service,
• “I/O scanning” service,
APRES page D92
• “address server” service,
• point-to-point communications (client-server).
Career path including this course Features offered by the integrated Web server.
(pages 14 to 21)
Bandwidths, different types of service and frames.
maintenance technician Application equipment
• Modicon Premium and M340 PLCs.
Designer-administrator of Ethernet • ETY110, ETY51 and BMXNOE couplers.
• Advantys STB, Momentum, Altivar, switches, etc.
networks
Schneider Electric "Designer of advanced Documents supplied
automation architectures on Ethernet • Course materials.
network" certificate issued at the end of the • Qualification certificate.
APETH page D90 or ETHIP page D91
++ APRES page D92

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-apeth 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Ethernet
CIP communications on Ethernet
ETHIP
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement Ethernet/IP communications Course content
between heterogeneous automation equipment. Reasons for Ethernet/IP:
• Ethernet,
Designated skills • TCP/IP operation.
• Design and program automation systems to Different couplers:
communicate over an Ethernet network using • presentation of Modicon Premium, Quantum and M340 modules,
the CIP protocol. • features and limits of each board.
Intended audience CIP (common industrial protocol):
Personnel called upon to design architecture • different communication methods,
based on devices interfaced using Ethernet/ • implicit messaging (class 1),
IP and who are looking for the best method to • explicit messaging (class 3).
program and set up data interchange between FDT/DTM:
these devices. • operating principles,
• setup,
Prior knowledge • creating a basic DTM.
Know the basics of Unity programming and
Setting up and programming Modicon Premium or Modicon M340
Ethernet operation or have taken the following
PLCs:
courses:
• integrating the DTM library in projects,
UNPP1 page D72 • different coupler services,
APETH page D90 • online operation and diagnostics,
• programming implicit and explicit exchanges,
• integrating Modbus TCP devices.
Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21) • Models equipped with PLCs with human-machine dialogue for
variable speed drives and input-output islands.
Designer-administrator of Ethernet Note: do not confuse Ethernet/IP with Ethernet TCP/IP.
networks
Schneider Electric "Designer of advanced

Documents supplied
automation architectures on Ethernet
network" certificate issued at the end of the
++ APRES page D92

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ethip 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Ethernet
Network architecture
APRES
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Structure and administer industrial Ethernet Course content
networks. Communication principles:
• OSI model.
Designated skills Network components:
• Participate in preparing network architectures • active components: repeaters, bridges, routers, switches and Internet/
for automation projects and understand network Intranet gateways,
issues in relation to performance, technical and • security methods: password management, setting up firewalls and
installed base criteria. implementing Schneider Electric administrable switches,
• example of a network structure.
Intended audience
Automation specialists called upon to design, Network technologies.
upgrade or promote a communication structure Different solutions and measurement of the impacts of different
that incorporates computer equipment, implementations.
automation equipment, networks and application Overview of Internet technologies and implementation of Schneider
programs that require links. Electric products:
• presentation and use of embedded Web servers.
Prior knowledge
Know a programming language and have Network administration:
participated in preparing, following up or • increased availability,
commissioning an automation project. • VLANs,
Know the IT environment and the basic • management of clocks,
principles of network interconnection, or have • VPN - NAT,
taken the following course: • SMTP.
CRL20 page D87 Application equipment
• PC in a Windows 7 environment.
• PCs connected in an Ethernet network via a hub.
• Automation equipment: PLC and Ethernet coupler.
Curriculum
• Administrable switches.
Career path including this course • Routers.
(pages 14 to 21)
Designer-administrator of Ethernet Training course validation
networks • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "Designer of advanced
automation architectures on Ethernet
network" certificate issued at the end of the
++ APRES page D92

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-apres 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Industrial cybersecurity
Awareness
SENCYB
Operation
Maintenance
Management/retail
Objectives
• Protect against risks incurred by smart Course content
industrial installations. Cybersecurity:
• course based on the ANSSI "Cybersecurity for industrial control
Designated skills systems” reference guide.
• Know the cybersecurity threats in industrial Review of and introduction to industrial systems:
environments. • definitions and different types of industrial systems,
• Understand and accept the rules on best • typical architecture of an industrial system.
practices for security.
Review of and introduction to cybersecurity:
Intended audience • definitions of cybersecurity,
• Technical and administrative teams. • overview of the norms and standards,
• Operators, adjusters, instrumentalists and • attack categories and procedures,
maintenance technicians. • introduction to best practices,
• Purchasing department, Human resources, • concept of defence in depth.
etc. Industrial cybersecurity:
• examples of incidents on industrial systems,
Prior knowledge • presentation of a concrete case in phase with current affairs,
None • vulnerabilities and conventional attack vectors,
• security features incorporated into products,
• security products, roles and functions.
Curriculum
Career path including this course • “best practices” quiz,
(pages 14 to 21) • identifying vulnerabilities.
Connected operator
Smart integration consultant • Cyber-attack demonstration platform consisting of:
--PLC,
--switch,
--PC,
--firewall.
end of the following training paths: Training course validation
“Smart industry automation operator”: • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
INDCON page D96 • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
++ MAINAP page D81 Documents supplied
++ SENCYB page D93 • Course materials.
“Smart industrial automation integration
consultant":
INDCON page D96
++ UP580 page D68
++ SENCYB page D93
++ ROUT page D95
++ SP2014R2 page D104

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sencyb 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Cybersecurity of industrial systems
CYBINDUS
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Protect smart industrial facilities. Course content
Cybersecurity:
Designated skills • Course based on the ANSSI reference document "Guide for a training
• Identify security requirements. course on Cybersecurity for industrial systems".
• Implement protection solutions. Review of and introduction to industrial systems:
• definitions and different types of industrial systems,
Intended audience
• composition of an industrial system,
• Information systems security professionals
• automation programming languages ,
(CISO, ISD, auditor, etc.).
• industrial protocols and fieldbuses,
• Industrial control system professionals
• conventional network architectures of industrial systems.
(maintenance, production, integrators and
automation specialists). Review of and introduction to cybersecurity:
• definitions of cybersecurity,
Prior knowledge • what is a stake with cybersecurity,
Know the communication buses and networks, • attack categories and procedures,
and more particularly, the Ethernet network, or • main principles of deploying a cybersecurity project,
to have taken the following course: • introduction to best practices.
APRES page D92 Industrial cybersecurity:
• operating safety and cybersecurity,
Curriculum • examples of incidents on industrial systems,
Career path including this course • vulnerabilities and conventional attack vectors,
(pages 14 to 21) • overview of the norms and standards,
• in France, the Military Programming Law,
Ethernet network designers- • ANSSI recommendations: organisational and technical aspects,
administrators and advanced connected classification method, details of the main measures.
integrators • implementation of VPN communications (automation specialist
profile),
• getting started with industrial PLC programming (IT specialist profile),
• equipment inventory and map,
• risk analysis and classification,
Schneider Electric certificates issued at the • identification of vulnerabilities,
end of the following training paths: • implementation of application firewall.
"Designer of advanced automation
architectures on Ethernet networks": Application equipment
• Network architecture consisting of:
APETH page D90 or ETHIP page D91 --PLCs,
++ APRES page D92 --switches, routers and firewall,
++ CYBINDUS page D94 --PC, etc.
“Integrator specialised in smart Industrial Training course validation
automation systems": • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
INDCON page D96 • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
++ UP580 page D68 Documents supplied
++ CYBINDUS page D94 • Course materials.
++ ROUT page D95 • Qualification certificate.
++ SP2014R2 page D104 Note: the term "level attained at the end of the course" is to be
++ DEREFEI page B83 considered as a specialised area of an automation specialist and not
as a cybersecurity specialist.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-cybindus 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Networks and remote access control
ROUT [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Understand the subtleties of Internet Course content
connections via cellular networks (3G or 4G) Hardware:
and making remote accesses secure. • cellular networks,
• SIM cards,
Designated skills • differences between modems and routers.
• Configure a VPN, cellular router, or a LAN Routers:
router. • presentation of the Advantech B+B SmartWorx range,
• Master operation of the VPN Cluster service. • configuring internet connections,
• diagnosing the router status.
Intended audience
IT specialists, automation specialists and VPN cluster service:
system integrators who are responsible for • understanding the server interface,
complete supervision projects or responsible • configuring a router,
for maintenance and for making modifications to • configuring a user workstation,
remote devices and applications. • client application examples.
Remote connection:
Prior knowledge • connecting to a PLC,
Know the basics of automation and • connecting to an IP camera.
communications over Ethernet, or have taken the
following courses: Application equipment
LPEG2 page D63 • Advantech B+B SmartWorx router and VPN cluster server.
APETH page D90 Training course validation
Curriculum
Smart integration consultant • Qualification certificate.
Advanced smart integrator

end of the following training paths: Curriculum (continued)
“Smart industrial automation integration “Integrator specialised in smart Industrial
consultant": automation systems":
INDCON page D96 INDCON page D96
++ UP580 page D68 ++ UP580 page D68
++ SENCYB page D93 ++ CYBINDUS page D94
++ ROUT page D95 ++ ROUT page D95
++ SP2014R2 page D104 ++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ DEREFEI page B83

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-rout 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Smart industry
INDCON [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Know what is at stake and the opportunities Course content
related to the emergence of smart industry and The 4th industrial revolution:
digitisation. • digital disruption,
• heading towards a paradigm shift,
Designated skills • impacts in France.
• Know the new emerging concepts that support Big Data Analytics:
digitalisation, and understand the impacts of • advantages of new tools in data mining,
their use. • Schneider Electric Wonderware solutions.
Intended audience Maintenance in the factory of the future:
Manufacturing, production, engineering or • what is at stakes and new trades,
maintenance managers. • collaborative maintenance,
• augmented maintenance,
Prior knowledge • training and virtualisation.
• Know manufacturing processes and the Integrated robotic automation in the factory of the future:
managerial infrastructure. • advantages of digitalisation,
• Know the basics of automation or have taken • from industrial robotics to cobotics.
Financial mechanisms.
IFAI page D61
• "Smart Factory" model integrating Big Data Analytics, collaborative
Curriculum maintenance, augmented maintenance and robotics.
Connected operator • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Smart integration consultant
Advanced smart integrator Documents supplied

end of the following training paths:
“Smart industry automation operator”:
INDCON page D96
++ MAINAP page D81 Curriculum (continued)
++ SENCYB page D93
“Integrator specialised in smart Industrial
automation systems":
“Smart industrial automation integration
consultant": INDCON page D96
INDCON page D96 ++ UP580 page D68
++ UP580 page D68 ++ CYBINDUS page D94
++ SENCYB page D93 ++ ROUT page D95
++ ROUT page D95 ++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ SP2014R2 page D104 ++ DEREFEI page B83

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-indcon 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Communications
Industrial networks
Courses on request
MDR: 4 days (28 h) Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
CANOP: 2 days (14 h) Implementation
ET340 and CFIP: Operation
2 days (14 h) Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement and maintain buses and
communications networks.
CANOP MDR
CANopen on Network diagnostics
Designated skills Modicon Premium
• Know the specificities of industrial buses and (with PL7-Pro)
communications networks.
• Perform diagnostics in the event of a
malfunction.
Prior knowledge
Have taken the following course: ET340
LPEG2 page D63
Ethernet Modicon M340
CFIP
Fipio and Fipway
Course on request
2 days Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement and maintain an AS-interface bus. UNASI
Designated skills AS-interface
• Discover the communications bus.
Prior knowledge
LPEG2 page D63

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mdr 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
HMI
Magelis and Vijeo Designer
VIJMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Work independently on an operator interface Course content
(HMI) from the Magelis range. Hardware:
• Magelis terminal range,
Designated skills • Vijeo Designer software,
• Use and maintain an HMI. • error and status indicators,
• Improve maintainability by developing suitable • communication resources.
HMI functions. Diagnostic approach:
• error and status indicators,
Intended audience
• error and warning messages,
Personnel in charge of maintaining HMI
• diagnostics and troubleshooting methodology.
applications on Magelis terminals and who
want to be autonomous in order to develop this Modifying applications:
application. • Vijeo Designer software,
• standard functions and methodology,
Prior knowledge • object animation,
Know the principles of programmed logic or • alarms,
have taken the following course: • using simulators,
LPEG2 page D63 • management of rights.
Curriculum • Magelis XBT GT terminal.
Career path including this course • Vijeo Designer software.
(pages 14 to 21)
Automated systems maintenance Training course validation
technician • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
Vijeo Designer

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijma 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
HMI
Magelis and Vijeo Designer
VIJDS
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create and set up HMI applications with Course content
Vijeo Designer software in accordance with Hardware:
specifications. • Magelis range,
• Vijeo Designer software,
Designated skills • memory management.
• Design an HMI. Interface:
• Use and operate the basic and advanced • Magelis terminals,
features of Vijeo Designer software to create • communications resources,
applications that satisfy specifications. • architectures.
Intended audience Global HMI approach:
Personnel in charge of research, design and • process control,
implementation of automation control via • presentation of Vijeo Designer software,
touchscreen interfaces. • standard functions and methodology,
• creating projects,
Prior knowledge • configuring the software.
Know the basics of automation or have taken the Creating an application:
following course: • object animation,
LPEG2 page D63 • trend graphs,
• alarms,
• recipes.
Standard object library.
Curriculum Custom object library.
Career path including this course Simulator.
(pages 14 to 21) Management of access rights.
Automated installation operator Multilingual operation.
Data stored in the terminal.
• Magelis range terminals.
• Vijeo Designer software.
• Process simulator.

Vijeo Designer
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijds 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
HMI
Magelis and Vijeo XD
VIJXD
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create an operator interface for Magelis Course content
terminals using the Vijeo XD software. Hardware:
• HMIGTO and HMIGTU terminal range,
Designated skills • Vijeo XD software.
• Design an HMI. Interface:
• Use and operate the basic and advanced • communications resources,
features of Vijeo XD software to create • architectures.
applications that satisfy specifications.
Creating an application:
Intended audience • object animation,
Personnel in charge of research, design and • trend graphs,
implementation of automation control. • alarms,
• recipes,
Prior knowledge • data storage.
Have taken the following course: Object libraries.
LPEG2 page D63 Management of access rights.
Remote connections.
• HMIGTO and HMIGTU terminals.
• Vijeo XD software.
Vijeo XD
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijxd 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
HMI
Vijeo XL
VIJXL [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create an operator interface for Magelis Course content
terminals using the Vijeo XL software. Interfaces and architectures:
• Magelis terminals,
Designated skills • communications resources,
• Design an HMI. • architectures.
• Use and operate the basic and advanced Presentation of Vijeo XL software:
features of Vijeo XL software to create • standard functions and methodology,
applications that satisfy specifications. • creating projects,
• different types of variables (creating and using),
Intended audience
• integrating PLC data into the HMI database.
Personnel in charge of research, design and
implementation of automation control via Creating an application:
touchscreen industrial PC interfaces. • creating graphics,
• animation with predefined objects,
Prior knowledge • using scripts,
Know the basics of electricity, automation and • managing alarms and events,
programming with Unity-Pro, or have taken the • managing recipes,
following courses: • creating production reports,
G1 page B06 • data storage and trend graphs.
IFAI page D61 Using test and monitoring tools (Spy - Logwin).
Creating a custom object library.
DCUNY page D58
Management of security.
• Magelis ePC range of terminals.
• Vijeo XL software.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijxl 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
Software
Vijeo Citect
VIJCT
Operation
or Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Develop supervision applications using Vijeo Course content
Citect software. Project management:
• creating a new project,
Designated skills • configuring the supervision operating structure (client/server),
• Use the Vijeo Citect software. • multi-developer projects.
• Set up and implement the graphics part, Basic functions:
communications, alarm functions and trend • PLC communications,
graphs. • graphics/animation editor,
• entering commands,
Intended audience
• “Wizards”,
Personnel called upon to design industrial
• Popup windows and “Super Wizards”,
automation supervision applications using
• OFS,
Schneider Electric Vijeo Citect or Citect SCADA
• event manager,
supervision software.
• alarms,
Prior knowledge • trend graphs,
Know the Windows operating system and • reports.
master the PLC environment, or have taken the Advanced functions:
following course: • “Cicode” procedures,
UNPP1 page D72 • Process Analyst,
• management of security.
Standalone application:
Curriculum • design, installation and development,
Career path including this course • debugging.
(pages 14 to 21)
Automated installation operator • Ethernet TCP/IP network.
• One PC per participant.
• Vijeo Citect software.

Vijeo Citect
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijct 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
Software
Vijeo Citect (advanced functions)
VIJAV
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Develop complex supervision applications that Course content
implement advanced functions and/or multi- Customisation and design:
workstation management. • modifications to template pages.
Network architecture:
Designated skills • basic principles of the Ethernet network with Windows (IP address,
• Use the advanced functions of VIjeo Citect network layers, etc.),
software. • Vijeo Citect servers and clients,
• Implement redundant and/or multi-station • cluster concept,
applications. • possible redundancies,
• Develop your own "templates" to facilitate re- • client connecting to several clusters.
use.
Kernel and debugging:
Intended audience • Citect kernel for diagnostics and application debugging.
Automation specialists experienced in OFS server:
developing SCADA applications and who want • OPC communications.
to integrate applications in multi-workstation Web client:
architecture or one closely related to the existing • web server and client.
IT structure.
Cicode:
Prior knowledge • Cicode Editor environment,
Know Vijeo Citect supervision or have taken the • Cicode debugger,
following course: • ActiveX integration,
• links with database,
VIJCT page D102
• OLE VBA links,
• DLL calling,
• serial port management.
Vijeo Citect • Vijeo Citect software.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vijav 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
Programming with System Platform
SP2014R2 [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design, deploy and maintain projects with Course content
System Platform software. System Platform presentation:
• valid and recommended architectures,
Designated skills • ArchestrA IDE interface,
• Implement the main functions of Development • functional objects.
Studio (IDE). Planning projects:
• Model workshops and factories using • project development phases.
ArchestrA automation objects.
• Configure security during development and Application infrastructure:
operation. • logical and physical modelling,
• Deploy projects onto associated workstations. • operating environment,
• connectivity with equipment.
Intended audience Application objects:
Engineers, application developers, system • change control and propagation,
integrators, or personnel in charge of creating • object assembly.
and maintaining Wonderware System Platform Alarms and logs.
projects.
Maintenance of Galaxy.
Prior knowledge Security:
Know the industrial environment and the basics • presentation of security,
of automation, or have taken the following • description of permissions.
course: Redundancy:
LPEG2 page D63 • application redundancy and acquisition redundancy.
Introduction to scripts:
• presentation of the script interface,
• description of the language and relative references.
Curriculum
System Platform 2014R2 Part2 page D105 • Wonderware System Platform software.
InTouch for WSP page D105 Training course validation
Smart integration consultant
Documents supplied
Advanced smart integrator • Course materials.
Schneider Electric certificates issued at the Curriculum (continued)

end of the following training paths: “Integrator specialised in smart Industrial
“Smart industrial automation integration automation systems":
consultant": INDCON page D96
INDCON page D96 ++ UP580 page D68
++ UP580 page D68 ++ CYBINDUS page D94
++ SENCYB page D93 ++ ROUT page D95
++ ROUT page D95 ++ SP2014R2 page D104
++ SP2014R2 page D104 ++ DEREFEI page B83

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-sp2014r2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
SCADA and MES courses [new]
Duration
5 days (35 h) System Platform 2014R2 Part2
Objectives Further training and advanced functions of the System
• Use the InTouch application’s advanced Platform application
features in System Platform architecture.

• Design an application with ArchestrA IDE ArchestrA IDE objects in the Application Server software.
objects. Generating alarms.
• Generate alarms and graphs. Producing reports and graphs.
• Manage security.
Management of security.
Prior knowledge
Know the Windows operating system and the
Wonderware System Platform environment, or
SP2014R2 page D104
Duration
5 days (35 h) InTouch 2014 R2
Objectives Using InTouch supervisory software
• Develop high-performance applications with
InTouch software. Course content
Designated skills Creating and implementing applications.
• Design applications in accordance with Advanced features.
specifications. Security.
• Use software advanced functions (indicators,
communications, alarms, etc.). Maintenance.
Prior knowledge
Know the Windows operating system and
master the PLC environment, or have taken the
following course:
UNPP1 page D72

• List of scheduled courses. wonderware.fr 0.825.007.222
CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
Duration
1 day (7 h) InTouch 2014 R2 RDS
Objectives Using InTouch supervisory software in a
• Deploy a Remote Desktop Services (RDS) Remote Desktop Services (RDS) environment
environment for an InTouch application.

• Set up Remote Desktop Services roles and Features of Remote Desktop Services (RDS).
configure the InTouch application to be used in Advantages of the solution.
an RDS environment. Deployment on thin client (PC or operator terminal).
Prior knowledge
Know the Windows operating system and the
InTouch supervision software, or have taken the
following course:
InTouch 2014 R2 page D105
Duration
3 days (21 h) ArchestrA Object Toolkit
Objectives Using the ArchestrA Object Toolkit
• Develop application and communication
objects with the ArchestrA Object Toolkit. Course content
Designated skills Development studio.
• Define templates and instances. Primitive functions.
• Create objects. Setting up.
• Manage object debugging and versioning.
Editor.
Prior knowledge
Know the Microsoft Visual Studio 2008
environment and Wonderware System Platform
software, or have taken the following course:
SP2014R2 page D104

CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
Duration
2 days (14 h) Dream Report 4.6
Objectives Producing data reports
• Implement a solution to produce data reports
using the Dream Report tool. Course content
Designated skills Features of the development studio.
• Design reports covering data from multiple Multiple data sources.
sources using OPC and OLEDB (InTouch HMI, Packaged reports.
Wonderware Historian Servers, etc.).
Publication and analysis.
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of industrial IT and have
industrial experience (production and
manufacturing).
Duration
4 days (28 h) Historian Server & Client 2014R2
Objectives Data archiving
• Archive and analyse data from Application
Server or InTouch projects. Course content
Designated skills Data implementation and extraction.
• Install and configure Historian Server software Data processing.
based on the data to be retrieved. Make Historian Server communicate with Historian Client.
• Elaborate analysis queries.
Producing reports.
Prior knowledge
Know the industrial environment and Microsoft
SQL databases, or have taken one of the
following courses:
SP2014R2 page D104

CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
Duration
4 days (28 h) InBatch 2014R2
Objectives Using InBatch discontinuous manufacturing process
• Implement a management solution with control software
InBatch.

• Process modelling. Process modelling.
• Create recipes and run batches. Definition of resources (lines, materials and recipes).
• Analyse InBatch reports and develop using Batch management.
InTouch supervisor.
Advanced functions and security.
Prior knowledge
Know Batch processes and the InTouch
Duration
4 days (28 h) MES Operations 2014
Objectives Application development with MES Operations
• Develop MES (Manufacturing Execution
System) applications with the MES Operations Course content
tool.
Product definition and resources.
Designated skills Implementing data acquisition and execution models.
• Use operation configuration and definition Traceability and genealogy reports.
tools.
Prior knowledge
Know the industrial environment, Microsoft SQL
Server databases and the InTouch supervisory

CPF codes

Supervision
Wonderware software
Duration
3 days (21 h) MES Performance 2014R2
Objectives Real-time monitoring of equipment performance
• Analyse equipment performances with MES
Performance. Course content
Designated skills Presentation of the tool.
• Know data acquisition tools. Equipment availability.
• Analyse and produce complete and detailed Overall equipment effectiveness.
reports.
Prior knowledge
Know Wonderware System Platform and InTouch
environments, or have taken the following
courses:
++ SP2014R2 page D104
Duration
2 days (14 h) Wonderware project leader
Objectives Discovery of the software offering
• Recommend software solutions to satisfy
specifications. Course content
Designated skills Features of each product.
• Know the Wonderware offering, associated Architectures.
tools and the different types of architecture. Integration in third party systems.
Prior knowledge Development examples, etc.
Know the basics of industrial IT and have
industrial experience (production and
manufacturing).

CPF codes

Supervision
Human-Machine dialogue
Courses on request
MPRO: 4 days (28 h) Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
OFS: 2 days (14 h) Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Set up and implement automation functions
using software tools.
MPRO
Monitor V7.2 software
Designated skills
• Use the software.
Prior knowledge
AP571 page D64
OFS
UNPP1 page D72 OPC communications server
Course on request
1 day Please contact us In-class Please contact us Design
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Develop ergonomic Human-Machine
Interfaces (HMI).
ERGO
Ergonomics of touch-sensitive
Designated skills Human-Machine Interfaces (HMI)
• Know the principles of ergonomics.
• Discover iterative HMI design and
development processes.
Prior knowledge
engineering and automation, or have taken the
following course:
IFAI page D61

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mpro 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Industrial process design
PROCE
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Design applications to control industrial Course content
processes. Creating projects with existing objects in PES:
• creating the system structure and application using PES (Process
Designated skills Expert System) software,
• Use the PES software. • creating topology,
• Deploy projects on different equipment • creating projects (controller and supervision),
(industrial PLC, SCADA, etc.). • using PES in the life cycle,
• project management and evolution (changing the logic of objects and
Intended audience the architecture) on PES and deploying among participants (AP and
Integrators or users in charge of developing supervision),
applications in processes. • advanced functions.
Prior knowledge Creating you own library of objects and templates:
Know the basics of Unity-Pro and Vijeo Citect • creating a simple template,
software, or have taken one of the following • creating connections
courses: • create a composite template (manage input conflicts)
• using PES in the life cycle
UNPP1 page D72 • project management and evolution (changing the logic of objects and
++ VIJCT page D102 the architecture) on PES and deploying among participants (AP and
UP340 page D66 supervision).
• advanced functions.
++ VIJCT page D102
• Schneider Electric PLCs and SCADA.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-proce 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Integrated development environment
Foxboro EVO system
IDE [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement advanced functions with Course content
Foxboro EVO. Review of the basics.
Foxboro EVO system architecture.
Designated skills
• Use the Foxboro EVO software platform. Concepts of algorithmic processing.
• Develop advanced functions in monitoring and General organisation of the IDE software.
control stations. Creating monitoring and control strategies.
Intended audience Creating compounds and AP blocks.
Technicians and engineers involved in HLBL ST/SFC sequential programming.
designing, developing, debugging and PLB programming.
modifying monitoring and control functions in
Automatic generation of strategies, compounds and AP blocks.
EVO system CP stations.
Loading monitoring and control stations.
Prior knowledge Definition of system configuration.
Have taken the following courses:
Administration of Galaxy databases.
PFSIA page D115
Security systems.
++ TA page D116 Configuration reports.
or
PFSEVO page D114 Application equipment
• Demonstrations and practical work performed on preconfigured
++ TA page D116
independent workstations.
• Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an
extended electronic version of the documentation.
Curriculum
Foxboro EVO specialist
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ide 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Integrated development environment
Foxboro I/A Series system
IACC [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement advanced functions with Course content
Foxboro I/A Series. Review of the basics:
• I/A series system architecture,
Designated skills • concepts of algorithmic processing.
• Use IACC integrated development environment IACC software organisation:
tools. • IACC database,
• Develop advanced functions in monitoring and • IACC basic window,
control stations. • links with external databases.
Intended audience Creating control structure diagrams (CSDs):
Technicians and engineers involved in • conventional CSD,
designing, developing, debugging and • CSD template.
modifying monitoring and control functions in Creating compounds and AP blocks.
CP stations of the I/A Series system. HLBL / SFC programming - (Sequential).
Prior knowledge PLB - Ladder programming/Relay logic.
Have taken the following courses: Automatic generation:
PFSIA page D115 • I/O descriptors (Tag list),
• importing/Exporting I/O descriptor lists,
++ TA page D116 • automatic generation of CSDs and Compounds,
or • setup propagation.
PFSEVO page D114 Loading Compounds into monitoring and control stations.
++ TA page D116 Managing IACC databases.
Security systems.
Configuration reports.
Curriculum
(pages 14 to 21)
Foxboro I/A Series specialist • Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-iacc 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Configuration and programming
Foxboro EVO system
PFSEVO [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Work on a system developed with Course content
Foxboro EVO. General architecture of the Foxboro EVO system
• hardware,
Designated skills • software,
• Know the basics of man-machine dialogue. • communications,
• Use the Foxboro EVO software platform. • operation and using the Foxboro Evo system.
• Know basic configuration procedures. System Monitor/System Manager
• using standard control and adjustment views (BlockSelect),
Intended audience
• process monitoring - monitoring mechanism/using alarm views,
Technicians and engineers who use Foxboro
• Wonderware Historian application software concepts,
Evo systems and make minor changes, or
• using historical data - Wonderware Clients Software,
persons who want to acquire sufficient general
• system management console (SMC).
knowledge before considering a more complete
training cycle. Configuring and customising the Foxboro Evo system:
• integrated development environment (IDE),
Prior knowledge • creating algorithmic processing functions,
• Know the basics of automation or have taken • configuring navigation trees,
the following course: • configuring button annunciator panels,
IFAI page D61 • configuring security systems.
• Demonstrations and practical work carried out on preconfigured
Curriculum workstations that simulate dynamic process models (simple processes
Can be studied in greater depth with 3 or 4 parameters, boiler and jacketed reactor vessel).
TS page D117 • Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an
CSEVO page D118
Foxboro EVO specialist Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pfsevo 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Configuration and programming
PFSIA [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Work on a system developed with Course content
Foxboro I/A Series. General presentation of the Foxboro I/A Series system
• Review of the features expected of a DCS
Designated skills • Hardware aspect - Modules, stations and peripheral devices
• Know the basics of man-machine dialogue. • Communications aspect - Networks (Industrial I/Os, RL, LAN, High-
• Use the Foxboro I/A Series software platform. speed Ethernet Mesh)
• Know basic configuration procedures. • System security aspect - Communication redundancy, fault tolerance
and fall-back
Intended audience • Software aspect - Operating systems, basic software, utilities,
Technicians and engineers who use Foxboro applications and languages.
Operation and using the Foxboro I/A Series system
• concepts of algorithmic processing,
knowledge before considering taking a more
• system monitoring, monitoring mechanism/using management views,
specialised training cycle.
• using standard control and adjustment views,
Prior knowledge • using graph views,
Know the Microsoft Windows environment and • process monitoring, monitoring mechanism/using alarm views,
have basic knowledge of industrial control and • concepts of the application software for recording historical data,
automation. • configuring and customising the Foxboro I/A Series system,
• building the algorithmic process, ICC and IACC software,
• configuring historical data recording functions,
Curriculum • configuration of button annunciators, FoxPanelsCfg software,
Can be studied in greater depth • configuring alarm pages, DispAlarmCfg software,
• creating operating environments for workstations.
TA page D116
TS page D117 Application equipment
• Demonstrations and practical work carried out on preconfigured
CSIA page D119 workstations that simulate dynamic process models (simple processes
with 3 or 4 parameters, boiler and jacketed reactor vessel).
Career path including this course • Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an
(pages 14 to 21) extended electronic version of the documentation.
Foxboro I/A Series specialist
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pfsia 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Algorithmic processing
Foxboro EVO or I/A series system
TA [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement algorithmic processing functions Course content
with Foxboro EVO and Foxboro I/A Series. Review of the basic concepts of algorithmic processing:
• AP block/Compound relationship,
Designated skills • organisation and operation of CPs,
• Master fundamental analogue and logical • AP database construction tools.
algorithmic processing algorithms. Analogue algorithms:
• AIN(R), AOUT(R) and MAIN inputs/outputs,
Intended audience
• ACCUM, CHARC and LIM basic calculations,
Technicians and engineers who use Foxboro
• CALC, CALCA and MATH programmed calculations,
• BIAS, OUTSEL, PID, PIDA, RATIO, SIGSEL and SWCH control,
• REALM alarm,
knowledge before considering a more complete
• jerk-free manual/auto transfer techniques.
training cycle.
Logic algorithms:
Prior knowledge • CIN, COUT, MCIN and MCOUT inputs/outputs,
• Know the basic concepts of algorithmic • GDEV bistable equipment control,
processing and know how to use associated • LOGIC programmed logic calculations,
development and debugging tools, or have • BLNALM and PATALM alarm.
taken one of the following courses:
PFSIA page D115
PFSEVO page D114 workstations that simulate a dynamic double-jacketed reactor model to
perform practical exercises on automation and control.
• Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an
Can be studied in greater depth • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
IDE page D112 • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
IACC page D113 Documents supplied
(pages 14 to 21)
Foxboro EVO specialist

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ta 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Sequential processing
Foxboro I/A Series, FCS and EVO system
TS [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement sequential processing functions Course content
with Foxboro EVO, Foxboro I/A Series and FCS. Presentation of TIM, MON, IND, EXC and DEP sequential processing
blocks.
Designated skills Sequential programming and ST (structured text) approach:
• Learn the HLBL (High Level Batch Language) • structure of sequential programs,
programming language. • basic elements of the HLBL language,
• Use standard construction, testing and • variables and expressions, simple instructions and control structures,
debugging tools for HLBL sequential programs. • pre-processor directives,
• lexical definition, macros and file inclusion,
Intended audience
• additional elements of the HLBL language,
Technicians and engineers involved in
• subroutines,
designing, developing, debugging and
• SBX special processes.
modifying sequential programs in CP stations of
the I/A Series, FCS or EVO system. Sequential programming and SFC approach:
• components of a sequential functional chart (SFC),
Prior knowledge • step, transition, path (single and multiple), branch and segment
Have taken the following courses: (vertical and horizontal),
PFSIA page D115 • building an SFC,
• SFC programming language.
++ TA page D116
Definition editors:
or
• structured text ST editor,
PFSEVO page D114 • SFC editor,
++ TA page D116 • standard testing and debugging tools.
workstations that simulate a dynamic double-jacketed reactor model to
perform practical exercises on automation and control.
Curriculum • Printed documents provided to each participant, as well as an
IDE page D112 Training course validation
IACC page D113 • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
Foxboro EVO specialist • Qualification certificate.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ts 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Building mimic diagrams
Foxboro EVO system
CSEVO [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create interactive animated mimic diagrams Course content
for Foxboro EVO workstations. Basic construction elements of the static part:
• basic functions and tools,
Designated skills • building graphic objects,
• Use all the possibilities of the WindowMaker • modifying graphic attributes,
graphical generation software. • standard graphic resources,
• creating custom libraries.
Intended audience
Building the dynamic part:
• different types of passive dynamic action (animations),
• controlling graphic object attributes,
modifying animated interactive mimic views in
• animation conventions,
the EVO system.
• different types of active dynamic action (interaction),
Prior knowledge • access control to interactive elements.
Have taken the following courses: Building conventional and generic secondary views.
PFSEVO page D114 Integrating mimic diagrams into the real-time display system of the
++ TA page D116 EVO system.
Curriculum workstations that simulate a dynamic double-jacketed reactor model to
perform practical exercises.
IDE page D112 Training course validation
Foxboro EVO specialist • Course materials plus extended electronic version.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-csevo 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Building mimic diagrams
CSIA [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Create interactive animated mimic diagrams Course content
for Foxboro I/A Series workstations. Basic construction elements of the static part:
• basic functions and tools,
Designated skills • building graphic objects,
• Use all the possibilities of the FoxDraw • modifying graphic attributes,
graphical generation software. • standard graphic resources,
• creating custom libraries.
Intended audience
Building the dynamic part:
• different types of passive dynamic action (animations),
• controlling graphic object attributes,
modifying animated interactive mimic views in
• animation conventions,
the Foxboro I/A Series system.
• different types of active dynamic action (interaction),
Prior knowledge • access control to interactive elements.
Have taken the following courses: Building conventional and generic secondary views.
PFSIA page D115 Integrating mimic diagrams into the real-time display manager of the
++ TA page D116 I/A Series system.
Curriculum workstations that simulate a dynamic double-jacketed reactor model to
perform practical exercises.
IACC page D113 Training course validation
Foxboro I/A Series specialist • Course materials plus extended electronic version.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-csia 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Operational maintenance
Foxboro I/A Series or EVO system
MOSYS [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Identify malfunctions and maintain Foxboro Course content
monitoring and control system performance. MESH system communications network architecture:
• philosophy, operation and commissioning of processors and network
Designated skills switches.
• Know the features of a Foxboro monitoring Supplying power to equipment:
and control system. • different configurations, replacing a power supply module.
• Correct minor failures.
Detailed analysis of the different modules and processors:
Intended audience • hardware aspect, operation, installation and connection.
Technicians and engineers charged with Hard drive storage units:
operational maintenance of Foxboro Ethernet • organisation of hard drives, backup and restore.
monitoring and control systems. I/O communications network architecture (Fieldbus):
• FBM modules, CP control processors, communication bus.
Prior knowledge
Know the basics of industrial process control Replacing FBM modules and processors.
and monitoring and know the basic interface of Configuring network switches.
Foxboro workstations. Software aspect:
• fault tolerance & redundancy,
• event counter analysis,
• object manager,
• EEPROMs.
Monitoring and analysis of Foxboro control system operation:
• Monitor system,
• Manager/SMDH system,
• diagnostics,
• STATION block,

Documents supplied
• Course materials plus extended electronic version.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-mosys 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Process
Usage, maintenance and programming
Triconex Tricon, Trident and Tri-GP systems
TS1131 [new]
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement and maintain a Triconex system. Course content
Introduction to and principle of Triconex systems
Designated skills • fault tolerance,
• Design an operational program using • "triple modular redundancy” operation,
Tristation 1131 software. • Triconex system components,
• Perform diagnostics on a Triconex system in • power supplies,
the event of an anomaly. • main processors,
• input/output modules,
Intended audience • communication modules.
Engineers in charge of configuring and
Installing Triconex systems:
programming Triconex systems, as well as site
• earthing requirements,
technicians who are responsible for system life
• input/output terminal strips,
cycle and upgrading.
• connecting to a DCS.
Prior knowledge Using the Tristation TS1131:
• Know the Microsoft Windows environment and • languages,
have basic knowledge of programmable logic • configuration,
controllers or distributed control systems. • online help,
• creating a program,
• emulating, testing and debugging a program,
• implementing Triconex systems,
• loading programs,
• loading changes,
• validating/invalidating/forcing variables.
Maintaining Triconex systems:
• diagnostics,
• replacing modules,
• maintenance procedures.
Advanced characteristics:
• system administration,
• SOE programming,
• documentation,
• user libraries.
• To gain a better understanding of the architecture of Triconex
systems, actual equipment will be provided for trainees.
workstations connected to a PLC via a communications network.

Documents supplied
• Course materials plus extended electronic version.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-ts1131 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Power management
Achieving energy savings in industry
LEFAC
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Implement analytical tools and methods to Course content
reduce energy consumption and improve Technical skills (theory and exercises on the installation):
material efficiency. • analysis of a process and its main consumers,
• searching for and characterising losses in a non-optimised industrial
Designated skills process (10 kinds),
• Know the production processes. • detecting and prioritising potential energy improvement solutions,
• Use the existing range of optimisation tools. • general "measurement and instrumentation" principles and pitfalls to
be avoided,
Intended audience • method of quantifying energy flows and their cost,
Manufacturing, production, engineering or • calculating the theoretical limit as the ultimate objective,
maintenance managers. characterising and quantifying all energy losses (operational and
design),
Prior knowledge • "load curve" concept of an industrial process with classification of the
Know the manufacturing processes and the types of losses and optimisation with variable production levels,
managerial infrastructure. • analysis of the temperature profile of a process in order to extract
potential areas for improvement (reusing flows by integrating processes
or recovering energy),
• analysis of the efficiency of hydraulic and air handling systems
through a structured approach and comparison of solutions,
• industrial furnaces and reducing the impact on the energy bill,
• potential savings in chilled water production and cooling towers,
• optimising compressed air production and consumption,
• energy savings on steam networks in industry and condensate
management,
• observation, analysis and understanding of production line
improvements in optimised operation.
Soft skills (theory and practical application):
• creating, selecting and using innovative energy efficiency ideas,
• producing effective indicators (anticipatory KPIs) to measure energy
performance,
• creating and managing performance dashboards,
• maintaining an effective dialogue in the field between supervisors and
operators for continuous improvement,
• solving problems (process, quality and machine) through innovative
techniques,
• techniques to influence the mentality and behaviour of personnel as
an essential tool in energy transformation projects.
• Actual production unit managed by 5 operators.
Note: course supervised by 3 experts with twenty years of experience
in industry.
Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-lefac 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Power management
Improving energy efficiency
LEFMA
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Set up a programme to improve efficiency Course content
of production resources and to limit energy • Analysis of a process and its main consumers.
consumption. • Searching for and characterising losses in a non-optimized industrial
process (10 kinds).
Designated skills • Detecting and prioritising potential energy improvement solutions.
• Identify sources of energy savings. • General "measurement and instrumentation" principles and pitfalls to
• Know the technical solutions to improve the be avoided.
energy efficiency of production resources. • Method of quantifying energy flows and their cost.
• Calculating the theoretical limit as the ultimate objective,
Intended audience characterising and quantifying all energy losses (operational and
Factory managers and decision makers. design).
• "Load curve" concept of an industrial process with classification of the
Prior knowledge types of losses and optimisation with variable production levels.
Know the manufacturing processes and the • Analysis of the temperature profile of a process in order to extract
managerial infrastructure. potential areas for improvement (reusing flows by integrating processes
or recovering energy).
• Analysis of the efficiency of hydraulic and air handling systems
through a structured approach and comparison of solutions.
• Industrial furnaces and reducing the impact on the energy bill.
• Potential savings in chilled water production and cooling towers.
• Optimising compressed air production and consumption.
• Energy savings on steam networks in industry and condensate
management.
• Observation, analysis and understanding of production line
improvements in optimized operation.
Note: all subjects are approached with a view to raising awareness.

The technical information and the experiments are spread out over the
5-day course.
• Actual production unit.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-lefma 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lean Management
Lean approach leader
Initiate a continuous improvement process
PDL1, PDL2 and PDL3

PDL1: 3 days (21 h) PDL1: € 1800 ex-VAT In-class 30% classes Design
PDL2: 4 days (28 h) PDL2: € 2350 ex-VAT 40% exercises Implementation
PDL3: 3 days (21 h) PDL3: € 1800 ex-VAT 30% demonstrations Operation
All 3 courses: Maintenance
€ 4950 ex-VAT Management / retail
Objectives
• Initiate a process to improve production
through the Lean approach.
PDL1
VSM and other levers for improvement
Designated skills
• Understand the global issue of the value Course content
chain.
• Assess performance by reading diagnostic Representation of product and information flows:
tools. • Value Stream Mapping (VSM)
• Identify areas for improvement. • process modelling (performance analysis and swim lane).
• Initiate a progress plan. Process analysis:
• value-added steps,
Intended audience • wastage.
Production management staff, methods Action plan:
specialists, Lean Project Managers and flow • priorities,
managers. • project modes.
Visit of a Schneider Electric site:
Curriculum • illustration of concepts,
Can be studied in greater depth • simulation of real-life situations.
PDL2 page D03 Application equipment
PDL3 page D03 • Simulation games.

Note: modules PDL1, PDL2 and PDL3 are • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
independent. • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
Illustrations of concepts through games.
Visit of Schneider Electric sites.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pdl1 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Objectives
• Implement a production improvement process
by optimising flows using the Lean approach.
PDL2
Just-in-time flow management on a production line
Designated skills
• Understand how just-in-time management Course content
responds to the company’s challenges.
• Know flow control tools. Control work in progress.
• Identify opportunities for improvement in a Switch from a push flow via MRP to a pull flow via Kanban.
process. Optimising component procurement on the line: workstation delivery,
• Know the transformation levers. logistics flow and warehouse.
Batch size.
SMED.
Curriculum Visit of a Schneider Electric site:
Can be studied in greater depth • illustration of concepts,
PDL1 page D02 • simulation of real-life situations.
PDL3 page D03 Application equipment
• Simulation games.
Note: modules PDL1, PDL2 and PDL3 are
independent. Training course validation
Documents supplied
Objectives
• Optimise a production process through the
Lean approach.
PDL3
Designated skills
• Know the production process design Organize and manage a line and involve teams
methodology.
• Provide support for the impact of an Course content
organisational change on the parties involved in Line design methodology:
production. • data to be collected,
• Design a production line. • manufacturing the product,
• Control a process by tracking performance • process architecture,
and managing the line. • layout.
• Steer the change process. Managing bottlenecks in a production system.
Managing performance: organisation, indicators and deployment.
Curriculum Managing change:
• consideration of human aspects when changing how production is
organised.
PDL1 page D02
PDL2 page D03 • illustration of concepts,
• simulation of real-life situations.
Note: modules PDL1, PDL2 and PDL3 are
independent. Application equipment
• Simulation games.

Documents supplied

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-pdl2 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lean Management
Total Productive Maintenance
Providing equipment availability
TPM
(14 h) ex-VAT 50% demonstrations Implementation
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Set up a TPM plan in the production workshop. Course content
Detecting and anticipating failures:
Designated skills • monitoring performance and analysing causes of failures,
• Design a prevention and reliability program for • autonomous preventive maintenance performed by operators.
production resources. Restoring equipment to optimal level:
• Reduce safety risks, faults and production • preventive maintenance programs and scheduling,
costs. • role of operators and maintenance personnel.
Intended audience Preventing faults before they become major incidents:
Maintenance department managers, methods • improving equipment maintainability,
managers and technicians, supervisory staff • measuring TPM efficiency and undertaking a continuous improvement
and anyone in charge of implementing TPM. initiative.
• illustration of concepts,
• meeting and discussion with a TPM manager.
Career path including this course • Instructional model.
(pages 14 to 21)
Connected operator Training course validation
Documents supplied
Schneider Electric "Smart industry
automation systems operator" certificate
issued at the end of the following training
path:
INDCON page D96
++ MAINAP page D81
++ SENCYB page D93
++ TPM page D126

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-tpm 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Lean Management
Value Stream Mapping
VSM
Operation
Maintenance
Management / retail
Objectives
• Draw up and implement a flow improvement Course content
action plan in a production workshop using the VSM (Value Stream Mapping) principles, standards and methodology.
Value Stream Mapping method. Selecting the stream to be optimised.
Designated skills Stream mapping in the workshop.
• Identify value streams in the company. Preparing and drawing the target state by considering 7
• Produce a map of present streams. standardised questions.
• Understand how to define target streams Producing the action plan, estimating gains and producing project
(physical flows and information flows). sheets.
• Build a vision around a future map.
Intended audience • Simulation games.
Personnel in charge of methods, industrial
project managers, continuous improvement Training course validation
managers, improvement project teams or • Questionnaire on theoretical knowledge.
product managers. • Simulation of real-life situations in accordance with specifications.
Documents supplied
Note: course held on your site for a group of 6 to 12 people.

• List of scheduled courses. schneider-electric.fr/form-vsm 0.825.012.999
CPF codes

Index by reference
Reference Duration Price Designation Page
A5C15100 1 day € 290 ex-VAT Limited power electrical installation (blue tariff) - Standard NF C 15-100 B11
ACHATNRJ 1 day € 840 ex-VAT Energy purchasing - Market offering B51
ADMPD3 3 days € 1645 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D47

ADSPD3 4 days € 2030 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D45

ADVMA 3 days € 1645 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D43

ADVSE 4 days € 2030 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D41

AM570 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT In-service support - PLC maintenance (PL7-Pro) D82
AM71N 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT In-service support D84

AM72N 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT In-service support D85

AMCIP 3 days € 2510 ex-VAT Critical power - Operating safety (FMEA method) B35
ANADI 1 day - Interpretation of liquid dielectric analyses C11
AP370 4 days - PLC programming and specific modules D79
AP571 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (PL7-Pro, basics) D64
AP576 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (PL7-Pro, proficient) D65
AP778 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT Data interchange D88
APETH 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT Ethernet - General knowledge and programming D90
APRES 5 days € 2660 ex-VAT Ethernet - Network architecture D92
ARESP 3 days € 1140 ex-VAT Project manager assistant - Monitoring and managing contracts B81
ATXAE 1.5 day € 565 ex-VAT Explosive atmospheres - Basic work and operations A28
ATXN0 1 day € 430 ex-VAT Explosive atmospheres - Operations in ATEX area excluding certified products A27
ATXPA 4 days € 1425 ex-VAT Explosive atmospheres - Design, development and maintenance A29
AUDIT 2 days € 1000 ex-VAT Building energy audits B49
AUSEC 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT Safety automation devices D17
B2 4 days € 1690 ex-VAT Maintaining an electrical installation B33
BACNETSE [new] 2 days € 985 ex-VAT Implementing a BACnet network B73
BAMPD3 5 days € 2450 ex-VAT High-performance motion control - PacDriveTM 3 basic machine D46
BASMA 5 days € 2445 ex-VAT High-performance motion control - PacDriveTM M basic machine D42
BASPD3 2 days € 1176 ex-VAT High-performance motion control - PacDriveTM 3 basic service D44
BASSE 2 days € 1176 ex-VAT High-performance motion control - PacDriveTM M basic service D40
BATCO [new] 2 days € 950 ex-VAT Designing solutions for smart buildings B56
CACTAB [new] 2 days € 970 ex-VAT Setup and acceptance of a communicating switchboard with EcoReach B62
CALCBT 2 days € 990 ex-VAT Determining the size of electrical installations B25
CANOP 2 days - CANopen on Modicon Premium (with PL7-Pro) D97
CAX57 3 days - Modicon Premium with PL7-Pro software (axis control) D79
CCPTL 5 days - LConcept software for Modicon Quantum PLC D79
CEM 4 days € 2310 ex-VAT Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Coexistence of power and control current B37
CFIP 2 days - Fipio and Fipway D97
COMX [new] 1 day € 530 ex-VAT Communicating switchboard - Com'X 510 multi-switchboard hub B64
CONCEPTDE 1 day € 420 ex-VAT Design and costing software for switchboards up to 3200 A - Rapsodie B29
COPEN 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT CANopen On Modicon PLCs D89
CPE 1 day € 1000 ex-VAT Energy performance contract (EPC) B8
CPMA 1 day - Electromechanical installations D13
CRISIS [new] 2 days € 1890 ex-VAT Crisis management related to power outages with Electrical Crisis Management simulator C17
CRL20 3 days € 1650 ex-VAT Industrial local area networks D87
CSEVO [new] 4 days € 1700 ex-VAT Building mimic diagrams - Foxboro EVO system D118
CSIA [new] 3 days € 1700 ex-VAT Building mimic diagrams - Foxboro I/A Series system D119
CVC 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT HVAC (heating, ventilation, air conditioning) management B53
CYBINDUS 3 days € 2500 ex-VAT Cybersecurity of industrial systems D94
CYBTER [new] 1 day € 750 ex-VAT Cybersecurity in large service sector buildings B68

DCCOUN 1 day € 530 ex-VAT Initiation - Introduction to communications with Unity-Pro software D59
DCS03-1 3 days € 1730 ex-VAT PACiS system - IEC 61850 communication protocol - level 1 C56
DCS03-2 5 days € 2340 ex-VAT PACiS system - IEC 61850 communication protocol - level 2 C57
DCS06 3 days € 1720 ex-VAT MiCOM C264/RTU, PACiS RABBIT controllers - General knowledge C55
DCS08 3 days - PACiS system - Operation C58
DCS09 5 days - PACiS system - Operation and maintenance C59
DCS10 10 days - PACiS system - Configuration, operation and maintenance C60
DCSOMA 1 day € 500 ex-VAT Initiation - Introduction to the SoMachine software environment D60
DCUNY 1 day € 500 ex-VAT Initiation - Introduction to the Unity-Pro software environment D58
DECELEC 2 days € 830 ex-VAT Introduction to residential electricity B9
DEPAN 2 days € 960 ex-VAT Diagnosis of malfunctions B32
DEREFEI [new] 3 days € 1500 ex-VAT Industrial energy consultant - Modules 1 and 2 B83
DEVCO 1 day € 340 ex-VAT Business development B22
DMTT 1 day - Motor starter controllers D13
DOALUR [new] 1 day € 290 ex-VAT Compulsory electrical diagnostic survey (ALUR law) B10
DTRFI 2 days € 996 ex-VAT Detection - RFID technology D11
DTSEC 3 days - Machine data file D16
EAS02 [French] 4 days € 1930 ex-VAT System protection - Easergy T200 fault detectors and indicators C40
EAS02EN [English] 4 days € 1930 ex-VAT System protection - Easergy T200 fault detectors and indicators C40
EAS03 [French] 3 days € 1630 ex-VAT System protection - Easergy T300 fault detectors and indicators C41
EAS03EN [English] 3 days € 1630 ex-VAT System protection - Easergy T300 fault detectors and indicators C41
EASP3 [new] 3 days € 2050 ex-VAT Easergy P3 C54
ECODIAL 2 days € 830 ex-VAT Design and computation assistance software - Ecodial B28
ECOR 1 day - Eco-citizen behaviour B52
ECOSX 1 day € 810 ex-VAT EcoStruxure system - Active architecture for global building management B65
EEARPT 7 days € 2600 ex-VAT Active energy efficiency certification B15
EFFEN 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT Building management solutions B48
EMPT 3 days € 1670 ex-VAT MV/LV transformer substations C8
EPLIT 1 day € 550 ex-VAT Tracking insulation faults in IT earthing systems B31
ERENO 2 days € 1100 ex-VAT General knowledge B74
ERGO 1 day - Ergonomics of touch-sensitive Human-Machine Interfaces (HMI) D110
ET340 2 days - Ethernet Modicon M340 D97
ETHIP 3 days € 1890ex-VAT Ethernet - CIP communications on Ethernet D91
EXII 3 days € 1720ex-VAT Operating industrial installations C20
EXIID 4 days - Operating industrial installations and case study C21
EXPBT 2 days € 1210ex-VAT Operating an electrical installation B30
FORBT 4 days € 2600 ex-VAT Trainer training for low voltage A18
FORHT 2 days € 1750 ex-VAT Trainer training for medium voltage A19
G1 4 days € 1480 ex-VAT Basics of electricity B6
G2 4 days € 1610 ex-VAT Electrical distribution switchgear B24
G3 4 days € 1680 ex-VAT Low-voltage electrical installation design - Standard NF C 15-100 B26
GEE11 3 days - Cybersecurity - General knowledge C61
GERER 1 day € 340 ex-VAT Administrative management B23
GILIF 3 days - Gilif system - Occupancy measurement and analysis B69
HARM 3 days € 2050 ex-VAT Harmonics - Technical solutions B38
HARMAV 3 days € 1970 ex-VAT Harmonics - Designing a harmonic filter B39
HELEC [new] 1 day € 310 ex-VAT General operations, work and lockout/tagout for low voltage A9
HLYNK 2 days € 990 ex-VAT homeLYnk and spaceLYnk systems B63
HTACE 2 days € 1040 ex-VAT Making MV terminations on synthetic insulation cables C24
HTAH2 4 days € 1640 ex-VAT Work - Implementation of an MV/LV substation + accreditation C22
HTAH2 4 days € 1640 ex-VAT Work - Implementation of an MV/LV substation + accreditation A23
HTAMAIN 4 days € 1790 ex-VAT Level I maintenance of MV installations + MV accreditation C23

Index by reference (continued)
HTAMAIN 4 days € 1790 ex-VAT Work and lockout/tagout - MV maintenance + accreditation A22
HTBCEX 4 days € 1250 ex-VAT Lockout/tagout and switching - HV/MV operation + accreditation A24
HTBHE 3 days € 910 ex-VAT Work and lockout/tagout for high voltage HV from 50 to 400 KV A12
HTBHER [retraining] 3 days € 910 ex-VAT Work and lockout/tagout for LV, MV and HV from 1 to 400 KV A13
HVAC 2 days € 995 ex-VAT HVAC work package programming and commissioning software - SoHVAC B55
HVAC 2 days € 995 ex-VAT Machine programming and motor control - Development using the SoHVAC software D57
IACC [new] 3 days € 1600 ex-VAT Integrated development environment - Foxboro I/A Series system D113
IDE [new] 3 days € 1600 ex-VAT Integrated development environment - Foxboro EVO system D112
IFAI 5 days € 1820 ex-VAT General knowledge - Automated system components D61
INDCON [new] 1 day - Smart industry D96
INIMA 3 days € 1590 ex-VAT General knowledge - Basics of efficient maintenance D62
INMOT 2 days € 1005 ex-VAT CMotion control and linear axes - Basics of axis control D36
INOPT 1 day € 480 ex-VAT Fibre optic cabling B45
INSPV [new version] 3 days € 1390 ex-VAT Photovoltaic installation - Total or partial sale B76
IPSET 4 days € 2220 ex-VAT Premset - Installation and commissioning C26
IPSM6 [new] 2 days € 1050 ex-VAT SM6 - Installation and commissioning C28
IRBCA 2 days € 930 ex-VAT Design and engineering of communicating infrastructures B42
IRBCB 2 days € 930 ex-VAT Advanced solutions for VDI wiring infrastructures B43
IRVEP1 [new] 1 day € 360 ex-VAT Charging stations for electric vehicles - ZE Ready 1.4 and EV Ready 1.4 qualifications (level P1) B21
IRVEP2 [new] 2 days € 800 ex-VAT Charging infrastructures - ZE and EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P2) B78
IRVEP2AV [new] 3 days € 1050 ex-VAT Charging infrastructures - ZE and EV Ready 1.4 qualification (level P2) + implementation B79
ITCONCEPT 2 days € 850 ex-VAT Designing installations with an IT earthing system B27
JTCER 1 day € 1000 ex-VAT Power factor correction B41
JTDET 1 day € 610 ex-VAT Detection - General knowledge D10
JTDM 1 day € 550 ex-VAT Industrial control - Motor starters D12
JTFDR 1 day € 810 ex-VAT Lightning protection B40
JTQE 1 day € 990 ex-VAT Introduction to power quality B36
JTVV 1 day € 550 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Presentation of the offering D20
KERWINB [French] 3 days € 1510 ex-VAT Kerwin supervision software - Basic C43
KERWINBEN [English] 3 days € 1510 ex-VAT Kerwin supervision software - Basic C43
KERWINE [French] 2 days - Kerwin supervision software - Expert C43
KERWINEEN [English] 2 days - Kerwin supervision software - Expert C43
KNXAV 3 days € 1210 ex-VAT KNX system - Advanced applications B19
KNXC 5 days € 1590 ex-VAT KNX system - KNX certification B18
LEFAC 5 days € 5353 ex-VAT Achieving energy savings in industry D122
LEFMA 3 days € 3182 ex-VAT Improving energy efficiency D123
LEX15 2.5 days - Lexium 15 servo-drive D50
LEX28 2.5 days € 1710 ex-VAT Motion control and linear axes - Lexium 28 D37
LEX32 2.5 days € 1760 ex-VAT Motion control and linear axes - Lexium 32 D38
LPEG2 4 days € 1820 ex-VAT General knowledge - Programmed logic and programmable logic controllers D63
M580SAF [new] 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT Safety automation devices - Modicon M580 D70
MAINAP 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT In-service support D81

PLC maintenance (Unity-Pro)
MAINAX 1 day € 575 ex-VAT Motion control and linear axes D39
MAPR1N 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT In-service support D83

PLC maintenance (older 1000 series)
MDCE 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT In-service support - Machine maintenance D80
MDR 4 days - Network diagnostics D97
MEMC7 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT MCset with vacuum and SF6 breaking - Operation and maintenance C33
MEPIF 4 days € 2140 ex-VAT PIX with SF6 breaking - Operation and maintenance C35
MEPIV 4 days € 2140 ex-VAT PIX with vacuum breaking - Operation and maintenance C34

MEVE 2 days € 1030 ex-VAT Measurement and verification of building energy performance B50
Mi134 2 days € 1320 ex-VAT MiCOM - Basics of MV protection C48
MiAlt 3 days - AC generator protection - MiCOM P340 C53
MiCCI 3 days - Protection of feeders with built-in monitoring and control MiCOM P130 C53
MICOMX20 2 days € 1420 ex-VAT MiCOM - Px20 series C49
MICOMX30 2 days € 1470 ex-VAT MiCOM - Px30 series C51
MICOMX40 [former Mi004] 2 days € 1450 ex-VAT MiCOM - Px40 series C50
MiDep 2 days - Protection of feeders and incomers MiCOM P120 - P140 C53
MiDFL 1 to 4 days - Line earth leakage protection MiCOM P520 - P540 C53
MiDifB 3 to 5 days - Busbar earth leakage protection MiCOM P740 C53
MiDifTransfo 2 days - Power transformer protection MiCOM P630 - P640 C53
MiDis40 3 to 5 days - Distance protection - MiCOM P440 C53
MiDisHTB 3 days - High-voltage distance protection - MiCOM P430 C53
MIGPDM3 3 days € 1750 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D48

Migration from PacDriveTM M to PacDriveTM 3
MiMot 3 days - Motor protection MiCOM P220 - P240 C53
MiPCO 3 days € 1730 ex-VAT MiCOM - IEC 61850 communication protocol C52
MOSYS [new] 3 days € 1850 ex-VAT Operational maintenance - Foxboro I/A Series or EVO system D120
MOTORPACT [new] 3 days € 1750 ex-VAT Motorpact starter - Operation, commissioning, and maintenance C36
MPFBX 3 days € 1650 ex-VAT FBX - Operation and maintenance C31
MPFKT 4 days € 2190 ex-VAT Fluokit M24+ and M24 - Operation and maintenance C25
MPRM6 2 days € 1020 ex-VAT RM6 C 13-100 - Operation and maintenance C30
MPRO 4 days - Human-Machine dialogue - Monitor V7.2 software D110
MPSET 3 days € 1630 ex-VAT Premset - Operation and maintenance C27
MPXM6 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT SM6 and RM6 - Operation and maintenance C29
MTZ [new] 2 days € 530 ex-VAT MasterPact MTZ installation and setup B61
N4MC7 [new] 2.5 days € 1490 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
MCset medium-voltage cubicles
N4FKT [new] 3 days € 1790 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
Fluokit M24+ mediumvoltage cubicles
N4NTNW [new] 1.5 days € 900 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
Masterpact NT and NW lowvoltage circuit breakers
N4PIX [new] 3 days € 1790 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
PIX medium-voltage cubicles
N4RFP [new] 2.5 days € 1490 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
RM6, FBX and Premset medium-voltage cubicles
N4SM6 [new] 3 days € 1790 ex-VAT Replacement of spare parts MV/LV level 4 C38
SM6 medium-voltage cubicles
NFCFA 1 day € 250 ex-VAT Low current - Standard NF C 15-100 B13
NFCHT 4 days € 2040 ex-VAT Installations with HV supply (NF C 13-100) - Designing installations C18
OFS 2 days - Human-Machine dialogue - OPC communications server D110
OLCLOUD 30 minutes € 80 ex-VAT Basics of the cloud B58
OLCOM 60 minutes € 80 ex-VAT Basics of communications B57
OLFHT 2 hours € 250 ex-VAT Basics of MV electrical distribution C6
OLPV 30 minutes € 80 ex-VAT Photovoltaics - Introduction B75
OMEGA [new] 1 day € 470 ex-VAT Implementing a simple KNX application with eConfigure KNX Lite B17
ORGBA 3 days - Software to manage communication networks - Orgabat B46
ORGBC 5 days Software to manage communication networks Orgabat - Certification B47
ORGBR 5 days - Software to manage communication networks Orgabat - Reporting B47
ORGBU 3 days - Software to manage communication networks Orgabat - Use B46
PDL1 3 days € 1800 ex-VAT Lean approach leader - VSM and other levers for improvement D124
PDL2 4 days € 2350 ex-VAT Lean approach leader - Just-in-time flow management on a production line D124
PDL3 3 days € 1800 ex-VAT Lean approach leader - Organize and manage a line and involve teams D124

PFSEVO [new] 4 days € 2210 €HT Configuration and programming - Foxboro EVO system D114
PFSIA [new] 4 days € 2210 €HT Configuration and programming - Foxboro I/A Series system D115
PM221 2 days € 1090 ex-VAT Machine programming and motor control D51
Modicon M221 and SoMachine Basic dedicated software
PME [new] 4 days € 2200 ex-VAT Implementing power monitoring systems B66
StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert software
PREDI 0.5 day - Liquid dielectric sampling C10
PREGA 4 days € 1740 ex-VAT High-power MV and LV switchgear C7
PROC13100 4 days € 1980 ex-VAT Installation with MV supply - Protection in accordance with standard NF C 13-100 C19
PROCE 5 days - Industrial process design D111
PVAC 3 days € 1310 ex-VAT Photovoltaic installation - Consumption of self-produced energy B77
Q3 3 days € 1700 ex-VAT Critical power - Technical solutions for low-voltage installations B34
REG57 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT Programming - Control (Modicon Premium with PL7-Pro) D78
REGBA 2 days € 1140 ex-VAT Programming - Control (technical basics) D76
RESPA 3 days € 1140 ex-VAT Project manager - Efficient project management B82
RESPC 3 days € 1140 ex-VAT Worksite managers - Optimising electrical installation worksites B80
RESSADV [new] 2 days - Managing Sustainable Development Strategies with Resource Advisor B67
ROBOT 3 days - Specific robotic functions for applications controlled by PacDriveTM M and PacDriveTM 3 D50
ROUT [new] 1 day € 1380 ex-VAT Networks and remote access control D95
RT012 2 days € 1130 ex-VAT Thermal regulations RT 2012 B7
S1001 4 hours + € 250 ex-VAT Prevention of electrical risks A26

40 minutes Self-training + verification of knowledge
SBODEV 4 days € 1850 ex-VAT StruxureWare Building Operation (SBO) system B71
Development of Building Management Systems
SBOEXP 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT StruxureWare Building Operation (SBO) system B72
Operating Building Management Systems
SEBS 2 days € 665 ex-VAT Basic operations limited to 32 A low voltage A7
SEBSR [retraining] 1.5 day € 410 ex-VAT Basic operations limited to 32 A low voltage A7
SEBT 3 days € 850 ex-VAT General operations, work and lockout/tagout for low voltage A8
SEBTR [retraining] 1.5 day € 640 ex-VAT General operations, work and lockout/tagout for low voltage A8
SECEI 1 to 3 days - European accreditations EN 50110-1 A21
SEEDH 0.5 day € 440 ex-VAT Choice of accreditations and courses - Supervising personnel A20
SEHT 4 days € 1090 ex-VAT General operations, work and lockout/tagout for low and medium voltage A10
SEHTA 2 days € 710 ex-VAT Work and lockout/tagout for medium voltage A11
SEHTR [retraining] 2 days € 710 ex-VAT General operations, work and lockout/tagout for low and medium voltage A10
SELAB 3 days € 850 ex-VAT Laboratory and test platform work and operations A14
SELAR [retraining] 1.5 day € 640 ex-VAT Laboratory and test platform work and operations A14
SENCYB 1 day € 550 ex-VAT Industrial cybersecurity - Awareness D93
SENE 1.5 day € 410 ex-VAT Non-electrical operations A6
SENER [retraining] 1 day € 315 ex-VAT Non-electrical operations A6
SEPCO 3 days € 1720 ex-VAT Sepam - IEC 61850 communication protocol C47
SEPEX 4 days € 2190 ex-VAT Sepam - 20/40/60/80 series C44
SEPMC 2 days € 1320 ex-VAT Sepam - Communication module C46
SEPRO 4 days € 2190 ex-VAT Sepam - 20/40/60/80 series C45
SESAI 3 days € 850 ex-VAT Work and operations on industrial automation systems A16
SESAIR [retraining] 1.5 day € 640 ex-VAT Work and operations on industrial automation systems A16
SEVE 3 days € 850 ex-VAT Work and operations electric machines and vehicles A15
SMARTEXP [new] 3 days € 2900 ex-VAT Smart-grid - Expertise C63
SMARTGRID 1 day € 1155 ex-VAT Smart-grid - Introduction C62
SMM 4 days € 1700 ex-VAT Standards and products D14
SMTLT 2 days € 1210 ex-VAT SmartStruxure Lite (SSL) system - Building resource management B20
SOATV 2 days € 1080 ex-VAT Variable speed control using the SoMachine software D56

SOLEX 2 days € 1210 ex-VAT Motion control using the SoMachine software (LMC058) D54
SOLM78 2.5 days € 1220 ex-VAT Motion control with SoMachine (LMC78 Sercos) D55
SOMA1 3 days € 1200 ex-VAT Development using the SoMachine software (basics) D52
SOMA2 2 days € 1100 ex-VAT Development using the SoMachine software (proficient) D53
SP2014R2 [new] 4 days € 3160 ex-VAT Wonderware software - Programming with System Platform D104
SPANEL160 [new] 1 day € 470 ex-VAT Communicating switchboards B16

SPANEL3200 2 days € 1110 ex-VAT Communicating switchboards B60

SPANEL630 2 days € 1110 ex-VAT Communicating switchboards B59

STABRES [new] 3 days € 2490 ex-VAT Electrical network stability C16
Courses on request 3 or 4 days - Other equipment: DNF, F200, F400, MC500, PX, Visax, etc. C37
Other products: VM6, Fluopac, Fluomatic, etc. C32

STEMA 2 days € 1190 ex-VAT Sistema software D15
STEST20, 40 minutes - Prevention of electrical risks - Verification of knowledge A25

STEST50,
STEST100
STIBIL 3 days - Stibil system - Energy and comfort management in service sector buildings B70
T2 3 days € 1550 ex-VAT Basics of 1 to 50-kV distribution C12
T3 4 days € 1940 ex-VAT MV installations with HV supply (NF C 13-200) C13

Determining the size of installations

Defining a protection plan

TA [new] 3 days € 1700 ex-VAT Algorithmic processing - Foxboro EVO or I/A series system D116
TAB20 1 day € 360 ex-VAT Smart electricity panels B14
TBVTJ 2 days € 800 ex-VAT Monitored-power electrical installation (yellow tariff) - Standard NF C 15-100 B12
TDR 4 days € 1820 ex-VAT Data transmission D86
TF2 3 days € 1670 ex-VAT Transformers C9
TPM 2 days € 1250 ex-VAT Total Productive Maintenance - Providing equipment availability D126
TS [new] 3 days € 1700 ex-VAT Sequential processing - Foxboro I/A Series, FCS and EVO system D117
TS1131 [new] 5 days € 3120 ex-VAT Usage, maintenance and programming D121
TSTBAR [retraining] [new 2 days € 880 ex-VAT Live work on batteries specifically for "installations” A17
version]
TSTBAT [new version] 3 days € 1310 ex-VAT Live work on batteries specifically for "installations” A17
TWIDO 2 days - TSX Twido D79
UH340 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon M340 (Unity-Pro, proficient) D67
UH580 2 days € 1280 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon M580 (Hot Standby) D69
UNASI 2 days - AS-interface D97
UNAX1 3 days - Modicon Premium with Unity-Pro software (axis control) D79
UNP7D 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (PL7) migration to Modicon M580 (Unity-Pro) D71
UNPP1 4 days € 2120 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, basics) D72
UNPP2 4 days € 2150 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, proficient) D73
UNPP3 2 days € 1260 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Premium (Unity-Pro, specialist) D74
UNQP1 5 days € 2450 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon Quantum (Unity-Pro, basics) D75
UNRG1 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT Programming - Control (Modicon M340 with Unity-Pro) D77
UP340 3 days € 1880 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon M340 (Unity-Pro, basics) D66
UP580 3 days € 1890 ex-VAT Programming - Modicon M580 (Unity-Pro, basics) D68
V320AP 3 days € 1275 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Machine 320 (dedicated applications) D23
V340AP [new] 3 days € 1350 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Machine 340 D25
(high-performance machine applications)
V600AP 3 days € 1450 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Process 630 (pumping and ventilation) D33
V61AP 3 days € 1480 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 61 (pumping and ventilation) D27

V71AP 3 days € 1460 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 71 (lifting, handling and conveying) D29
V900AP 3 days € 1430 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Process 930 (lifting, handling and conveying) D35
VAMP [new version] 3 days € 1640 ex-VAT Grid protection - Internal arc detectors VAMP 50/200/300 C39
VDICO 1 day € 460 ex-VAT Copper wiring and initiation in fibre optics B44
VDMHP 2 days € 1270 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 61 and 71 (diagnostics and maintenance) D30
VE600 3 days € 1340 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Process 630 D32
(standard variable torque applications)
VE61 3 days € 1340 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 61 D26
VE71 3 days € 1360 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 71 D28
VE900 3 days € 1340 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Process 930 D34
(standard constant-torque applications)
VEG2 4 days € 1595 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Design and sizing D19
VEM212 2 days € 1050 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar 212 D21
VEM212 2 days € 1050 ex-VAT Variable speed drives to manage HVAC flows - Altivar 212 B54
VIJAV 3 days € 2310 ex-VAT Software - Vijeo Citect (advanced functions) D103
VIJCT 3 days € 2210 ex-VAT Software - Vijeo Citect D102
VIJDS 4 days € 2060 ex-VAT HMI - Magelis and Vijeo Designer D99
VIJMA 2 days € 1150 ex-VAT HMI - Magelis and Vijeo Designer D98
VIJXD 3 days € 1860 ex-VAT HMI - Magelis and Vijeo XD D100
VIJXL [new] 3 days € 1820 ex-VAT HMI - Vijeo XL D101
VM320 2 days € 1065 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Machine 320 (standard applications) D22
VMEX 3 days € 1400 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Diagnostics and maintenance D24
VMLEX 2.5 days - Lexium 17 servo-drive D50
VMPROS 2 days € 1250 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Altivar Process 630 and 930 (diagnostics and maintenance) D31
VSM 3 days € 1800 ex-VAT Value Stream Mapping D127
VVCOM 2 days € 1060 ex-VAT High-performance motion control D49

Integrating variable speed drives in communications networks
VVI 4 days € 1795 ex-VAT Variable speed drives - Basic knowledge D18
Wonderware [new] 3 days - ArchestrA Object Toolkit D106
2 days - Wonderware project leader D109
2 days - Dream Report 4.6 D107
4 days - Historian Server & Client 2014R2 D107
4 days - InBatch 2014R2 D108
5 days - InTouch 2014 R2 D105
1 day - InTouch 2014 R2 RDS D106
4 days - MES Operations 2014 D108
3 days - MES Performance 2014R2 D109
5 days - System Platform 2014R2 Part2 D105
XFLOWB [French] 3 days € 1510 ex-VAT iRIO and Xflow C42
XFLOWBEN [English] 3 days € 1510 ex-VAT iRIO and Xflow C42

Postal registration form
Person placing the order

Surname* ...................................................................................... First name* ..............................................................................................
Phone N°* ..................................................................................... Fax N° ......................................................................................................
E-mail* ..........................................................................................
SIRET (company registration) N° .................................................Order N°* ..................................................................................................
Company name* .............................................................................................................................................................................................
Address* .........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Post code* ....................................................................................City* ..........................................................................................................
Invoicing (if different)

Company name ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
SIRET (company registration) N° .................................................
Address ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Post code* ....................................................................................City* ..........................................................................................................
Registered 1 2 3 4
people
Trainees surname
first
name
e-mail
Courses ref.
location
date
price
ex-VAT
total
ex-VAT
You will be convoked three weeks before the beginning of the course.
Signatory’s name*.........................................................................Job title......................................................................................................
Date*..............................................................................................
Signature and stamp*
*Mandatory fields Training Centre declared under the number 11 92 15 81492

Shipping address: see page 2
Extract of the general terms of sale

The prices of our courses are valid from January 1st, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and are included in this catalogue.
For private individuals, payments must be made by cheque with order.
If all or part of the amount is paid by a third party, please inform us of all the necessary details before the start of the course.
An invoice will be sent to you at the end of the course, accompanied by the signed sheet of participants.
Our company reserves the right to cancel or postpone courses if there are not enough people for them to take place in satisfactory teaching
conditions. In this case, the company will be informed at the earliest possible date.
Cancellation and postponement: notice must be forwarded to us by e-mail, fax, or letter, at the latest 15 days before the beginning of the
course. After this period, 50% of the amount of the participation will be retained as fixed compensation.
If the course is abandoned when it is in progress, the amount corresponding to effective completion of the course will automatically
be billable.
schneider-electric.com/teaching-solutions

Service Formation
35 rue Joseph Monier
CS30323
92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex
Tel. 0 825 012 999
© 2017 Schneider Electric. Copyright. Life Is On Schneider Electric is a trademark of Schneider Electric SE, its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.
Owing to changes in the standards and equipment, the characteristics given in the text and images of this document are only binding after confirmation by us.
Life Is On: la vie s’illumine - Design and production: Schneider Electric, E. Froger, L. Gasmi - Photos: Y. Briant, Schneider Electric - Publishing: Altavia Saint-Etienne - Document printed on ecological paper
5/2018
ZZ6284

Formation2018 EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Formation2018 EN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Formation2018 EN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Energy Training France

Your development partner

Our future will progressively

Schneider Electric's commitment is to provide support in dealing

Overview of the training courses................................................... B2 Buildings

Residential, small and medium-sized businesses

Service sector and industry

Overview of the training courses................................................... C2 Infrastructure

Overview of the training courses................................................... D2 Industry

Index par référence

order for the initiated

u at the end of the catalogue

With one of our advisors

To register by letter or e-mail, please complete the

• Schneider Electric France Formation

35 rue Joseph Monier

Raison social .........................................................................................................................................................................

92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex

* Champs obligatoires Centre de formation déclaré sous le n81492 15 92 11°

Extrait des conditions générales de vente

2 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 3

Training courses eligible for the

(1) Funders are accredited fund collecting and distributing agencies

4 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Contact your OPCA

Before the training course

After the training course

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 5

Your customer area

6 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

The Schneider Electric France "Energy Training" skills

Before you register

During your training

After your training

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 7

In-class courses, which are available in our

8 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

• For some of our courses, trainees acquire

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 9

Free online courses Certificate of

Energy University encompasses a wide range of energy

10 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Other languages Follow-up

Certified ISO 9001: 2008 Member of the

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 11

After completing one of the following training paths,

Service sector communicating

KNX solutions expert

Building energy performance specialist

12 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018

Unity Pro on Modicon M340

Training Catalogue 2018 Life is On | Schneider Electric 13

Electrical installer in the residential sector

TAB20 page B14 NFCFA page B13

Electrical installer in the service sector

TBVTJ page B12

VDICO page B44 HLYNK page B63

14 Life is On | Schneider Electric Training Catalogue 2018